Pipe clamps - Ghanaibandtech.com

Support technology & vibration control systems 

Support 

technology 

& vibration control 

systems

Copyright 

 

65719 Hofheim-Wallau 

All rights reserved. No part of this catalogue 

may be reproduced in any form or by any 

means, electronic or mechanical including 

photocopying, recording or by any information 

storage and retrieval systems, without the 

express written consent of MÜPRO GmbH. 

MÜPRO reserves the right to make changes 

and additions without giving prior notice. 

MÜPRO accepts no liability for printing 

errors. 

0 106792 907

0. MÜPRO 

1. Vibration control 

2. Fire protection 

3. Pipe clamps 

4. Anchor points/expansion points 

5. Heavy-duty pipe supports 

6. Support channels 

7. Ventilation 

8. Accessories 

9. Anchor plugs 

10. Nameplates 

11. Stainless steel 

12. Pipe connectors 

13. Insulation 

14. Sealing and protection materials 

15. Tools 

16. Technical information

L L 

L 

L 

L L 

L L L L L L 

L L L L L 

L 

L 

L 

L 

L 

L 

L 

L 

L 

Headquarters Rhine-Main 

MÜPRO GmbH 

Hessenstrasse 11 

65719 Hofheim-Wallau 

Phone: +49 (6122) 80 8-0 

Fax: +49 (6122) 47 02 

Berlin Region 

Landsberger Strasse 238 

12623 Berlin 

Phone: +49 (30) 56 59 93-0 

Fax: +49 (30) 56 59 93-28 

Wattstrasse 10-13 

13355 Berlin 

Phone: +49 (30) 39 42 016 

Fax: +49 (30) 39 44 113 

Chemnitz Region 

Röhrsdorfer Allee 16 

09247 Röhrsdorf 

Phone: +49 (3722) 50 03 11 

Fax: +49 (3722) 50 03 12 

Hamburg Region 

Luisenweg 40 

20537 Hamburg 

Phone: +49 (40) 23 80 04 78-10 

Fax: +49 (40) 23 80 04 78-78 

Munich Region 

Stuttgarter Strasse 7 

80807 Munich 

Phone: +49 (89) 35 91 984 

Fax: +49 (89) 35 90 236 

Stuttgart Region 

Solitude Allee 16 

70439 Stuttgart 

Phone: +49 (711) 80 30 84 

Fax: +49 (711) 80 11 65 

Austria 

MÜPRO GmbH 

Zetschegasse 17 

1230 Vienna 

AUSTRIA 

Phone: +43 (1) 66 26 218-0 

Fax: +43 (1) 66 26 218-99 

E-mail: info@muepro.at 

Belgium 

MÜPRO Belgium B.V.B.A. 

Nieuwlandlaan 1A 

3200 Aarschot 

BELGIUM 

Phone: +32 (0) 16 47 92 60 

Fax: +32 (0) 16 63 07 28 

E-Mail: info@muepro.be France 

Czech Republic 

MÜPRO CZ s.r.o. 

Karlovarská 106 

252 61 Jeneč 

okres Praha-západ 

CZECH REPUBLIC 

Phone: +420 224 241 529 

Fax: +420 224 242 589 

E-mail: info@muepro.cz 

France 

MÜPRO FRANCE S.A.R.L. 

ZI Est d’Arras, Rue Camille Guerin 

Tilloy les Mofflaines 

62031 Arras Cedex 

FRANCE 

Phone: +33 (3) 21 50 57 57 

Fax: +33 (3) 21 50 57 58 

E-mail: info@muepro.fr 

Hungary 

MÜPRO Magyarorszàg KFT. 

Illatos út 9 

1097 Budapest 

HUNGARY 

Phone: +36 (1) 34 80 440 

Fax: +36 (1) 34 80 439 

E-mail: info@muepro.hu 

Luxembourg 

MÜPRO Luxembourg S.à.r.l. 

183, Route de Thionville 

2611 Howald 

LUXEMBOURG 

Phone: +352 (29) 62 48 

Fax: +352 (29) 62 47 

E-Mail: info@muepro.lu 

Netherlands 

MÜPRO NEDERLAND B.V. 

Heerlenersteenweg 113 

6466 KS Kerkrade 

NETHERLANDS 

Phone: +31 (45) 54 21 166 

Fax: +31 (45) 54 18 529 

E-mail: info@muepro.nl 

Russia 

MÜPRO OOO 

Lesnaya Street 43 

127055, Moscow 

RUSSIA 

Phone: +7 (495) 22-87 65 4 

Fax: +7 (495) 22-87 65 4 

E-mail: info@muepro.ru 

Spain 

MÜPRO HISPANIA, S.L. 

Pol. Ind. Los Rosales 

C/ Marquetería, 8 

28933 Móstoles (Madrid) 

SPAIN 

Phone: +34 91 632 17 55 

Fax: +34 91 632 02 45 

E-mail: info@muepro.es 

United Arab Emirates 

MUEPRO MIDDLE EAST FZCO 

Post Box 17820 

Jebel Ali, Dubai 

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES 

Phone: +971 (4) 88 33 403 

Fax: +971 (4) 88 33 405 

E-mail: info@mueprome.com 

Sales partners 

Europe 

Denmark 

Finland 

Greece 

Great Britain 

Italy 

Croatia 

Norway 

Poland 

Romania 

Serbia and Montenegro 

Slovenia 

Switzerland 

Turkey 

Other countries 

Bahrain 

Chile 

Israel 

Jordan 

Mexico 

Panama 

Qatar 

Republic of Korea 

Kuwait 

Lebanon 

Oman 

Saudi Arabia 

07/09 

© – A concept for progress and quality I

MÜPRO – a brief portrait 

“MÜPRO – A concept for progress and quality” has been our company philosophy for over 40 years. MÜPRO operates 

globally, providing support system solutions for almost every attachment problem, including the essential prevention 

of structure-borne vibration. 

Our mission statement: “We are trend-setting for the support technology market” also inspires our product development. 

Our primary goal is to manufacture products to the highest functional and workmanship quality standards. Our 

highly qualified staff are available to provide advice on technical issues and individual applications – thus guaranteeing 

that our customers benefit from our know-how and enjoy high quality service. 

With its headquarters in Hofheim-Wallau near Frankfurt am Main, MÜPRO has seven service centres in Germany, ten 

subsidiary companies in Europe, and more than 20 sales partners worldwide. 

MÜPRO – outstanding features 

• MÜPRO – system solutions “Engineered in Germany” 

• Extensive market experience – 40 years as the pioneer of pipe supports and vibration control in the service of our 

customers 

• Global presence 

• Clear focus on support technology and vibration control 

• On-going innovation to improve and extend the systems 

• High quality products 

• Customer-oriented logistics 

• Comprehensive customer support: 

• Technical consulting service 

• Project management 

• Individual customer solutions in all aspects of products and services 

• Comprehensive IT business support, with a problem-free interface to the customer 

MÜPRO – core competences 

• Manufacture and sale of modular pipe support systems for all areas of building construction and industrial 

installations, with special focus on structure-borne noise and vibration-isolation techniques 

• One-off unit fabrication and special designs to customer specifications 

• Development and provision of software in all areas of planning of support solutions for complex pipework 

systems – including the positioning and dimensioning of anchor/expansion points 

• Planning and drafting of support solutions for special tasks 

• Static load analysis of support substructures for piping runs 

• Nationwide on-site support from qualified staff 

• 24-hour delivery service within Germany 

II 

© – A concept for progress and quality 

07/09

Quality creates 

trust 

At MÜPRO, quality is who we are. 

This is expressed from the very start 

in our slogan: “MÜPRO – A concept 

for progress and quality” – and that 

was long before anyone had ever 

heard of quality management systems. 

Today, quality assurance is integrated 

into an overall quality management 

system in which all processes 

are defined and subject to permanent 

inspection. 

Our quality management system, 

which complies with the requirements 

of DIN ISO 9001:2000, is 

certified by one of the largest internationally 

recognised certifying 

bodies, the “DNV Zertifizierung und 

Umweltgutachter GmbH”. 

Recycling-Zertifikat 2009 

Transportverpackungen 

Müpro Servcie GmbH 

65719 Hofheim 

ist Kunde der INTERSEROH Dienstleistungs GmbH mit Vertrag Nr. 28306. 

Mit diesem Zertifikat bestätigen wir, dass 

• angemeldete Transportverpackungen bei den Kunden des Unternehmens von 

Interseroh-Partnern erfasst, 

• erfasste Transportverpackungen stofflich verwertet und 

• alle Anforderungen der Verpackungsverordnung erfüllt werden. 

Gemäß der Angaben der o.g. Firma sind folgende Verpackungsarten über Interseroh vom 

01.01.2009 bis 31.12.2009 gemeldet: 

angemeldet 

Papier, Pappe, Karton Dosen, Kartuschen, 

Umreifungsbänder aus Säcke, Beutel aus 

Stahl 

PE/PP mit 

Umreifungsbänder aus 

Restanhaftung, 

Kunststoff 

Dosen, Kartuschen, 

Verbundfolien aus 

PE-Folie (transparent, 

Aluminum 

eingefärbt, Stretchund 

Luftpolsterfolie) 

Qualität und Nachhaltigkeit – wir machen aus gebrauchten 

Verpackungen Rohstoffe. Auch deshalb ist Interseroh der 

einzige Anbieter mit Premium Service-Siegel des TÜV Rheinland 

für die Rücknahme von Transportverpackungen. 

nicht angemeldet 

Holz massiv, 

Holzwerkstoffe, 

Styropor (Formteile & 

Chips), 

PUR-Schaum 

PE-Schaumstoff 

unvernetzt, 

Kantenschutzecken 

aus PE oder PP, 

Kanister aus PE/PP, 

Weiß-/Schwarzblech 

Conscious protection 

of the 

environment 

Deliberate and responsible protection 

of the environment is one of our 

corporate values implemented on 

a daily basis. The company vision, 

which sets the course for corporate 

development, is firmly based on 

environmental protection as one of 

the core values and is openly communicated 

throughout the company. 

All of our staff members make their 

own individual contributions to 

environmental protection and are 

continuously encouraged to review 

and optimise these contributions 

by means of established improvement 

systems. (Further information 

in this regard can be found in our 

Environmental Report.) 

Köln, im März 2009 

Christoph Ley 

ppa. Frank Kurrat 

07/09 

30.03.09 

© – A concept for progress and quality III

Overview of approvals and test marks for MÜPRO products 

Despription 

European Technical Approval, ETA, with CE mark 

CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION 

APPROVED 

CERTIFIED QUALITY 

National approval from the German Institute for Building Technology, Dibt, Berlin 

Recognition from the German Association of Property Insurers (VdS), Cologne for the installation of sprinkler systems 

G 4922058 

APPROVED 

für M10–M16 

Factory Mutual (FM), approval for the installation of sprinkler system 

Product in accordance with VdS regulations for fastening sprinkler systems on concrete components 

fire protection 

certified F90 

Fire-tested as specified in DIN 4102, fire resistance classes F30, F60, F90, F120 

Vibration control 

Vibration control tested 

IV 


07/09

Index 

A 

Acrylic joint sealers A 14/4 

Adapters for SDS chucks 15/28 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® solar caoutchouc 13/18 

Allen bolts 8/17 

Allen bolts in stainless steel 11/38 

Allen keys 15/33 

Anchoring stops 5/17 

Angle and connection plates in stainless steel 11/29 

Angle and T-connection plates 6/46 

Anti-vibration pad 1/5 

Arreto 15/12 

B 

Base plates 8/9, 8/10 

Base plates in stainless steel 11/41 

Bits for Zykon steel hammerset anchors FZEA 9/32 

Bolt screws 8/2 

Bolt screws in stainless steel 11/36 

Bolts with nuts 8/18 

Box section heavy slide guides 4/17 

C 

Cantilever brackets 6/42 

Cantilever brackets in stainless steel 11/22 

Cap nuts 8/22 

Cartridge guns 14/10 



Cartridge guns profi 9/42 

Cavity plugs 9/18 

Cavity plugs assortment cases 9/20 

Ceramic farbic tapes 3/37 

Channel connectors 6/40-6/41 

Chemical reaction anchors 9/33-9/34 

Chisels for SDS chucks 15/28 

Clamping sets 10/10 

Claw anchors ® 9/7 

Cold shrink tapes 7/9 

Color-marker 14/10 

CompactHammer MBK 600 15/4 

Concrete and rock drills 15/26 

Construction adhesives 14/8 

Construction brackets 6/43 

Construction brackets in stainless steel 11/24-11/25 

Craftsman boxes 15/43 

Cramping elements 5/21 

Cramping sets 5/18-5/20 

Cross channel connector in stainless steel 11/30 

Cross connection plates 6/47 

Cutting-off and rough scrub wheels 15/29 

Cylinder head bolts 8/18 

Cylinder head bolts in stainless steel 11/39 

D 

Disposable gloves 15/35 

Disposable protective coveralls, 15/34 

Distance angles 8/24 

Distance angles in stainless steel 11/40 

Dome supports 4/4 

Double-ended ring spanners acc. to DIN 3110 15/20 

Double-ended ring spanners acc. to DIN 838 15/19 

Drill hole cleaning kits 9/42 

Duct clamps 7/1-7/2 

Duct clamps in stainless steel 11/6-11/7 

Duct fixing angles 7/5 

Duct fixing angles in stainless steel 11/33 

Duct fixing brackets 7/3-7/4 

Duct joint clamps 7/6 

Duo 3/8 

DUPLO 12/3 

DUPLO A2 12/4 

DUPLO solar 3/52 

DÄMMGULAST ® blue vibration control linings 3/36 

DÄMMGULAST ® channel sections 1/9, 11/15 

DÄMMGULAST ® Junior vibration control linings 3/35 

DÄMMGULAST ® red vibration control linings 3/36 

DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pad 1/7 

DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pads in stainless steel 11/15 

DÄMMGULAST ® vibration control linings 3/34 

DÄMMGULAST ® washers 1/8, 11/15 

DÄMMGULAST ® yellow vibration control linings 3/35 

E 

Ear muffs 15/35 

EASY clips 3/5-3/6 

Expansion rollers 4/14 

Eye bolts 8/7 

Eye bolts with metric thread 8/9 

F 

Felt tapes 13/21 

Filbow clamp for sprinkler systems 3/29 

Filbow clamp with knurled nut 3/30 

Fine dust masks 15/35 

Fix-system 3/32 

Fix angle brackets 3/33 

Fix heads 3/33 

Fix screw rail clips 3/33 

Fix threaded steel bans 3/33 

Flat chisels 15/32 

Foam rubber 7/8 

G 

Garbage bags 15/36 

Gas-meter fixing kits 8/23 

Girder clamps 8/12-8/13 

Girder clamps in stainless steel 11/32 

Glazing tapes 7/8 

Guide angles 5/24 

Guide rails 4/13 

H 

Hammer drills 15/23 

Hammer drill sets 15/24 

Hammer drills SDS max 15/25 

Hand protection cremes 15/36 

Hand washing pastes 15/36 

Hanger brackets 8/15 

Hanger sockets in stainless steel 11/40 

Hanger sockets with inner thread 

and reinforcement ring 8/8 

Heavy-duty anchors BZ 9/5 

Heavy-duty anchors BZ in stainless steel 11/44 

10/08 

© – A concept for progress and quality VII

Index 

Heaxagon head chucks 15/20 

Hexagonal nuts for pipe clamps acc. to DIN 3567 5/25 

Hexagonal nuts self-locking 8/20 

Hexagonal nuts 8/21 

Hexagonal nuts in stainless steel 11/37 

Hexagon head bolts 5/24 


Hexagon head bolts in stainless steel 11/38 

Hexagon wood screws 8/1, 8/2 

Hexagon wood screws in stainless steel 11/39 

Hex connectors 8/5 

Hole punches 15/17 

Hollow-core slab ceiling anchors 9/17 

I 

Impact mandrels for Zykon steel 

hammerset anchors FZEA 9/32 

Injektions anchors XV 9/35–9/40 

Injektions anchors XV assortment cases 9/41 

Installation pliers 9/19 

Installation plug sets 13/24 

Instant adhesives 14/12 

Insulation clamps RG 250 3/42-3/43 

Insulation clamps RG 80 3/38-3/39 

Insulation clamps type170 EX 3/48 

Insulation clamps type175 EX 3/49-3/50 

Insulation clamps types H, M, T 3/44-47 

K 

Kombi-clamps 3/13 

L 

Laminated-plastic signs 10/4 

Lateral angles 6/48 

Load distributing sleeves 3/41 

M 

Machinist‘s hammer 15/30 

Manual fixing tools 15/33 

Metal twist drill HSS 15/27 

ML clamping body 10/9 

ML clamping straps 10/10 

ML fastening plates 10/7 

ML strap clamps 10/8 

MONO 12/1 

MONO A4 12/2 

Mounting adhesives SL 1K 14/7 

Mounting adhesives transparent 14/5 

Mounting adhesives white 14/6 

Mounting adhesive tapes 14/14 

Mounting angles, short 6/45 

Mounting angles 6/44 

Mounting bases 10/5 

MPC channel connectors 6/22 

MPC channel connectors in stainless steel 11/17 

MPC channel support brackets 6/24 

MPC channel support brackets in stainless steel 11/19 

MPC clamp brackets 6/20, 6/21 

MPC clamp brackets in stainless steel 11/14 

MPC cross channel connector 6/29 

MPC diagonal strut 6/10 

MPC girder cleats 6/30 

MPC girder cleats in stainless steel 11/31 

MPC girder supports 6/31 

MPC hammer-head bolts 6/19 

MPC hammer-head fasteners in stainless steel 11/13 

MPC hammer head fastener 6/17-6/18 

MPC headed drills and setting tolls 9/12 


MPC mounting anchors with external thread 9/12-9/13 

MPC mounting anchors with internal thread 9/14-9/15 

MPC mounting angles 6/27-6/28 

MPC mounting angles in stainless steel 11/26–11/28 

MPC protection caps 11/14 


MPC QUICK fastener,with external thread 6/14 

MPC QUICK fastener,with internal thread 6/15 

MPC QUICK fastener in stainless steel 11/11-11/12 

MPC rail nuts 6/20 

MPC rail nuts in stainless steel 11/14 

MPC reinforcement angles 6/23 

MPC reinforcement angles in stainless steel 11/18 

MPC saddle supports 6/25 

MPC saddle supports in stainless steel 11/20-11/21 

MPC support channels 6/1-6/4 

MPC support channels H-profiles 6/5 

MPC support channels in stainless steel 11/8–11/10 

MPC VARIO-saddle supports 6/26 

MPC wall hanger brackets 6/7-6/9 

MPC wall hanger brackets in stainless steel 11/16 

MPC wall hanger brackets with lateral slot 6/11 

MPC wall hanger support 6/12-6/13 

MPR clamp brackets, for 41/41 6/36 

MPR cross channel connectors, for 41/41 6/37 

MPR girder cleats, for 41/41 6/38 

MPR mounting angles, for 41/41 6/36 

MPR protection caps, for 41/41 6/36 

MPR QUICK fastener, for 41/41 6/34-6/35 

MPR saddle supports, for 41/41 6/39 

MPR support channels 41/41 6/32-6/33 

Multi-purpose plugs, in plastic box 9/26 

Multi-purpose plugs 9/26-9/27 

MypoTHERM ® butt joint tapes 13/6 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc, in dispenser box 13/12 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc 13/10-13/11 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc plus 

for chilled water pipes, in dispenser box 13/17 


for chilled water pipes 13/13-13/16 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc tapes 13/19 

MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor tubes 13/9 

MypoTHERM ® insulation sleeves 13/4 

MypoTHERM ® insulation tubes, 

with red protecting film 13/8 

MypoTHERM ® insulation tubes 13/7 

MypoTHERM ® insulation wraps, 

self-adhesive 13/6 

MypoTHERM ® insulation wraps 13/5 

MypoTHERM ® mineral wool pipe 

jackets RG 80 13/20 

MypoTHERM ® PE protection sleeves 13/3 

MypoTHERM ® solar caoutchouc 13/18 

MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent sealant 2/5 

MÜPROFLAM pipe insulation system 2/2 

VIII 


10/08

Index 

N 

Nail plugs 9/28 

Nail pullers 15/32 

Nails 13/22 

Nylon brushes 9/42 

Nylon plugs, in plastic box 9/23 

Nylon plugs 9/23-9/24 

O 

OPTIMAL Junior ® 3/7 

OPTIMAL ® 3/9-3/10 

P 

Paper rolls 15/37 

Parallel couplings 8/6 

PHONEX ® anchors 9/29-9/30 

PHONOLYT ® 1/2 

PHONOLYT ® anchor points for pipes, double kit 4/2 

PHONOLYT ® anchor points for pipes, single kit 4/1 

PHONOLYT ® button 1/3 

PHONOLYT ® button anchor points 4/3 

PHONOLYT ® foot 1/4 

Pipe clamps acc. to DIN 3567 5/22 

Pipe clips 13/23 

Pipe clips for eccentric floor tubes 13/22 

Pipe cutters MRS 1 15/13 



Pipe slide type DS-2 5/15-5/16 

Pipe slide type LP-2 5/13-5/14 

Pipe slide type TF-1 5/9-5/10 

Pipe slide type TF-2 5/11-5/12 

Pipe slide type TP-1 5/5-5/6 

Pipe slide type TP-2 5/7-5/8 

Plasterboard plugs 9/27 

Plastic cases M1 15/40 

Plastic cases M2 15/41 

Plastic cases S1 15/38 

Plastic cases S3 15/39 

Plastic hammer 15/31 

Plastic signs 10/1-10/3 

Pointed chisels 15/32 

Polyboxes 15/42 

Power hooks 8/22 

Pozidriv recessed head bolts 8/18 

Pozidriv screwdriver bits 15/21 

ProfiCut MWK 1200 15/8 

ProfiCut MWK 2500 15/9 

ProfiDrill MAS 1800 15/1 

ProfiHammer MHK 550 15/5 



ProfiLight ML 12 15/1 

ProfiLight ML 19 15/2 

ProfiSprint MMK 1400 15/10 

ProfiVacuum MIK 1250 15/11 

Protection caps 8/22 

Protective ear plugs 15/34 

Protective goggles nylon 15/34 

Protective work goggles 15/34 

PU cleaners 14/9 

PU foams 14/9 

Punched tapes 8/16 

Punched tapes in stainless steel 11/41 

Pure aluminium self-adhesive tapes 13/21 

PVC self-adhesive tapes 14/15 

Q 

Quick-change adapters 15/21 

R 

Radiator mounting angles 8/24 

Ratchet boxes 15/18 

Recipro-saw blades 15/30 

Reducers 8/7 

Reducing connectors 8/7 

Reducing couplings 12/6 

Reinforcement sections 3/3 

Replacement blades 15/33 

Rotary stacking containers 15/38 

Round connectors 8/6 

Round connectors in stainless steel 11/36 

S 

Safety clips 3/1 

Saniplast 1/11 

Screw-in chucks 15/21 

Screwdriver bits for screws with slotted head 15/22 

Screwdriver bits for screw with hex socket head 15/22 

Screwdriver bits ¼“ hex 15/21 

Screwdriver bits „TX“ 15/22 

Screwdrivers 15/31 

Screws 8/19 

Screws for concrete 9/8-9/11 

Sealing tapes 7/9 

Securing clamps 12/5 

Self-drilling screws 7/7 

Self-drilling screws in stainless steel 11/39 

Setting tools 13/22 

Settin tools for steel anchors 9/2 

Settin tools for under cut anchors 9/6 

Shearing pliers 15/31 

Shoulder pins 8/3 

Silicone N 14/2 

Silicone S 14/1 

Silicone sprays 14/3 

Single bossed clamps heavy-duty type with 

DÄMMGULAST ® red 3/23 

Single bossed clamps heavy-duty version 3/22 

Single bossed clamps heavy-duty version 

in stainless steel 11/5 

Single bossed clamps heavy-duty version 

without lining 3/24 

Single bossed clamps Junior 3/12 

Single bossed clamps with connecting socket 3/20-3/21 

Single bossed clamps with 

DÄMMGULAST ® red 3/16-3/17 


DÄMMGULAST ® yellow 3/14-3/15 


DÄMMGULAST ® yellow in stainless steel 11/1–11/2 

Single bossed clamps without lining 3/18-3/19 

Single bossed clamps without lining 

in stainless steel 11/3–11/4 

Sink fastener 9/22 

10/08 

© – A concept for progress and quality IX

Index 

Sledge hammer 15/30 

Slide clamps 3/11 

Slide guides 1.75 kN 4/15 

Sliding shoes 4/12 

Sliding stirrups 4/10 

Slot bolts 8/3 


Socket adapters 8/8 

Socket adapters from pipe thread to metric thread 8/8 

Socket spanners 15/19 

Special adhesive for ceramic farbic tapes 3/37 

Spray adhesives 14/11 

StaboFix ® bolts 6/53 

StaboFix ® clamps 6/53 

StaboFix ® drilling screws 6/53 

StaboFix ® fixing system 6/50-6/52 

StaboFix ® pliers 6/53 

STATO ® brackets 4/5 

STATO ® clamps 4/6-4/7 

Steel anchors (and setting tool) in stainless steel 11/42 

Steel anchors 9/2 

Straps 15/37 

Supporting angle 8/14 

Supporting angles in stainless steel 11/23 

Suspension clamp for spiral-seam pipes, 

one piece 3/25-3/26 

Suspension clamp for spiral-seam pipes, 

two piece 3/27-3/28 

Suspension clamps, three-part 4/19 

Swivel hangers 4/11 

T 

T-section heavy slide guides 4/18 

Tension bolts 9/19 

Textile tapes 14/13 

Threaded bolts 3/3 

Threaded pins 8/4, 8/5 

Threaded pins in stainless steel 11/35 

Threaded pipes 8/11 

Threaded rod cutters 15/16 

Threaded rods 8/3 

Threaded rods in stainless steel 11/35 

Through anchors 9/3-9/4 

Through anchors in stainless steel 11/43 

Toggle plugs 9/21 

Toilet fastener 9/22 

Trapezoid-sheet hangers 8/15 

Trapezoid-sheet hangers in stainless steel 11/34 

Trapezoid-sheet pliers 15/16 

Trapezoid-sheet pliers in stainless steel 11/34 

Turnbuckles 8/6 

Twin brackets 3/3 

U 

U-bolts 3/31 

U-bolts acc. to DIN 3570 5/23 

Under cut anchors 9/6 

Universal expansion anchors 9/16 

Universal knifes and cutter knifes 15/33 

Universal nameplate supports 10/6 

V 

VARIO-twin brackets 3/3 

VARIO twin clips 3/4 

Ventilated-brick plugs 9/25 

Vibration control element 1/6 

Vibration control hangers 1/10 

W 

Washer bolts 8/11 

Washers 8/21-8/22 

Washers in stainless steel 11/15, 11/37 

Wire brushes 15/32 

Wire lattice pliers 15/31 

Wooden blocks 4/8-4/9 

Work gloves 15/36 

Z 

Zinc sprays 14/12 

Zykon steel hammerset anchors FZEA 9/31 

X 


10/08

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


PHONOLYT ® 1/2 

PHONOLYT ® button 1/3 

PHONOLYT ® foot 1/4 

Anti-vibration pad 1/5 

Vibration control element 1/6 

DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pad 1/7 

DÄMMGULAST ® washers 1/8 

DÄMMGULAST ® channel section 1/9 

Vibration control hangers 1/10 

Saniplast 1/11


The current situation 

Building technology is becoming 

increasingly complex, and technical 

progress has led to a parallel rise in 

the ambitions of building owners. 

After 35, 30 and 25 dB(A), starting 

from DIN 4109 and up to VDI 4100 

vibration control level III, 20 dB(A) 

and for waste water pipework without 

the associated fittings noise, we 

are already seeing values 5 dB(A) 

lower than the vibration upper limit 

being specified. At the same time, 

legal developments are increasingly 

oriented towards the sensitivities of 

the consumers. 

Traditionally, the standards that 

have always had to be redefined for 

fault-free quality are the generally 

acknowledged handcraft rules. 

The almost never-ending stream of 

standards and regulations means that 

anyone working on a building site, 

including planners and installation 

engineers, is facing an ever-increasing 

liability risk. 

The challenge 

The greatest vibration damage 

occurs in building technology when 

noise in the installed equipment is 

transferred to the building structure, 

i.e. to the large “powerful” resonating 

body. An added complication is 

the fact that those involved in the 

construction cannot predict the size 

of the vibrations. Attachments that 

have to absorb forces and static 

loads, such as pipe anchor points, 

are particularly problematic, as 

there is mutual physical contradiction 

between the tasks to be solved, 

namely strength and vibration control. 

If the stipulation is that the lower 

vibration level must not exceed 25 or 

20 dB(A), or in extreme cases even 

5 dB(A), utmost care must be taken 

to ensure that only the very best 

products and the very latest technology 

are used. Vibration damage, 

which usually cannot be localised 

and can often only be eliminated by 

a total renovation, is one of the most 

expensive construction defects. 

Work that has not been carried out 

according to the regulations and the 

recognised technical rules can have 

a “time bomb” effect, even if a client 

overlooks existing defects during 

acceptance and does not make a 

complaint. If the work was not carried 

out according to the current 

state of technology and the generally 

recognised installation standards, 

subsequent buyers or users can still 

hold the planner and the installation 

company liable for any damage, for 

a period of up to 30 years. 

The solution 

The solution is vibration control! 

By making sure that all potential 

sources of vibration and vibrationconducting 

pipes are consistently 

decoupled from the structure, you 

can avoid every conceivable vibration 

coupling in your area of responsibility. 

Even with large loads and/or high 

vibration intensities, the MÜPRO 

vibration control programme offers 

you system components to help 

you solve the diverse vibration and 

attachment problems in building technology. 

From the simplest attachment using 

pipe anchoring points, to the attachment 

of small and large assemblies, 

you will find a solution for every individual 

attachment and vibration control 

problem by using MÜPRO system 

components. 

Remember: Vibration that you have 

under your control cannot spread 

elsewhere. 

07/09 

© – A concept for progress and quality 1/1


Advantages 

PHONOLYT ® 

• The vibration decoupler in two versions 

for different duties 

• The ideal component for vibration 

controlled anchor points for 

pipes to meet the vibration control 

requirements of DIN 4109 and VDI 

4100 

• Isolates the pipe acoustically from 

the building structure 

• Reduces the structure-borne noise 

by up to 40 dB 

• Predictable vibration control for 

planners and users 

• Practical design makes for easy 

installation 

• High static loading capacity 

• Encapsulated vibration control – 

safety that you can rely on 

• Effective isolation of vibrationcoupling 

using vulcanised-in 

MÜPROLAN 

• The cast-steel vibration-control 

capsule provides a high degree of 

safety, even in the case of fire 

• Versatile use, e. g. for vibration 

control of support structures made 

from MPC support channels 

• For use in the attachment of pipes 

of 3 /8" to DN 1500; can be combined 

with pipe clamps 

• Approved for all installation positions 

• Silicone-free 

Down-pipe support for all pipe 

types, vibration-decoupled 

Vibration decoupled water pipe 

anchor points 

Vibration-isolated support for 

equipment 

Data 


certified 


Level reduction by up 

to [dB] 

Load limit [kN] 

tension/compression FZ,D 

axial 

Fax 

radial 

Fq 

dB 27 dB 40 

27 40 

5.4 

3.0 

2.5 

20.0 

7.5 

3.3 

For allowable loads in combination with pipe 

clamps, see “Technical Information” section. 

Connecting 

thread 

Part no. Pack size Dimensions [mm] 

A B C H M Ø L L2 

PHONOLYT ® dB 27 M10 120292 As required 80 37 147 40 10 11 122 

PHONOLYT ® dB 40 M12 120296 126 60 227 66 12 13 194 

1/2 


07/09


Advantages 

PHONOLYT ® button 

• High-performance anchor point 

attachments with outstanding 

structure-borne noise reduction of 

up to 30 dB 

• Ideal for vibration controlled fixing 

of devices such as boilers, pumps, 

motors, air-conditioning and ventilation 

systems; also vessels, MPC 

support channels etc. 

• High loading capacity in all directions 

• Suitable for ceiling, wall or floor 

mounting 

• Time-saving fitting due to only one 

connection thread on each side 

• Adjustment using threaded pins or 

rods 

• Security provided by undercut 

vulcanised-in anchor 



MÜPROLAN 


Vibration-isolated wall mounting 

Vibration-isolated pump baseframe 

made from MPC support 

channels 

Vibration-isolated ceiling suspension 

Data 


Sound level reduction by 

up to 

30 dB 

FZ,D 

FQ 

Max. recommended loading 

tension/compression 

lateral 

FQ 

FZ,D 

1.5 kN 

1.5 kN 

FQ 

Connecting thread Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

PHONOLYT ® button M10 120442 1 

07/09 



Advantages 

PHONOLYT ® foot 

• High-performance vibration-insulating 

element for floor-mounting 

• Heavy duty, compressive load 

capacity up to 20 kN 

• For the structure-borne vibration 

control of heavy equipment 

such as boilers, whirlpools, 

motors, pumps, chillers and air 

compressors 

• Rubber sole prevents skidding 

• Easy height adjustment using 

threaded pin or hexagonal head 

screw in the M12 connecting 

thread 

• Variety of mounting possibilities 

when used with cross members 

and frames made of MPC support 

channels: stable, versatile and can 

be extended as desired 

• For the vibration-insulation of 

elevator drives 

• The ideal component for vibrationcontrolled 

elevating devices to 

meet the vibration control requirements 

of DIN 4109 and VDI 4100 



MÜPROLAN 


Data 


Ø108 

Ø80 

M12 

Sound level reduction by 

up to 

Max. allowed compression 

loading 

30 dB 

20 kN 

35 

34 

19 

MÜPRO 

Made in Germany 

Connecting thread 

Screw-in depth 

[mm] 

Part no. 

PHONOLYT ® foot M12 14.5 120430 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1/4 


07/09


Advantages 

Anti-vibration pad 

• Dampens the transfer of structureborne 

noise to the building structure 

• Simply slip under item to be supported: 

no fixings on floor or 

equipment are necessary 

• Low overall height 

• Highly elastic rubber pad absorbs 

up to 95 % of its own, and external, 

vibrations 

• Oil-resistant, synthetic rubber 

• Resistant to temperatures from 

–50 °C to +120 °C 

• Aluminium base plate 

Data 


Size edge 

length [mm] 

recommended loading 

per Anti-Vibration Pad 

[N] 

60 up to 500 

90 500–1,000 

125 1,000–2,000 

200 2,000–3,000 


for corner mounting 


for side mounting 

Size edge length Part no. Pack size 

Dimensions [mm] 

[mm] 

[pieces] 

A B C D 

60 107117 4 60 45 14 21 

90 107118 90 70 20 30 

125 107115 125 98 25 40 

200 107116 200 165 37 58 

60 107113 4 60 45 14 21 

90 107114 90 70 20 30 

125 107111 125 98 25 40 

200 107112 200 165 37 58 

07/09 



Advantages 

Vibration control element 

• High noise reduction of up to 

26 dB(A) 

• Versatile use, e. g. for the fixing of 

pipelines, air ducts and equipment 

• Also for the vibration-damped 

suspension of sound absorbing 

ceilings 

• With self-extinguishing, decoupling 

washer 

• Does not tear out in case of fire 

due to steel casing 

• No risk of damaging the shell 

when drilling 

Data 


Connecting 

thread 

Max. recommended loading (with optimum damping) 

[N] 

axial tension axial compression radial compression 

Part no. 

Vibration control element M8 600 300 200 117722 50 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1/6 


07/09


Advantages 

DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pad 

• Effective structure-borne vibration 

control for many installation situations 

• Ideal for the vibration control of 

traverses and pipe bridges using 

MPC support channels 

• Bushing to prevent prevent metal 

contact between screws and 

mounted object 

• Very simple installation without 

additional work 

• Average sound level improvement 

of around 17 dB(A) 

• Ideal combination with 

DÄMMGULAST ® washers for 

vibration-isolated fitting of MPC 

support channels 

Data 


Maximum load capacity 


4,500 N 

1,000 N 

For thread 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pad M8/M10 43 x 25 107083 50 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

DÄMMGULAST ® washers 

• Highly elastic vibration decoupler 

for light compressive loadings 

• Can be fitted using screws, threaded 

pins and rods up to M10 

• Protective bushing against metal 

contact 

• Very simple installation without additional 

work 

• Ideal supplement to 

DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pad in 

channel installation 

• Noise reduction by up to 18 dB(A) 

Data 


Note: 

For an even load distribution, 

always fit DÄMMGULAST ® washers 

together with metal washers. 

Maximum recommended loading: 

300 N. 

For thread Size Part no. Pack size Dimensions [mm] 

D x L1 [mm] 

[pieces] 

D L1 L2 

DÄMMGULAST ® washers M8 24 x 8.5 107087 100 24 8.5 11 

M8 28 x 8.5 107089 28 8.5 11 

M10 34 x 10.5 107086 34 10.5 14 

DÄMMGULAST ® washers, flame-resistant M8 24 x 8.5 107088 24 8.5 11 

Washers M8 28 x 8.5 127229 28 8.5 – 

M10 34 x 10.5 127235 34 10.5 – 

1/8 


07/09


Advantages 

DÄMMGULAST ® channel section 

• For secure vibration-decoupling of 


• Ideal for the decoupling of traverses 

for air duct fixtures 

• Easy installation by inserting into 

MPC support channels and/or 

screwing onto threaded rods 

• Prevents structure-borne noise 

coupling by avoiding contact 

between the air duct and the 

threaded rods 

• Interlocking profile prevents channel 

section being pushed out 

• Prevents fluttering and other vibration 

noises in the air ducts 

• Small seating area, large absorption 

mass 

Data 

Vibration-decoupled traverse for the 

suspension of an air duct 


Suitable for MPC 

Suitable for Part no. Pack size 

support channels: 

DÄMMGULAST ® channel section 27/18 and 28/30 Channels with slot widths of 13–16 mm, 

M8 threaded rods 

107689 30-metre roll 

DÄMMGULAST ® channel section 

50-mm sections 

38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 

38/80, 40/80 and 

40/120 

38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 

38/80, 40/80 and 

40/120 

Channels with slot widths of 15–18 mm, 

M8 and M10 threaded rods 



107690 

107691 Carton with 300 

pieces 

Note: 

When installing air conditioning and ventilation equipment, MPC support channels can be used as load-bearing 

traverses. Structure-borne vibration couplings bridge resulting from direct metal contact between the air duct and 

the traverse or threaded rods can be prevented by the use of DÄMMGULAST ® channel section as intermediate 

layer. 

The DÄMMGULAST ® channel section was developed especially for these application areas and provides here the 

optimum solution from a practical installation point of view. 

07/09 



Advantages 

Vibration control hangers 

• Noise decoupling integrated into 

the hanger 

• Very good vibration improvement 

of up to 17 dB(A) due to the highly 

elastic DÄMMGULAST ® spring element 

• Attachment for threaded rods 

M8, M10 or alternatively for stripmounting, 

depending on type 

• The design for strip-mounting 

is also suitable for suspension 

attachment by means of Hanger 

Sockets 

• Subsequent height adjustment of 

the threaded rods is possible 

Vibration control hanger M8 

Die DataDaten 


Vibration control hanger M10 

for M8 for M10 for strip-mounting 

For strip-mounting 


hangers, galvanised 

Overall 

height 

Max. recommended 

loading 

[N] 

Average vibration 

reduction 

up to 

Connection for Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

40 230 16 dB(A) Threaded Rods M8 117736 100 

110 1,000 17 dB(A) Threaded Rods M10 117733 

55 230 16 dB(A) Strip-mounting, screws 

up to M8 

117728 

1/10 


07/09


Advantages 

Saniplast 

• Ideal fitting assistance for all kinds 

of sanitary ware 

• Prevents crushing and scraping 

between sanitary ware and tiles 

• Toothed profile adaptable to any 

shape of sanitary ware 

• Special self-adhesive allows 

repeated removal and application 

• Double-length use due to central 

split into two strips 

• Resistant to acetic acid-moistened 

silicone 

• Can be used on both walls and 

floors 

Mounting information: 

Mounting surfaces must be dry and free of dust and grease. 

Saniplast should be attached a short distance away from the edge. 

Mount the object in place and seal the joint with a permanently flexible 

sealant. 

Data 

Length of 

roll 

[m] 

Usable 

length 

[m] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

Saniplast 4.5 9 3 36 117338 1 6 rolls 

07/09 


Notes 

1/12 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


Overview of fire protection products 

Products for fixtures meeting the requirements of LAR 03/2000 


Product Size Page 

PHONOLYT ® 

dB 27 - M10 

dB 40 - M12 

1/2 

Pipe clamps 


Single bossed clamps, DÄMMGULAST ® 

yellow 

3 /8"–6" 

Connection thread ≥ M10 

3/14 

Single bossed clamps, DÄMMGULAST ® 

red, high-temperature resistant 

3 /8"–6" 


3/16 

Single bossed clamps unlined 3 /8"–6" 


3/18 

Single bossed clamps, heavy-duty type, 

DÄMMGULAST ® yellow 

Single bossed clamps, heavy-duty type, 

DÄMMGULAST ® red 

Single bossed clamp unlined, heavy-duty 

version 

3 /8"–6" 


3 

/8"–6" 


3 

/8"–6" 


3/22 

3/23 

3/24 

Anchor points/expansion points 


PHONOLYT ® double kits 2"–6" 

4/2 

M12 

Sliding stirrups M10 4/10 

Slide guides 1.75 kN M8/10 

M10 

4/15 

Box section heavy slide guides 

Swivel hangers, short 

Swivel hangers, long 

M12 

M16 

M10 

M12 

M10 

M12 

4/17 

4/11 

4/11 

07/09 

© – A concept for progress and quality


Support channels 

Product Section Page 

MPC support channels 38/40 

6/2–6/3 

39/52 

40/60 

MPC support channels 40/80 6/4 

MPC support channels, H-profiles 38/80 

40/120 

6/5 

MPC support channels 41/41 41/41 6/33 

MPC wall hanger brackets 38/40, 40/60, 38/80 

≤ 700mm 

6/7 

MPC QUICK fasteners 

with external thread 


with internal thread 

M10 für 38/40, 40/120 6/14 

M10 für 38/40, 40/120 6/15 

MPR QUICK fasteners 

MPC hammer-heads 

M10 

M12 

Size for 41/41 

M10 

M12 

6/35 

6/18 

MPC hammer-head bolts 

M10 

M12 

6/20 

MPC clamp brackets M10–M16 6/21 

MPC saddle supports 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 6/26 

MPR saddle supports 41/41 6/39 


07/09


Plugs 


Steel anchors M10, M12, M16 9/2 

Through anchors M8, M10, M12, M16 9/3 

Heavy-duty anchors BZ M10, M12, M16 9/5 

Screws for concrete M10 9/8-9/11 

Hollow-core slab ceiling anchors 

Zykon steel hammer anchors FZEA 

Injection anchors 

M8 

M10 

M12 

M8 

M10 

M12 

M8 

M10 

M12 

9/17 

9/31 

9/32–9/37 

Insulation 

Product 

Page 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc 13/10 

System assemblies tested according to DIN 4102-2 by the North-Rhine Westphalia Materials Testing Office (MPA NRW) 

 

 

 

Single attachment 

Directly mounted aupport 

channel construction 

Suspended aupport 

channel construction 

Wall hanger bracket suspended 

at the free end 

MPC support channel 

suspended 

multi-field system 


suspended, 

span width to 1,520mm 


use as traverse, 

span width to 3,000mm 

07/09 


Notes 


07/09

Fire protection 

The situation 

Fire-tested pipe support systems 

Fire Protection in Building 

Technology 

Constructional fire protection is 

playing an increasing important role 

in house and building technology. 

Increasingly complex piping systems 

and with that rising fire load risks are 

an increasing challenge to planning, 

design and installation of piping systems. 

This applies especially in the case of 

buildings for special purposes such 

as hospitals, old people's homes, 

shopping centres and schools where 

fire protection measures are indispensable. 

Escape and rescue routes or wall 

and ceiling penetrations for pipes are 

important areas where the challenge 

is to fulfil and combine the demands 

of constructional fire protection such 

The challenge 

The Fire Protection Requirement 

according to LAR 

The following requirements are 

defined for fastenings in the region 

above self-supporting, fire-protecting 

false ceilings in terms of fire duration 

resistance: 

• Fire resistance duration F30 in the 

region between ceiling and suspended 

fire-protection false ceiling 

• Fire-proof fastenings for piping 

systems in escape and rescue 

routes 

• Fastening to approved plugs and 

anchors made of steel with proof 

of fire protection 

• Proof of stability and deformation 

of support systems by fire testing 

as the minimum required duration 

of fire resistance as well as vibration 

control and thermal insulation. 

The specifications for building fire 

protection are given by, among others, 

the German Model Building 

Code (MBO), the German State 

Building Codes (LBO), DIN 4102, 

the German Pipe Systems Guideline 

LAR (MLAR) but also the DIN 4109 

standard for vibration control considerations 

and the German Energy 

Saving Regulation (EnEV) in the area 

of thermal insulation. 

The solution 

Fire-tested MÜPRO attachment 

systems 

The use of fire-tested MÜPRO 

attachment systems in combination 

with a proper fire-protection design 

of the fixture construction creates 

a system that completely meets 

the high demands of a fire resistant 

attachment system as laid down in 

DIN 4102 and the LAR. 

The modular spectrum of fire-tested 

MÜPRO products allows you to build 

up a comprehensive set of of fireprotected 

attachment solutions. Our 

application technology team provides 

competent support in the planning 

and design of fixture solutions. 

F30 false ceiling with 

General Construction 

Supervision Test Certificate 

(ABP) for fire exposure from 

above and below 

07/09 



Overview of fire protection products for 

pipe penetrations 

Product 

Area of application 

MÜPROFLAM fire 

intumescent pipe collar 

Isolation of combustible 

piping 


intumescent sealant 

Intumescent fire protection 

sealant for the bulkheading 

of combustible 

and and non-combustible 

pipes and for single flammable 

cables 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc 

Bulkheading of insulated 

heating system pipes and 

hot water pipes 


for chilled water 

Bulkheading of insulated 

cold water pipes 

Fire resistance duration R90 R90 R60–R120 R90–R120 

Building material class B2 acc. to DIN 4102 B1 acc. to DIN 4102 B1 acc. to DIN 4102 

Combustible pipes Pipe outer diameter 

32 – 160 mm 

Wall thickness 

1.8 – 6.2 mm 

Pipe outer diameter 

≤ 32 mm 

Copper piping 

Steel, stainless steel 

piping 

Cast pipe 


≤ 160 mm 


≤ 160 mm 


≤ 160 mm 


≤ 48 mm 


≤ 48 mm 


≤ 48 mm 


≤ 42 mm 


≤ 76 mm 


≤ 76 mm 

Insulation Acc. to LAR 03/2000 9 – 38 mm 13 – 32 mm 

Ceiling penetration Thickness ≥ 150 mm Thickness ≥ 80 mm Thickness ≥ 150 mm Thickness ≥ 150 mm 

Wall penetration Thickness ≥ 100 mm Thickness ≥ 80 mm Thickness ≥ 150 mm Thickness ≥ 150 mm 

Light partition wall Thickness ≥ 100 mm Thickness ≥ 80 mm 

Supplementary products Plugs, anchors or threaded 

rods with washers and 

Mineral wool melting 

point 

Mortar 

MG 2, 2a or 3 

Mortar 

MG 2, 2a or 3 

nuts 

Ts > 1,000 °C 

Verification, specification Z-19.11-1668 LAR 03/2000, previously P-3487/0239-MPA BS P-3487/0239-MPA BS 

MLAR 03/2000 

Documentation Nameplate 

Declaration of conformity 

Declaration of conformity Declaration of conformity 

Remarks 

Annular gap width 

≤ 15 mm 

Keep to the distance 

specifications in LAR 

03/2000 

Gap between adjacent 

insulations, A ≥ 200 mm 

Observe the fire resistance 

specifications in the 

test certificate 

Gap between adjacent 

insulations, A ≥ 100 mm 

Observe the fire resistance 

specifications in the 

test certificate 

2/2 


07/09


Advantages 

MÜPROFLAM pipe insulation system 

• Bulkheading of many types of 

combustible plastic pipes 

• Easy, fast-fitting due to quick fastener 

• Minimum distance to pipe is possible 

– fitting of Pipe Collars without 

a gap is approved 

• Compact space-saving form 

allows installation even in the 

region of pipe elbows 

• Approved for use with up to 5 mmthick 

PE lining for vibration isolation 

between pipe and collar 

• Can also be used for light partitioning 

walls 

• Approved by the building authorities 

Note: The MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent pipe collar is filled with the intumescent building material MÜPROFLAM 

IT, galvanised sheet-steel collar. It serves to isolate combustible plastic pipes at wall and ceiling penetrations into 

fire sections according to DIN 4102‐11. In the case of fire, MÜPROFLAM IT foams out and reliably closes the 

cross section of the plastic pipe. The crossover of fire and smoke between sections is effectively prevented. The 

MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent pipe collar as pipe isolation is designed for a fire resistance of 90 minutes (R90), 

tested and building inspectorate approved (approval no. Z‐19.17‐1668). 

Data 


APPROVED 


Pipe sleeve, 

galvanised 

Type 

For pipe OD (RA) 

[mm] 

Outer diameter D 

[mm] 

Depth H 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

32 32 46 30 130607 2 

40 40 54 130608 

50 50 64 130609 

63 63 87 130610 

75 75 99 130611 

90 90 124 130612 

110 110 144 130603 

125 125 159 130604 

140 140 174 60 130605 

160 160 194 130606 

Note: MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent pipe collars are supplied with nameplates, fitting instructions and declaration 

of conformity. The fire intumescent pipe collars types 32 to 63 are fitted with a bend-over clasp fastener. 

07/09 



Data 

MÜPROFLAM pipe insulation system 

Fixing material: 


intumescent pipe collar 

Fixing material for 


intumescent pipe collars 

Type 

Number of 

fixing points 

Concrete 

Wall/ceiling 

Part no. 

Fixing into 

Masonry 

Wall/ceiling 

Part no. 

32 2 Steel anchors M6 x 30 129092 Claw anchor M6 113709 

40 Screw M6 x 16 105728 Screw M6 x 40 105354 

50 Flat washer Ø 6.4 127307 Flat washer Ø 6.4 127307 

63 3 or 

75 Through anchor St 6-10 129513 

90 Steel anchors M8 x 30 129093 Claw anchor M8 113715 

110 Screw M8 x 16 105757 Screw M7 x 50 105375 

125 4 Flat washer Ø 8.4 127310 Flat washer Ø 8.4 127310 

140 or 

160 Through anchor St 8-10 129516 

Application areas: (for other pipes, see building inspectorate approval Z-19.17-1668) 

Description Abbreviation Pipe outer diameter max. [mm] Wall thickness [mm] 

Polyvinylchloride PVC-U, PVC-HI ≤ 160 1.8–4.7 

Chlorinated polyvinylchloride 

PVC-C 

Polypropylene 

PP 

High-density polyethylene PE-HD ≤ 160 1.8–6.2 

Low-density polyethylene 

LDPE 

Polypropylene 

PP 

Acrylnitrile-butadiene-styrene 

ABS 

Acrylester-styrene-acrylnitrile 

ASA 

Styrene-copolymerisate 

Cross-linked polyethylene 

PE-X 

Polybutene 

PB 

Mounting instructions: 

Building structure/building material 

Symbol Unit Wall Ceiling 

Masonry 

Concrete 

Reinforced concrete 

Porous concrete 

Lightweight partition 

wall of vertical post 

construction type, 

planked on both sides 

Concrete 

Reinforced concrete 

Porous concrete 

Minimum thickness of the building element Bmin mm 100 150 150 

Pipe outerdiameter max. RA mm ≤ 160 ≤ 160 ≤ 160 

Number of MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent 

pipe collars per case 

2 2 1 

 

Wall installation Ceiling installation 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: In the implementation and installation of the MÜPROFLAM pipe insulation system, the approval of the 

German Institute for Building Technology, DIBt approval no. Z-19.17-1668, must be adhered to absolutely. 

2/4 


07/09


Advantages 

MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent 

sealant 

• Intumescent (foaming in the case 

of fire), highly-viscous fire protection 

sealant for the sealing off of 

wall and ceiling penetrations 

• Versatile use − isolation of individual 

pipes and cables according to 

the piping system guidelines (LAR) 

• Also for the isolation in lightweight 

partition walls using a non-flammable 

pipe surround 

• Good adhesion to the most 

diverse surfaces 

• Can be worked simply and quickly 

from the cartridge using a cartridge 

gun 

• Vibration control due to the separation 

between pipe and wall/ceiling 

• Approved by the building inspectorate 

Note: 

MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent sealant is an approved (Z-19.11-1666) single-component, intumescent (foams in the 

presence of fire) building material. Because of its putty-like, high-viscosity structure, it can be worked very easily. It 

is ready to use, and can be worked directly after it comes out of the cartridge. MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent sealant 

is free of halogens and organic solvents. 

Data 


APPROVED 


Building material class 

B2 acc. to DIN 4102 (normal flammability) 

Approved by the building authorities 

Z-19.11-1666 

Density approx. 1.25 g/cm 3 

pH value approx. 8.0 

Solid matter contents approx. 56 % 

Colour 

white 

Storage temperature +5 °C to +30 °C 

Processing temperature min. +5 °C 

Application method 

Hand gun/compressed air gun 

Drying time depends on temperature and air humidity, a 5 mm-thick layer has dried out in about 14 

days (23 °C/50 % rel. humidity) 

Behaviour in the presence of heat 

A 1 mm-thick layer of MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent sealant forms a fine-pored foam with 

a thickness of about 40 mm 

Colour 

Cartridge content 

[ml] 

Part no. 

MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent sealant white 310 130596 12 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Data 

MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent 

sealant 

Application areas: 

Bulkheading of individual pipes in single penetrations through walls and ceilings according to 

piping system guideline LAR 03/2000. 

Description Material Pipe outside diameter 

max. RA [mm] 

Minimum building 

element thickness 

Bmin [mm] 

Annular gap width 

max. r 

[mm] 

Non-combustible piping 

e. g. steel, copper, castings 

≤ 160 ≥ 80 ≤ 15 

Combustible piping e. g. PE, PB, PVC ≤ 32 

Electric cables 


The annular gap around the individual pipes must be be completely closed off in each case with MÜPROFLAM 

fire intumescent sealant. In the case of fire, the MÜPROFLAM fire intumescent sealant prevents spreading of fire, 

smoke and gases through the gaps in the penetrations. 

Please note that in piping with bulkheading, it is to be ensured that in the region of the penetrations, the isolating 

bulkhead must be of non-flammable building material (melting point > 1,000 °C). 

 

 

 

 

The individual pipes may be led 

through solid walls and ceilings of 

e.g. concrete or porous concrete 

The use in lightweight partition walls 

using vertical post construction must 

have a surrounding pipe of noncombustible 

material. The surrounding 

pipe is puttied in place using a 

non-inflammable mortar 

Note: 

All bulkheads must rigorously meet the local implementation conditions according to the piping system guidelines 

e. g. regarding the spacing to be maintained between pipes etc. 

2/6 


07/09


G 4000008 

Products for the attachment of 

sprinkler systems 

Minimum requirements for supports in compliance with VdS Guideline 2092/CEA 4001 

Nominal diameter 

[mm] 

Minimum load-bearing capacity 

at 20 °C 

[kg] 

Minimum cross-section area 

[mm 2 ] 

DN ≤ 50 200 30 M8 

50 < DN ≤ 100 350 50 M10 

100 < DN ≤ 150 500 70 M12 

150 < DN ≤ 200 850 125 M16 

Thread 


Product designation Size Type Guideline Page 

Single bossed clamps, 

heavy-duty version without 

lining 

For pipe outer diameter 

from 3 /8" to 2", M8 

from 70.0 mm to 4", M10 

from 125.0 mm to 6", M12 

galvanised VdS 2100 3/24 


heavy-duty type with 


Filbow clamps with knurled 

nut 


from 3 /8" to 2", M8 

from 70.0 mm to 4", M10 

from 125.0 mm to 6", M12 


from 3 /4" to 219.1 mm 

Connection for M8 - M16 threads 



Filbow clamps, pear-shaped 


from 3 /4" to 219.1 mm 

Connection for M8 - M16 threads 


Anchor plugs 


Steel anchors 

M8 

M10 

M12 

galvanised 

Stainless steel 

A4 

Information 

VdS 1) 9/2 

Through anchors 

M8 

M10 

galvanised 


A4 

Information 

VdS 1) 9/3 

Heavy-duty anchors BZ 

M8 

M10 

M12 

M16 

galvanised 


A4 

Information 

VdS 1) 9/5 

Screws for concrete 

ØØ 7.5 mm hexagonal head 

Ø 10.0 mm hexagonal head 

Ø 7.5 mm for tool fitting M8 

Ø 10.0 mm for tool fitting M10 

galvanised 

Information 

VdS 1) 9/8, 9/10 

07/09 



G 4000008 



Anchor plugs (continued) 


MPC mounting anchors with internal 

thread 

M8 galvanised Information 

VdS 1) 9/14 


Gas concrete under cut anchors 

M8 

M10 

M12 

M8 

M10 



Zykon steel hammer anchors FZEA 

M8 

M10 

M12 

galvanised 

Information 

VdS 1) 9/31 

Components for pipe suspensions 


Trapezoidal sheet hangers 

M8 


- with welded-on nut 

- with clearance hole 

- with adjusting nut 

M10 

Girder clamps 

M8 

M10 

M12 


Girder cleats 

Girder clamps with joint 

(Type Lindadapter FLS) 

For 24/38 and 38/40 sections, M8 

For 39/52 and 40/60 sections, M8 

For 38/40 to 40/60 sections, M10 

M8 

M10 



U-bolts M8 – M20 galvanised VdS 2092 

CEA 4001 

3/33 

Hex connectors with side hole M8 – M16 galvanised VdS 2092 

CEA 4001 

8/5 

Note: 

VdS 2100: VdS-Richtlinien für Wasserlöschanlagen, Anforderungen und Prüfmethoden für Bauteile, 

Issue 1988-05. 

VdS 2092: VdS Richtlinien für Sprinkleranlagen, Planung und Einbau, incl. transitional arrangement p. 1/2001, 

Issue 1998-08. 

CEA 4001en: VdS CEA Guidelines for Sprinkler Systems; Planning and Installation, Issue 2005-09. 

Information VdS 1) : VdS circular, dated, 14/11/2007 addressed to all firms that install fire extinguishers, concerning 

the use of plugs and anchors for fastening in concrete 

2/8 


07/09


APPROVED 




Minimum requirements for supports in compliance with FM Guidelines Classes 1951, 1952 and 1953 

Nominal diameter 

[mm] [inch] Thread 

20 ≤ DN ≤ 100 3 /4–4 M10 

125 ≤ DN ≤ 200 5–8 M12 

250 ≤ DN ≤ 300 10–12 M16 




heavy-duty version without 

lining 


from 3 /4" to 6" 

Connection thread M10 and M12 

galvanised FM 1951 3/24 

Filbow clamps with knurled 

nut 

Filbow clamps, pear-shaped 


from 3 /4" to 8" 

Connection for M10–M16 threads 


from 3 /4" to 6" 

Connection for M10 and M12 threads 



Anchor plugs 



M10 

M12 

M16 

galvanised FM 1951 

FM 1952 

FM 1953 

9/3 


M10 

M12 

M16 


FM 1952 

FM 1953 

9/5 

Steel anchors 

M10 

M12 

M16 


FM 1952 

FM 1953 

9/2 

Components for pipe suspensions 



M10 

M12 



(Type Lindadapter FLS) 

M10 galvanised FM 1951 8/12 

07/09 


Notes 

2/10 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


One-piece pipe clamps 

Sprinkler pipe clamps 

Suspension clamps 

for spiral-seam pipes 

3/25 

Filbow clamp, pear-shaped 3/29 

Safety clips with DÄMMGULAST ® 3/1 

Filbow clamp with knurled nut 3/30 

VARIO 3/4 

EASY clips with DÄMMGULAST ® 3/5-3/6 

Single bossed clamp, heavy-duty 

type, with DÄMMGULAST ® red 

Single bossed clamp, 

heavy-duty type, without lining 

3/23 

3/24 

OPTIMAL Junior ® 3/7 

Refrigerant pipe clamps 

Two-piece pipe clamps 

Insulation clamps RG 80 3/38 

Single bossed clamp, without lining 3/18 

Insulation clamps RG 250 3/42 

Single bossed clamp with 

DÄMMGULAST ® 3/14-3/17 

Insulation clamps types H, M, T 3/44 

Single bossed clamp Junior 

with DÄMMGULAST ® orange 

Kombi-clamps 

with DÄMMGULAST ® orange 

3/12 

3/13 

Insulation clamps Typ 175 EX 3/48 

Insulation clamps Typ 170 EX 3/47 


heavy-duty type, with DÄMMGULAST ® 3/23 

Skid pipe clamps 


heavy-duty type, without lining 

3/24 

Slide clamps 3/11 


Heavy-duty pipe support / DIN pipe clamps 

High-temperature pipe clamps 


Single bossed clamp 

with DÄMMGULAST ® red 

3/16 

Other pipe clamps 

Single bossed clamp, heavy-duty 

type, with DÄMMGULAST ® red 

3/23 


with connecting socket 

3/21 

Ventilation duct clamps 


with connecting socket with 


3/20 


for spiral-seam pipes, one-piece 


for spiral-seam pipes, two-piece 

3/25 

3/27 

U-bolts 3/31 


Duct clamps 7/1


Advantages 


Safety clips 

• Quick and efficient attachment 

without fastener bolts 

• Safety fastening due to positive 

click-in 

• The spring effect ensures that is 

self-locking 

• Easy to handle as the shape of the 

fastener is made to fit the tool 

• The pipe is free to move during 

the installation 

• Without fastener lugs − ideal 

where appearance is important 

• The slender construction without 

fastening lugs allows pipes to be 

installed close together 

• Ideal for attachment using bolt 

screws or shoulder screws 

• Ideal for the installation of pipes in 

parallel when used together with 

twin brackets 

• DÄMMGULAST ® vibration control 

lining with green identification 

stripe: average sound level 

improvement of around 18 dB(A) 

As support for risers For suspended pipes For two risers 

To close: Place the screwdriver on 

the tool application point, hook into 

the latch and press the clamp to 

close 

To open: Place the screwdriver on 

the tool application point, press and 

lift the fastener over the latch 

07/09 



Data 

Safety clips 

Size Tensile breaking strength [N] Max. recommended 

loading [N] 

10–22 mm 1,200 240 

3 /8"– 1 /2" 1,200 240 

24–28 mm 1,800 360 

3 /4" 1,800 360 

1" 2,000 400 

30–35 mm 2,000 400 

1 1 /4"–1 1 /2" 2,400 480 

42–43 mm 2,400 480 

Connecting 

thread 

Size Part no. Pack size 


[pieces] 

[inch] [mm] green white D B b1 H1 H 

Safety clips, galvanised M8 10 123222 – 100 10 22 19 25 18 

12 123226 123324 12 24 19 27 19 

14 – 123328 15 27 19 28 19 

15 123230 123328 15 27 19 30 20 

16 123234 123328 16 28 19 31 21 

18 123238 123332 18 30 19 33 22 

20 123242 123351 20 32 19 35 23 

22 123246 123336 22 34 19 37 24 

24 123250 123340 24 36 19 39 25 

28 123254 123344 28 40 19 43 27 

30 123266 123348 30 42 24 45 28 

33 123274 – 33 45 24 48 29 

35 123282 – 35 47 24 50 30 

40 123285 – 40 52 24 55 33 

42 123289 – 42 54 24 57 34 

43 123293 – 43 55 24 58 35 

3 

/8 17.2 123261 – 17.2 29 19 32 22 

1 /2 21.3 123218 – 21.3 33 19 36 24 

3 /4 26.9 123258 – 26.9 39 19 42 26 

1 33.7 123206 123321 33.7 46 24 49 30 

1 1 /4 42.4 123214 – 42.4 54 24 57 34 

1 1 /2 48.3 123210 – 48.3 60 24 63 37 

3/2 


07/09


VARIO-twin brackets 

for safety clip 

VARIO-twin brackets, 

with internal thread, galvanised 


Adjustment range 

between pipe axes 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 40–80 107248 50 

50–95 107249 

60–105 104247 

Twin brackets 

for safety clip 

Twin brackets, 



Distance between pipe axes 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 40 107243 50 

55 107244 

65 107245 

85 107246 

105 107240 

150 107241 

200 107242 

Threaded bolts 

Threaded bolts, 

galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

Overall length 

[mm] 

Thread length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 9 4 121244 100 

15 5 121213 

25 5 121221 

35 5 121228 

45 5 121232 

55 5 121236 

65 5 121240 

Reinforcement sections 

for twin brackets from 105 mm upwards 

Fixing hole Ø [mm] Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

Reinforcement sections, galvanised 8 107139 50 

07/09 



Advantages 

VARIO twin clips 

• Twin clip has the fastening advantages 

of the safety clip 

• Safety fastener without fastening 

screws 

• Ideal for parallel pipes 

• Distance between pipe axes is 

adjustable 

• Markings aid adjustment 

• Allows different pipe diameters on 

one twin clip 

• Efficient support for 2 pipes with 

one anchor plug 

• High-class DÄMMGULAST ® vibration 

control lining with average 

noise reduction of 18 dB(A) 

• Ideal for good appearance as the 

safety fastener in on the inside 

Data 



The mounting distance of the pipe 

from the structure is determined 

by the selection of the appropriate 

bolt screw length. The distance 

can be adjusted by means of the 

nut and locknut. The fitting of the 

VARIO-twin bracket by means 

of universal expansion anchor 

enables the distance from the 

structure to be continuously 

adjusted while maintaining 

flexural rigidity. 

VARIO twin clips, 

galvanised 

Suitable for Size Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Dimensions 

[mm] 

Adjustment 

range 

H1 H B A 

Cu pipes 10 mm 107299 100 30 21 23+A 40–80 

12 mm 107300 32 22 23+A 40–80 

15 mm 107301 35 24 28+A 40–80 

18 mm 107302 38 25 31+A 40–80 

20 mm 107303 40 26 31+A 40–80 

22 mm 107304 42 27 35+A 40–80 

24 mm 107305 44 28 37+A 40–80 

28 mm 107306 48 30 42+A 50–95 

30 mm 107309 50 50 31 46+A 50–95 

33 mm 107310 53 33 46+A 50–95 

35 mm 107311 55 34 46+A 50–95 

42 mm 107312 62 37 56+A 60–105 

43 mm 107313 63 38 56+A 60–105 

Steel pipes 3 /8" 107308 100 38 25 31+A 40–80 

1 /2" 107298 42 27 35+A 40–80 

3 /4" 107307 47 30 41+A 50–95 

1" 107295 50 54 33 46+A 50–95 

1 1 /4" 107297 63 38 56+A 60–105 

1 1 /2" 107296 69 41 63+A 60–105 

3/4 


07/09


Advantages 

EASY clips 

• The efficient fastener for easy pipe 

attachment 

• Quick-fastening, suitable for 

screwdriver 

• Self-locating fastener screw 

• Fastener screw with captive 

washer 

• Practical, one-piece design 

• With highly elastic 

DÄMMGULAST ® vibration control 

lining with average sound level 


• The positive-fit vibration control 

lining with wide clip-over edges 

that prevent the lining from slipping 

out of the clamp 

Data 


Size 

[mm] 

Tensile breaking strength [N] 


loading [N] 

13.5–28 2,400 800 

33.5–63 3,000 1,000 

68–83 3,500 1,166 

88.9–114.3 4,500 1,500 

EASY clips, 

galvanised 

Connecting Size Part no. Pack size 


thread [inch] [mm] [pieces] B b1 H1 H 

M8 1 

/4 13.5/15 124210 100 37 18 30 17 

3 

/8 17.2/18 124116 40 18 33 19 

1 /2 21.3/22 124080 44 18 37 21 

3 /4 26.9/28 124111 50 18 43 24 

1 33.7 124068 57 18 49 27 

1 1 /4 42.4 124076 50 67 18 59 32 

1 1 /2 48.3 124072 73 18 65 35 

55.0 124126 79 18 71 38 

57.0 124129 81 18 73 39 

2 60.3 124093 85 18 77 41 

63.0 124133 87 18 79 42 

68.0 124137 98 23 92 52 

70.0 124141 100 23 94 53 

75.0 124145 104 23 100 56 

2 1 /2 76.1 124097 106 23 100 56 

80.0 124149 111 23 105 58 

83.0 124153 113 23 107 59 

3 88.9 124107 121 23 115 63 

90.0 124157 122 23 116 64 

102.0 124084 133 23 127 69 

110.0 124088 142 23 136 74 

4 114.3 124250 146 23 140 76 

07/09 



Advantages 

• The efficient pipe support 

for fast installation with good 

appearance 

• Quick-fastening, suitable for 

screwdriver 

• Self-locating fastener screw 

• Fastener screw with captive 

washer 

• Practical, one-piece design 


DÄMMGULAST ® white vibration 

control lining 

• The positive-fit vibration control 

lining with wide clip-over edges 

that prevent the lining from slipping 

out of the clamp 

EASY clips 

with DÄMMGULAST ® white 

Data 


Size 

[mm] 



loading [N] 

13.5–30 2,400 800 

33.7–44.5 3,000 1,000 

EASY clips, 

with DÄMMGULAST ® 

white, galvanised 

Connecting 



thread [inch] [mm] [pieces] B b1 H1 H 

M8 1 /4 13.5/17 124161 100 37 18 30 17 

3 

/8 17.2/20 124165 40 18 33 19 

1 /2 21.3/24 124170 44 18 37 21 

3 /4 26.9/30 124174 50 18 43 24 

1 33.7/37 124178 57 18 49 27 

1 1 /4 42.4/44.5 124182 50 67 18 59 32 

3/6 


07/09


Advantages 

OPTIMAL Junior ® 

• Practical latching fastener 

• Easy clicking-in of the fastening 

bolt with the tip of a finger 

• High safety due to the positive-fit 

edge hook-in opening 

• The pipe is free to move during the 

installation 

• No inadvertent opening once it has 

clicked in, due to the safety latching 

fastener 

• Quick installation due to the single 

fastening bolt 

• The easy click-in fastener allows 

opening and closing of the pipe 

clamp with only one hand 

• Captive fastening bolt 

• Fastener retains the pipe securely 

even at the full opening angle of 

the clamp 


DÄMMGULAST ® vibration control 

lining: average sound level 


• Dual-tapped boss M8/M10 for 

suspended, standing or wallmounting 

• Vibration control tested 

Data 



loading [N] 

12 mm–2" 2,100 700 

70 mm–4" 3,000 1,000 

OPTIMAL 

Junior ® with 

DÄMMGULAST ® 

vibration control 

lining, galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

M8/ 

M10 

Size Clamping Part no. Pack size 


range [mm] 

[pieces] B b1 H1 H V 

12 mm 12–14 119485 100 50 23 42 29 M5 

3 /8" 15–18 119489 54 23 46 31 

1 /2" 19–22 119493 58 23 50 33 

3 /4" 23–26 119497 63 23 55 36 

28 mm 26–30 119501 66 23 58 37 

1" 32–35 119505 71 23 63 40 

40 mm 37–41 119509 50 77 23 69 42 

1 1 /4" 42–46 119516 82 23 74 45 

1 1 /2" 48–51 119520 88 23 80 48 

55 mm 53–58 119524 94 23 86 51 

2" 59–64 119528 101 23 93 54 

70 mm 68–73 119532 119 28 101 59 M6 

2 1 /2" 74–80 119536 126 28 108 62 

83 mm 83–87 119540 132 28 114 65 

3" 89–92 119544 137 28 119 68 

102 mm 100–104 119473 148 28 130 73 

110 mm 108–111 119477 156 28 138 77 

4" 112–115 119481 160 28 142 79 

07/09 



Advantages 

Duo 

The easy to install quick fastening 

enables the efficient pipe support in 

any position: 

• The quick and reliable clicking in 

of the fastener once the clamp is 

closed holds the pipe securely 

• The easy to swivel lower clamp half 

allows opening and closing of the 

pipe clamp with only one hand 

• Captive fastening bolts 

• Wide opening of the clamp due to 

the swivelling ability of the lower 

clamp half 

• Low vibration entry and exit areas 

due to the ribbed profile of the 

DÄMMGULAST ® lining 

• Dual-tapped boss M8/M10 for suspended, 

floor or wall-mounting 

Data 



loading [N] 

12 mm–2" 2,100 700 

70 mm–4" 3,000 1,000 

B 

Duo, 

galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

M8/ 

M10 



range [mm] 


12 mm 12–15 107396 100 52 23 50 26 M6 

3 /8" 15–19 107401 58 23 53 28 

1 /2" 20–25 107405 64 23 57 31 

3 

/4" 25–30 107407 70 23 62 33 

1" 33–37 107409 78 23 65 37 

1 1 /4" 42–46 107411 50 87 23 70 41 

1 1 /2" 47–52 107412 94 23 76 45 

54/57 mm 54–58 107413 99 23 81 47 

2" 59–63 107414 105 23 87 50 

70 mm 68–73 107415 119 23 100 57 

2 1 /2" 72–80 107416 128 23 109 62 

83 mm 82–85 107417 134 23 114 64 

3" 88–92 107418 139 23 120 67 

102 mm 99–103 107420 152 23 132 73 

110 mm 108–112 107392 162 23 141 78 

4" 112–118 107394 165 23 145 80 

3/8 


07/09


Advantages 

OPTIMAL ® 

The economical solution due to 

mature technology: 

• Practical latching fastener 

• The 2 locking screws allow adjustment 

to accommodate a greater 

variation in pipe diameter 

• With the installation advantages of 

a one-piece clamp 

• High security due to the positivefit 

edge hook-in opening 

• The pipe is free to move during 

the installation 

• No inadvertent opening once it has 

clicked in, due to the safety latching 

fastener 

• Tightening bolts with combination, 

captive cross-head convenient for 

power driver 


lining with green identification 

stripe: average vibration reduction 

of 18 dB(A) 

• Optimum handling due to form 

that prevents injury 

Note: 

The fitting of pipes, especially 

under the ceiling, often requires 

the use of two hands. It is then 

an advantage if you can close the 

OPTIMAL ® latching fastener with 

only one hand. After closing the 

latch, the pipe is safely held in 

place but remains free to move. 

You then have two hands free for 

adjusting the pipe. 

And don’t forget: the high security 

due to the positive-fit edge hookin 

opening. 

Data 



loading [N] 

1 /4"–1 1 /4" 2,400 800 

1 1 /2"–70 mm 5,090 1,690 

2 1 /2"–116 mm 6,960 2,320 

125 mm–6" 8,090 2,696 

07/09 



Data OPTIMAL ® 

OPTIMAL ® , 

galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


B b1 H1 H V 

M8 1 

/4" 13–15 119822 100 55 23 42 26 M5 

3 /8" 16–18 119838 57 23 45 28 

1 /2" 19–24 119818 63 23 51 31 

3 

/4" 25–30 119834 70 23 57 34 

1" 32–37 119806 76 23 65 38 

1 1 /4" 41–44 119814 50 85 23 71 41 

1 1 /2" 48–51 119810 93 23 79 45 M6 

57 mm 53–58 119842 100 23 86 49 

2" 60–63 119826 107 23 92 52 

70 mm 69–73 119846 116 23 101 56 

2 1 /2" 74–78 119830 127 23 106 58 

M8/M10 1 /4" 13–15 119866 100 55 23 46 30 M5 

3 /8" 16–18 119882 57 23 49 32 

1 

/2" 19–24 119862 63 23 55 35 

3 /4" 25–30 119878 70 23 61 38 

1" 32–37 119850 76 23 69 42 

1 1 /4" 41–44 119858 50 85 23 75 45 

1 1 /2" 48–51 119854 93 23 83 49 M6 

57 mm 53–58 119886 100 23 90 53 

2" 60–63 119870 107 23 96 56 

70 mm 69–73 119894 116 23 105 60 

2 1 /2" 74–78 119874 127 28 110 62 

83 mm 80–84 119898 132 28 117 66 

3" 88–90 119794 139 28 122 68 

102 mm 99–103 119770 155 28 136 75 

110 mm 108–112 119774 25 163 28 145 80 

4" 113–117 119798 168 28 150 82 

116 mm 116–120 119778 172 28 153 84 

125 mm 125–129 119782 174 28 164 89 

133 mm 133–137 119786 185 28 171 93 

5" 137–141 119802 188 28 176 95 

160 mm 159–162 119790 212 28 197 106 

6" 164–168 119890 220 28 202 108 

3/10 


07/09


Advantages 

• The special lining designed for 

smooth, noiseless sliding of plastic 

pipes 

• With DÄMMGULAST ® compound 

vibration control lining for optimum 

structure-borne noise damping 

• The positive-fit joining of lining and 

clamp prevents the lining slipping 

out 

• Can also be used as an anchor 

point by removing the spacers 

Slide clamps 

for plastic pipes 

The security of the mature 

OPTIMAL ® technology offers further 

advantages: 

• Quick mounting due to practical, 

self-securing latch mechanism 

• No inadvertent opening once it 

has clicked in, due to the positive 

edge-fit safety latching fastener 

• Tightening screw with combination, 

captive cross-head convenient 

for power driver 


To prevent the skewing of the slide 

clamp, the following threaded rod 

lengths should not be exceeded: 

Size 16 mm-50 mm: max. 80 mm 

Size 56 mm-110 mm: max. 60 mm 

The distances between supports 

recommended by the plastic pipe 

manufacturers should be observed. 

Data 


Size 

[mm] 



loading [N] 

16–40 2,400 800 

50–63 5,090 1,690 

75–110 6,960 2,320 

Slide clamps, 

for plastic pipes 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

[mm] 

Clamping range 

[mm] (without 

spacer clip) 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


B b1 H1 H V 

M8 16 16–18 119902 100 57 23 45 28 M5 

20 19–24 119906 63 23 51 31 

25 25–30 119910 70 23 57 34 

32 32–37 119914 76 23 65 38 

40 40–44 119918 50 85 23 71 41 

50 48–51 119922 93 23 79 45 M6 

56 53–58 119926 100 23 86 49 

63 60–63 119930 107 23 92 52 

M8/M10 75 74–78 119938 50 127 28 110 62 

90 88–90 119942 139 28 122 68 

110 108–112 119934 163 28 145 80 

07/09 



Advantages 

Single bossed clamps Junior 

• Proven two-piece clamp 




• Tightening bolts with combination 

cross-head convenient for power 

driver 

• Fastener screws with captive 

washer 

• Solid design with reinforcement rib 

• Vibration damping lining 

DÄMMGULAST ® Junior with 

orange identification stripe: average 

sound level improvement of 

around 18 dB(A) 

Data 



loading [N] 

12 mm– 3 /4" 1,800 600 

1"–70 mm 3,500 1,166 

Single bossed 

clamps Junior, twopiece, 

galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


B b1 H1 H V 

M8 12 mm 12–15 128352 100 46 23 33 22 M6 

3 /8" 15–19 128382 54 23 39 25 

1 /2" 20–25 128334 59 23 45 28 

3 /4" 25–30 128367 66 23 50 31 

1" 33–37 128313 73 23 57 34 

1 1 /4" 42–46 128325 50 82 23 67 39 

1 1 /2" 47–52 128322 89 23 73 42 

54/57 mm 54–58 128404 93 23 78 45 

2" 59–63 128355 100 23 83 47 

70 mm 68–72 128407 112 23 92 52 

3/12 


07/09


Advantages 

Kombi-clamps 

• Connection thread with M8/M10 

dual-tapped boss 




• Captive fastener screws 



driver 

• Vibration control lining 



vibration reduction of 18 dB(A) 

Data 



loading [N] 

3 

/8"– 3 /4" 1,800 600 

1"–1 1 /4" 3,000 1,000 

1 1 /2"–70 mm 4,800 1,600 

2 1 /2"–6" 9,750 3,250 

Kombi-clamps, 

two-part, galvanised 

Connecting Size Clamping Part no. Pack size 


thread 

range [mm] 


M8/M10 3 /8" 15–19 113039 100 54 23 43 29 M6 

1 /2" 20–25 112999 59 23 49 32 

3 /4" 25–30 113037 66 23 55 35 

1" 33–37 112991 73 23 62 38 

1 1 /4" 42–46 112995 50 82 23 71 43 

1 1 /2" 47–52 112993 89 23 79 47 

54/57 mm 54–58 113049 93 23 84 50 

2" 59–63 113025 100 23 89 52 

70 mm 68–72 113053 112 23 98 57 

2 1 /2" 73–77 113029 126 28 111 63 M8 

80 mm 75–81 113055 126 28 111 63 

83 mm 82–85 113057 130 28 112 64 

3" 88–90 113035 138 28 120 68 

102 mm 99–103 113001 146 28 129 72 

110 mm 108–112 113003 25 157 28 137 76 

4" 110–114 113043 166 28 145 80 

116 mm 114–118 113005 168 28 147 81 

125 mm 124–130 113011 176 28 159 87 

133 mm 132–137 113015 188 28 167 91 

5" 137–142 113047 195 28 175 95 

160 mm 159–162 113019 218 28 197 106 

6" 164–168 113051 220 28 199 107 

07/09 



Advantages 

Single bossed clamps 

• Proven two-piece single bossed 

clamp 






driver 

• Tightening bolts secured with captive 

washers 

• Heavy duty type with high load 

capacity due to creased shape 

• Acoustic insulation, positive-fit 

liner with wide clip-over edges 

prevent the lining from slipping out 

of the clamp 


DÄMMGULAST ® with yellow identification 

stripe: average vibration 

improvement of around 22.7 dB(A) 

with DÄMMGULAST ® yellow 

Data 


certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 



loading [N] 

3 /8"–2 1 /2" 4,500 1,500 

83 mm–6" 9,500 3,166 

212–219.1 mm 15,000 5,000 

Single bossed 

clamps, with 


yellow, galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


B b1 H1 H V 

M8 3 

/8" 14–20 127934 100 64 23 47 29 M6 

1 /2" 20–26 127808 70 23 53 32 

3 /4" 26–30 127925 75 23 58 35 

1" 32–38 127778 80 23 64 38 

1 1 /4" 40–46 127799 50 92 23 76 44 

1 1 /2" 48–54 127788 98 23 81 46 

57 mm 54–60 127962 105 23 88 50 

2" 60–66 127895 111 23 94 53 

70 mm 68–73 127983 121 28 103 57 

2 1 /2" 72–80 127904 125 28 107 59 

83 mm 82–86 127996 140 28 118 65 M8 

3" 88–92 127913 144 28 122 67 

102 mm 99–103 127829 161 28 137 74 

110 mm 108–112 127844 25 175 28 147 79 

4" 112–118 127943 176 28 152 82 

125 mm 125–130 127856 188 28 161 86 

133 mm 133–137 127865 196 28 169 90 

5" 137–142 127952 201 28 175 93 

160 mm 159–164 127880 220 28 193 102 

6" 164–169 127968 226 28 200 106 

3/14 


07/09


Data 

Single bossed 





certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 





thread 

range [mm] 


M10 3 /8" 14–20 127344 100 64 23 49 31 M6 

1 

/2" 20–26 127108 70 23 55 34 

3 

/4" 26–30 127329 75 23 60 37 

1" 32–38 127064 80 23 66 40 

1 1 /4" 40–46 127093 50 92 23 78 46 

1 1 /2" 48–54 127075 98 23 83 48 

57 mm 54–60 127413 105 23 90 52 

2" 60–66 127249 111 23 96 55 

70 mm 68–73 127443 121 28 105 59 

2 1 /2" 72–80 127261 125 28 109 61 

83 mm 82–86 127458 140 28 120 67 M8 

3" 88–92 127311 144 28 124 69 

102 mm 99–103 127120 161 28 139 76 

110 mm 108–112 127132 25 175 28 149 81 

4" 112–118 127362 176 28 154 84 

125 mm 125–130 127144 188 28 163 88 

133 mm 133–137 127156 196 28 171 92 

5" 137–142 127392 201 28 177 95 

144 mm 142–146 127159 205 28 180 100 

150 mm 148–152 127186 214 28 185 102 

160 mm 159–164 127201 220 28 195 104 

6" 164–169 127425 226 28 202 108 

170 mm 167–171 127523 230 28 205 110 

212 mm 208–214 127284 297 46 247 130 M10 

219.1 mm 217–225 127290 306 46 257 135 

M12 3 /8" 14–20 127659 100 64 23 51 33 M6 

1 

/2" 20–26 127556 70 23 57 36 

3 

/4" 26–30 127650 75 23 62 39 

1" 32–38 127535 80 23 68 42 

1 1 /4" 40–46 127544 50 92 23 80 48 

1 1 /2" 48–54 127538 98 23 85 50 

57 mm 54–60 127692 105 23 92 54 

2" 60–66 127611 111 23 98 57 

70 mm 68–73 127710 121 28 107 61 

2 1 /2" 72–80 127614 125 28 111 63 

83 mm 82–86 127716 140 28 122 69 M8 

3" 88–92 127644 144 28 126 71 

102 mm 99–103 127559 161 28 141 78 

110 mm 108–112 127571 25 175 28 151 83 

4" 112–118 127668 176 28 156 86 

125 mm 125–130 127577 188 28 165 90 

133 mm 133–137 127586 196 28 173 94 

5" 137–142 127680 201 28 179 97 

160 mm 159–164 127599 220 28 197 106 

6" 164–169 127695 226 28 204 110 

212 mm 208–214 127626 297 46 249 132 M10 

219.1 mm 217–225 127632 306 46 259 137 

244.5 mm 

267 mm 

273 mm 

315 mm 

323.9 mm 

355.6 mm 


Note: We produce single bossed clamps in all other pipe sizes 

and types according to your specifications. 

07/09 



Advantages 



clamp 




• With high-temperature resistant 

vibration control lining 


• The high-quality DÄMMGULAST ® 

section maintains its properties in 

the temperature range –60 °C to 

+225 °C 

• Average sound level improvement 

of around 18.6 dB(A) 



driver 


washers 






of the clamp 


Data 


certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 



loading [N] 

3 /8"–2 1 /2" 4,500 1,500 

83 mm–6" 9,500 3,166 

Single bossed 



red, galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


B b1 H1 H V 

M8 3 

/8" 14–20 118701 100 64 23 47 29 M6 

1 /2" 20–26 118629 70 23 53 32 

3 /4" 26–30 118689 75 23 58 35 

1" 32–38 118601 80 23 64 38 

1 1 /4" 40–46 118613 50 92 23 76 44 

1 1 /2" 48–54 118605 98 23 81 46 

57 mm 54–60 118720 105 23 88 50 

2" 60–66 118665 111 23 94 53 

70 mm 68–73 118728 121 28 103 57 

2 1 /2" 72–80 118673 125 28 107 59 

83 mm 82–86 118736 140 28 118 65 M8 

3" 88–92 118681 144 28 122 67 

102 mm 99–103 118641 161 28 137 74 

110 mm 108–112 118645 25 175 28 147 79 

4" 112–118 118705 176 28 152 82 

125 mm 125–130 118649 188 28 161 86 

133 mm 133–137 118653 196 28 169 90 

5" 137–142 118710 201 28 175 93 

160 mm 159–164 118657 220 28 193 102 

6" 164–169 118724 226 28 200 106 

3/16 


07/09


Data 

Single bossed 



red, galvanised 


certified 

≥ ≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 3 Vibration control 





thread 

range [mm] 


M10 3 /8" 14–20 118322 100 64 23 49 31 M6 

1 /2" 20–26 128476 70 23 55 34 

3 

/4" 26–30 118310 75 23 60 37 

1" 32–38 128450 80 23 66 40 

1 1 /4" 40–46 128468 50 92 23 78 46 

1 1 /2" 48–54 128459 98 23 83 48 

57 mm 54–60 118378 105 23 90 52 

2" 60–66 128548 111 23 96 55 

70 mm 68–73 118403 121 28 105 59 

2 1 /2" 72–80 118269 125 28 109 61 

83 mm 82–86 118410 140 28 120 67 M8 

3" 88–92 118297 144 28 124 69 

102 mm 99–103 128488 161 28 139 76 

110 mm 108–112 128497 175 28 149 81 

4" 112–118 118346 176 28 154 84 

125 mm 125–130 128509 188 28 163 88 

133 mm 133–137 128515 196 28 171 92 

5" 137–142 118362 201 28 177 95 

160 mm 159–164 128530 220 28 195 104 

6" 164–169 118387 226 28 202 108 

M12 3 /8" 14–20 118532 100 64 23 51 33 M6 

1 /2" 20–26 118448 70 23 57 36 

3 /4" 26–30 118524 75 23 62 39 

1" 32–38 118423 80 23 68 42 

1 1 /4" 40–46 118440 50 92 23 80 48 

1 1 /2" 48–54 118432 98 23 85 50 

57 mm 54–60 118565 105 23 92 54 

2" 60–66 118496 111 23 98 57 

70 mm 68–73 118585 121 28 107 61 

2 1 /2" 72–80 118504 125 28 111 63 

83 mm 82–86 118593 140 28 122 69 M8 

3" 88–92 118516 144 28 126 71 

102 mm 99–103 118456 161 28 141 78 

110 mm 108–112 118464 25 175 28 151 83 

4" 112–118 118549 176 28 156 86 

125 mm 125–130 118472 188 28 165 90 

133 mm 133–137 118480 196 28 173 94 

5" 137–142 118557 201 28 179 97 

160 mm 159–164 118488 220 28 197 106 

6" 164–169 118573 226 28 204 110 

212 mm 

219.1 mm 

244.5 mm 

267 mm 

273 mm 

315 mm 

323.9 mm 

355.6 mm 

... 

... 



07/09 



Advantages 

• Can be used as a pipeline anchor 

point 




• Suitable for installations without 

vibration control requirements 


washers 

• Solidly made 



driver 


without lining 

Data 


certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 


loading [N] 

3 /8"–3" 4,500 1,500 

102 mm–6" 9,500 3,166 

Single bossed 

clamps, without 


Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


B b H1 H V 

M8 3 /8" 14–18 120835 100 47 20 36 24 M6 

1 /2" 20–25 120676 53 20 42 27 

3 

/4" 26–30 120823 64 20 47 29 

1" 31–37 120637 70 20 53 32 

1 1 /4" 40–47 120664 50 80 20 64 38 

1 1 /2" 47–52 120649 88 20 70 41 

2" 58–63 120770 98 20 81 46 

70 mm 64–72 120892 105 20 88 50 

2 1 /2" 72–80 120783 113 25 96 54 

3" 82–90 120811 125 25 107 59 

102 mm 97–103 120699 144 25 122 67 M8 

4" 108–115 120843 25 161 25 137 73 

125 mm 125–130 120735 176 25 152 82 

5" 133–140 120856 188 25 161 86 

6" 160–169 120876 213 25 188 100 

3/18 


07/09


Data 

Single bossed 




certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 




thread 

range [mm] 

[pieces] B b H1 H V 

M10 3 

/8" 14–18 120130 100 47 20 38 26 M6 

1 

/2" 20–25 119843 53 20 44 29 

3 

/4" 26–30 120114 64 20 49 31 

1" 31–37 119791 70 20 55 34 

1 1 /4" 40–47 119827 50 80 20 66 40 

1 1 /2" 47–52 119811 88 20 72 43 

2" 58–63 120010 98 20 83 48 

70 mm 64–72 120245 105 20 90 52 

2 1 /2" 72–80 120026 113 25 98 56 

3" 82–90 120094 125 25 109 61 

102 mm 97–103 119859 144 25 124 69 M8 

4" 108–115 120154 161 25 137 75 

125 mm 125–130 119923 176 25 154 84 

5" 133–140 120178 188 25 163 88 

6" 160–169 120216 213 25 190 102 

M12 3 /8" 14–18 120465 100 47 20 40 28 M6 

1 

/2" 20–25 120313 53 20 46 31 

3 

/4" 26–30 120457 64 20 51 33 

1" 31–37 120289 70 20 57 36 

1 1 /4" 40–47 120305 50 80 20 68 42 

1 1 /2" 47–52 120297 88 20 74 45 

2" 58–63 120392 98 20 85 50 

70 mm 64–72 120530 105 20 92 54 

2 1 /2" 72–80 120402 113 25 100 58 

3" 82–90 120449 125 25 111 63 

102 mm 97–103 120321 144 25 126 71 M8 

4" 108–115 120489 25 161 25 139 77 

125 mm 125–130 120361 176 25 156 86 

5" 133–140 120499 188 25 165 90 

6" 160–169 120514 213 25 192 104 

212 mm 

219.1 mm 

244.5 mm 

267 mm 

273 mm 

315 mm 

323.9 mm 

355.6 mm 

... 

... 


Note: We produce single bossed clamps in all other pipe sizes and 

types according to your specifications. 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Proven, two-piece single bossed 

clamp in heavy-duty design 

• For bending-resistant fastening at 

greater distances from the building 

structure 

• Ideal combination when used 

with pipe nipple and base plate or 

socket adapter 






with connecting socket 

Data 


V 

G 

Size 

with fastener thread 

Single bossed 



yellow, with connecting 

socket, 

galvanised 



loading [N] 

M6 4,500 1,500 

M8 9,500 3,166 

M10 15,000 5,000 

Connection Size Clamping Part no. Pack size 


thread G 

range [mm] 


1 /2" 3 /8" 14–20 128137 100 64 23 50 32 M6 

1 /2" 20–26 128067 70 23 56 35 

3 /4" 26–30 128134 75 23 61 38 

1" 32–38 128045 80 23 67 41 

1 1 /4" 40–46 128055 50 92 23 79 47 

1 1 /2" 48–54 128052 98 23 84 49 

57 mm 54–60 128179 105 23 91 53 

2" 60–66 128103 111 23 97 56 

70 mm 68–73 128190 121 28 106 60 

2 1 /2" 72–80 128106 125 28 110 62 

83 mm 82–86 128199 140 28 121 68 M8 

3" 88–92 128131 144 28 125 70 

102 mm 99–103 128070 161 28 140 77 

110 mm 108–112 128073 175 28 150 82 

4" 112–118 128158 176 28 155 85 

125 mm 125–130 128076 188 28 164 89 

133 mm 133–137 128082 196 28 172 93 

5" 137–142 128170 201 28 178 96 

160 mm 159–164 128091 220 28 196 105 

6" 164–169 128182 226 28 203 109 

3 /4" 2" 57–64 128220 50 126 34 101 59 M10 

70 mm 68–72 128265 134 34 108 62 

2 1 /2" 72–80 128223 144 34 113 65 

83 mm 82–86 128271 155 34 122 70 

3" 88–92 128241 159 34 124 71 

102 mm 99–103 128208 170 34 136 77 

4" 108–118 128250 184 34 151 84 

125 mm 125–130 128211 25 203 34 165 91 

133 mm 133–137 128214 212 34 178 97 

5" 138–144 128256 217 34 179 98 

160 mm 159–165 128217 235 34 197 107 

6" 164–169 128259 242 34 206 111 

b1 

D 

B 

H 

H1 

3/20 


07/09


Advantages 

• Proven, two-piece single bossed 

clamp in heavy-duty design 

• Can be used as a pipeline 

anchor point 

• For bending-resistant fastening at 

greater distances from the building 

structure 

• Ideal combination when used 

with pipe nipple and base plate or 

socket adapter 


with connecting socket, without lining 

Data 

Size 

with fastener thread 



loading [N] 

M6 4,500 1,500 

M8 9,500 3,166 

M10 15,000 5,000 

V 

G 

D 

H 

H1 

b 

B 

Single bossed 


lining, with connecting 

socket, 

galvanised 



range [mm] 

[pieces] B b H1 H V 

1 /2" 1 /2" 21–24 121032 100 50 20 37 23 M6 

3 /4" 26–30 121090 65 20 46 29 

1" 33–35 121020 71 20 53 33 

1 1 /4" 42–47 121028 50 84 20 63 37 

1 1 /2" 47–52 121024 87 20 68 40 

2" 60–64 121066 100 20 80 45 

2 1 /2" 72–80 121070 113 25 115 60 

3" 82–90 121086 125 25 127 65 

102 mm 97–103 121034 144 25 139 71 M8 

4" 108–115 121098 161 25 154 79 

125 mm 125–130 121047 176 25 166 86 

5" 133–140 121106 188 25 178 90 

3 /4" 1 1 /2" 48–52 121134 50 100 30 75 46 

2" 58–61 121150 110 30 84 50 

2 1 /2" 73–78 121154 126 30 101 59 

3" 85–90 121162 144 30 113 65 M10 

102 mm 98–104 121138 159 30 124 70 

4" 108–116 121173 170 30 136 77 

125 mm 124–130 121146 184 30 151 84 

5" 133–140 121177 203 40 165 91 

6" 160–169 121181 231 40 193 105 

Connection 

thread G 

212 mm 

219.1 mm 

244.5 mm 

... 

... 

Note: We produce single bossed clamps in all other pipe sizes and 

types according to your specifications. 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Proven two-part clamp with 

increased material cross-section 

area 

• Stronger tightening bolts for high 

load capacity 

• Increased breaking strength 

• Vibration control lining 

DÄMMGULAST ® with yellow 

identification stripe: average 

vibration improvement of around 

22.7 dB(A) 


heavy-duty version 

Data 


certified 

up to 6" 



loading [N] 

1 1 /2"–2" 12,500 4,166 

2 1 /2"–4" 15,000 5,000 

133–315 mm 20,000 6,666 

from 323 mm upwards 25,000 8,333 

Single bossed 

clamps, heavyduty 

version, with 





thread 

range [mm] 

[pieces] b x s B b1 H1 H V 

M12 1 1 /2" 48–54 121914 50 30x3 110 34 82 49 M8 

2" 57–64 122099 30x3 126 34 99 57 

2 1 /2" 72–80 122111 30x3 144 34 111 63 M10 

3" 88–92 122266 30x3 159 34 122 69 

102 mm 99–103 121934 30x3 170 34 134 75 

4" 108–118 122353 30x3 184 34 149 82 

133 mm 133–137 122018 25 40x4 212 46 176 95 

5" 138–144 122429 40x4 217 46 177 96 

160 mm 159–165 122052 40x4 235 46 195 105 

6" 164–170 122473 40x4 242 46 204 109 

200 mm 193–203 122123 40x4 280 46 235 125 

212 mm 208–214 122151 40x4 299 46 245 130 

219 mm 217–224 122167 40x4 302 46 257 136 

250 mm 244–254 122214 10 40x4 330 46 285 148 

267 mm 267–277 122234 40x4 360 46 311 163 

280 mm 278–282 122250 40x4 360 46 315 165 

315 mm 313–318 122294 40x4 394 46 350 183 

323 mm 320–326 122305 50x5 415 56 360 188 M12 

355 mm 353–360 122325 50x5 447 56 392 204 

406 mm 

419 mm 

508 mm 

... 

... 



3/22 


07/09


Advantages 


heavy-duty version, with DÄMMGULAST ® pipe clamp lining, red 

• Proven two-part clamp with increased 

material cross-section area 

• Stronger fastening latches for high 

load capacity 


• High-strength welding all round the 

connecting nut 


lining red, high-temperature resistant 

Vibration Control Lining up to 

+225 °C 

• Average vibration improvement of 

up to 18.6 dB(A) 

• Approved for the fixing of sprinkler 

systems by VdS 

Data 


certified 

≥ M12 


loading [N] 

3/8"–3" 15,000 5,000 

102 mm–125mm 17,500 5,830 

from 5" upwards 20,000 6,666 

Single bossed 


version, with 


vibration control 


Connection 

thread M 

Size 

D 

DN 

Clamping 

range 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack 

size 

[piece] 

b x s 

[mm] 

B 

[mm] 

Dimensions 

b1 

[mm] 

H1 

[mm] 

H 

[mm] 

V 

[mm] 

M8 3 

/8" 10 14–19 124418 100 30x3 74,0 34 46,0 29,0 M8 

1 

/2" 15 20–26 124422 83,0 52,0 32,0 

3 

/4" 20 25–28 124425 88,3 57,0 34,5 

1" 25 30–35 124430 91,5 61,0 36,5 

1– 1 /4" 32 40–43 124434 102,5 72,0 42,0 

1– 1 /2" 40 48–54 124438 50 109,9 79,0 45,5 

2" 50 57–64 124442 125,6 96,0 54,0 

M10 70.0 68–72 124302 133,6 105,0 59,5 

2–1/2" 65 72–80 124306 144,4 110,0 62,0 M10 

83.0 82–86 124311 155,0 119,1 66,6 

3" 80 88–92 124315 158,6 121,0 67,5 

102.0 99–103 124283 170,4 133,2 73,6 

4" 100 108–118 124287 184,2 147,6 80,8 

M12 125.0 125–130 124331 40x4 202,5 46 164,0 90,0 

133.0 125 133–141 124339 25 211,5 177,0 96,5 

5" 125 138–144 124343 217,0 178,0 97,0 

160.0 150 159–168 124347 235,0 196,0 106,0 

6" 150 164–170 124359 242,0 205,0 110,5 

Note: We also produce single bossed clamps in all other pipe sizes. These pipe clamps are manufactured to order. 

Delivery time can be quoted on request. 

07/09 



Advantages 



area 

• Stronger fastening latches for high 

load capacity 


• High-strength welding all round the 

connecting nut 

• Can be used as a pipeline anchor 

point 




heavy-duty version, without lining 

Data 


certified 

≥ M12, 3 /8"–6" 


loading [N] 

3 

/8"–3" 15,000 5,000 

102–1,255 mm 17,500 5,830 

from 5" upwards 20,000 6,666 

Single 

bossed 

clamps, 

heavy-duty 

version, 


Connecting Size Clamping Part no. Pack size VdS FM Dimensions [mm] 

thread 

range [mm] 

[pieces] 

b x s B H1 H V 

M8 3 /8" 14–18 125699 100 x 30x3 66 33 22 M8 

1 

/2" 20–22 125693 x 30x3 71 38 25 

3 /4" 25–28 125697 x 30x3 74 45 28 

1" 31–35 125687 x 30x3 83 51 31 

1 1 /4" 40–43 125691 x 30x3 92 60 35 

1 1 /2" 48–52 125689 x 30x3 100 69 40 

57 mm 53–57 125701 50 x 30x3 105 74 43 

2" 58–61 125695 x 30x3 110 78 45 

M10 3 

/8" 14–18 124771 100 30x3 66 35 24 

1 /2" 20–22 124507 30x3 71 40 27 

3 

/4" 25–28 124765 x 30x3 74 47 30 

1" 31–35 124495 x 30x3 83 53 33 

1 1 /4" 40–43 124503 50 x 30x3 92 62 37 

1 1 /2" 48–52 124499 x 30x3 100 71 42 

57 mm 53–57 124861 x 30x3 105 76 45 

2" 58–61 124650 x 30x3 110 80 47 

70 mm 68–73 124906 x x 30x3 121 92 52 

2 1 /2" 73–78 124653 x x 30x3 126 97 55 

83 mm 80–85 124930 x x 30x3 134 104 59 

3" 85–90 124762 x x 30x3 144 109 61 M10 

102 mm 98–104 124519 x x 30x3 159 120 67 

4" 108–116 124814 x x 30x3 170 132 73 

M12 3 /8" 14–18 125259 100 30x3 66 37 26 M8 

1 /2" 20–22 124965 30x3 71 42 29 

3 /4" 25–28 125257 x 30x3 74 49 32 

1" 31–35 124955 x 30x3 83 55 35 

1 1 /4" 40–43 124961 50 x 30x3 92 64 39 

1 1 /2" 48–52 124958 x 30x3 100 73 44 

57 mm 53–57 125372 x 30x3 105 78 47 

2" 58–61 125127 x 30x3 110 82 49 

70 mm 68–73 125406 x 30x3 121 94 54 

2 1 /2" 73–78 125129 x 30x3 126 99 57 

83 mm 80–85 125434 x 30x3 134 106 61 

3" 85–90 125255 x 30x3 144 111 63 M10 

102 mm 98–104 124968 x 30x3 159 122 69 

4" 108–116 125314 x 30x3 170 134 75 

125 mm 124–130 125038 x x 30x3 184 149 82 

5" 133–140 125356 25 x x 40x4 203 163 89 

6" 160–169 125374 x x 40x4 231 191 103 

 

3/24 


07/09


Advantages 

• Easy to install due to one-piece 

design 

• Only one locking screw 

• Manufactured to suit spiral-seam 

pipe dimensions 

• Ideal for the hanging from ceilings 

and from support structures of 


• Variety of attachment possibilities 

using eye bolts or hanger sockets 

• Suitable for use with expansion 

roller 



Data 


Suspension clamps, for 

spiral-seam pipes, one-piece, 

galvanised 

Nom. size Connection hole Ø 

Part no. 

Pack size 

d2 [mm] 

L [mm] without lining with DÄMMGULAST ® [pieces] 

71 8.5 118455 117952 As required 

80 118463 117958 

90 118471 117964 

100 118345 117869 

112 118352 117872 

125 118364 117879 

140 118372 117885 

150 118376 117888 

160 118384 117894 

180 118388 117900 

200 118396 117906 

224 118400 117909 

250 118408 117915 

280 10.5 118412 117918 

300 118416 117921 

315 118420 117324 

355 118424 117927 

400 118428 117930 

450 118431 117933 

500 118435 117936 

560 118439 117939 

630 118447 117945 

710 118451 117949 

800 118459 117955 

900 118467 117961 

1,000 118341 117866 

1,120 118349 117875 

1,250 118360 117877 

1,400 

1,600 

... 

... 

Note: We produce suspension clamps in all other pipe sizes 


07/09 



Data 




Nominal diameter d2 

[mm] 



loading [N] 

71–160 6,400 2,133 

180–250 13,600 4,533 

280–560 21,000 7,000 

630–800 26,000 8,666 

900–1,250 27,200 9,066 


spiral-seam pipes, onepiece, 

galvanised 

Nom. size 

d2 [mm] 

Connection 

hole Ø 

L [mm] 


without lining with DÄMMGULAST ® 

b x s C H1 H H1 b1 H 

71 8.5 20 x 1.0 14 105 53 113 23 57 

80 20 x 1.0 14 114 57 122 23 61 

90 20 x 1.0 14 124 62 132 23 66 

100 20 x 1.0 14 135 68 143 23 72 

112 20 x 1.0 14 147 74 155 23 78 

125 20 x 1.0 14 160 80 168 23 84 

140 20 x 1.0 14 175 81 183 23 92 

150 20 x 1.0 14 185 93 198 23 97 

160 20 x 1.0 14 195 98 203 23 102 

180 25 x 1.5 14 216 108 224 28 112 

200 25 x 1.5 14 236 118 244 28 122 

224 25 x 1.5 14 260 130 268 28 134 

250 25 x 1.5 14 286 143 294 28 147 

280 10.5 25 x 2.5 15 318 158 326 28 162 

300 25 x 2.5 15 337 168 346 28 172 

315 25 x 2.5 15 355 177 363 28 181 

355 25 x 2.5 15 395 197 403 28 201 

400 25 x 2.5 15 440 219 448 28 223 

450 25 x 2.5 15 490 244 498 28 248 

500 25 x 2.5 15 540 269 548 28 273 

560 25 x 2.5 15 600 299 608 28 303 

630 25 x 3.0 15 673 336 681 28 340 

710 25 x 3.0 15 753 376 761 28 380 

800 25 x 3.0 15 844 421 852 28 425 

900 30 x 3.0 15 944 471 952 34 475 

1,000 30 x 3.0 15 1,046 522 1,054 34 526 

1,120 30 x 3.0 15 1,166 582 1,174 34 586 

1,250 30 x 3.0 15 1,296 647 1,304 34 651 

3/26 


07/09


Advantages 

• Proven two-piece design with 

attachment using the locking lugs 

• Manufactured to suit spiral-seam 

pipe dimensions 

• Attachment using threaded rods 

through the holes in the lugs 

• Variety of attachment possibilities 

using hexagon screws and nuts, 

as well as hanger sockets or eye 

bolts 



Data 



spiral-seam pipes, two-piece, 

galvanised 

Nom. size Connection hole Ø 

Part no. 

Pack size 

d2 [mm] 

L [mm] without lining with DÄMMGULAST ® [pieces] 

71 8.5 123181 120095 As required 

80 123201 120111 

90 123213 120127 

100 122943 119888 

112 122963 119904 

125 122983 119916 

140 122995 119924 

150 123003 119928 

160 123015 119936 

180 123023 119952 

200 123035 119963 

224 123043 119971 

250 123051 119980 

280 10.5 123063 119983 

300 123067 119987 

315 123083 119996 

355 123091 120012 

400 123111 120020 

450 123123 120032 

500 123135 120048 

560 123147 120063 

630 123158 120079 

710 123177 120091 

800 123197 120107 

900 123209 120123 

1,000 122939 119884 

1,120 122959 119900 

1,250 122979 119911 

1,400 

1,600 

... 

... 

Note: We produce suspension clamps in all other pipe sizes 


07/09 



Data 




Nominal diameter d2 

[mm] 



loading [N] 

71–160 6,400 2,133 

180–250 13,600 4,533 

280–560 21,000 7,000 

630–800 26,000 8,666 

900–1,250 27,200 9,066 


spiral-seam pipes, twopiece, 

galvanised 

Nom. size 

d2 [mm] 

Connection 

hole Ø 

L [mm] 



b x s C H1 H H1 b1 H 

71 8.5 20 x 1.0 14 133 53 141 23 57 

80 20 x 1.0 14 142 57 150 23 61 

90 20 x 1.0 14 152 62 160 23 66 

100 20 x 1.0 14 163 68 171 23 72 

112 20 x 1.0 14 175 74 183 23 78 

125 20 x 1.0 14 188 80 196 23 84 

140 20 x 1.0 14 203 81 211 23 92 

150 20 x 1.0 14 213 93 221 23 97 

160 20 x 1.0 14 223 98 231 23 102 

180 25 x 1.5 14 244 108 252 28 112 

200 25 x 1.5 14 264 118 272 28 122 

224 25 x 1.5 14 288 130 296 28 134 

250 25 x 1.5 14 314 143 322 28 147 

280 10.5 25 x 2.5 15 346 158 354 28 162 

300 25 x 2.5 15 365 168 374 28 172 

315 25 x 2.5 15 383 177 391 28 181 

355 25 x 2.5 15 423 197 431 28 201 

400 25 x 2.5 15 468 219 476 28 223 

450 25 x 2.5 15 518 244 526 28 248 

500 25 x 2.5 15 568 269 576 28 273 

560 25 x 2.5 15 628 299 636 28 303 

630 25 x 3.0 15 701 336 709 28 340 

710 25 x 3.0 15 781 376 787 28 379 

800 25 x 3.0 15 872 421 880 28 425 

900 30 x 3.0 15 972 471 980 34 475 

1,000 30 x 3.0 15 1,074 522 1,082 34 526 

1,120 30 x 3.0 15 1,194 582 1,201 34 586 

1,250 30 x 3.0 15 1,324 647 1,332 34 651 

3/28 


07/09


Advantages 

• One-piece design allows quick and 

easy installation of sprinkler pipes 

• Ideal for suspension using threaded 

pins and threaded rods 

• Easy height adjustment on the 

threaded rod 

• Approved by VdS and FM 

Filbow clamps 

for sprinkler systems 

Data 

APPROVED 


G 4000008 


loading [N] 

3 

/4"–2" 13,500 4,500 

2 1 /2"–4" 22,000 7,333 

133 mm–6" 26,000 8,666 

168–219.1 mm 40,000 13,333 

Filbow clamps, 

pear-shaped, galvanised 

Nominal size Part no. Pack size 


VdS FM 

[pieces] 

Screw hole Ø L 

approved approved 

VdS FM b x s H1 

3 

/4" 126504 126506 100 8.5 10.5 25 x 1.5 71 

1" 126462 126460 8.5 10.5 25 x 1.5 83 

1 1 /4" 126470 126468 8.5 10.5 25 x 1.5 95 

1 1 /2" 126466 126464 8.5 10.5 25 x 1.5 103 

2" 126494 126492 8.5 10.5 25 x 1.5 118 

2 1 /2" 126496 126496 50 10.5 10.5 25 x 2.5 142 

3" 126508 126508 10.5 10.5 25 x 2.5 166 

108 mm 126472 126472 10.5 10.5 25 x 2.5 192 

4" 126512 126512 10.5 10.5 25 x 2.5 204 

133 mm 126476 126476 25 13 13 25 x 3.0 237 

5" 126518 126518 13 13 25 x 3.0 249 

152.4 mm 126482 126482 13 13 25 x 3.0 264 

159 mm 126484 126484 13 13 25 x 3.0 273 

6" 126520 126520 13 13 25 x 3.0 284 

168.3 mm 126490 126488 17 13 40 x 3.0 287 

219.1 mm 126498 – 17 – 40 x 3.0 376 

07/09 



Advantages 

Filbow clamps with knurled nut 

• Approved for the fixing of 

sprinkler systems by VdS 

Schadensverhütung and Factory 

Mutual FM 

• One-piece design allows quick and 

easy installation of sprinkler pipes 

• Ideal for suspension using threaded 

pins and threaded rods 

• Simple height adjustment using 

the knurled nut 

• Knurled nut secured by locking 

hook against falling out 

Knurled nut 

VdS and FM approved 

Data 

G 4000008 

APPROVED 


Size Tensile breaking strength [N] Max. recommended loading [N] 

¾"–1½" 14,000 4,666 

2"–4" 20,000 6,666 

133 mm–6" 22,000 7,333 

8" 29,500 9,833 

Filbow clamps with 

knurled nut, galvanised 

Connection 

thread M 

Size 

D 

For pipe OD 

(RA) 

[mm] 

Certified 

by 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[piece] 


b s H1 

M8 ¾" 26.9 VdS 126586 100 24 2.0 73.0 

M8 1" 33.7 VdS 126578 84.7 

M8 1¼" 42.4 VdS 126580 96.5 

M8 1½" 48.3 VdS 126582 104.3 

M8 2" 60.3 VdS 126584 25 2.5 121.0 

M10 ¾" 26.9 VdS/FM 126604 24 2.0 73.0 

M10 1" 33.7 VdS/FM 126588 84.7 

M10 1¼" 42.4 VdS/FM 126592 96.5 

M10 1½" 48.3 VdS/FM 126590 104.3 

M10 2" 60.3 VdS/FM 126598 25 2.5 121.0 

M10 2½" 76.1 VdS/FM 126600 50 141.5 

M10 3" 88.9 VdS/FM 126602 166.5 

M10 108 mm 108.0 VdS/FM 126596 192.5 

M10 4" 114.3 VdS/FM 126606 204.0 

M12 133 mm 113.0 VdS/FM 126614 25 32 236.5 

M12 5" 139.7 VdS/FM 126620 247.2 

M12 150 mm 152.4 VdS/FM 126616 263.0 

M12 159 mm 159.0 VdS/FM 126618 271.5 

M12 6" 165.1 VdS/FM 126622 282.6 

M16 8" 219.1 VdS/FM 126624 40 3.0 376.1 

3/30 


07/09


Advantages 

• For simple pipe attachment in 

building technology and industrial 

construction 

• Design similar to DIN 3570 

• Complies with the VdS (German 

Association of Property Insurers) 

Guideline 2092 for sprinkler systems 

• Standard material S235JR (St37) 

acc. to DIN 17100 approved for 

operating temperatures up to 

300 °C 

• Electrolytically galvanised 

• Supplied with 4 nuts acc. to 

DIN 934 and, in the M8 to M12 

versions, also with 4 washers 

M8 to M12 versions 

with nuts and washers 

U-bolts 

similar to DIN 3570, Form A 


with nuts 

Data 

U-bolts 

similar to DIN 3570, 

Form A, galvanised 

For pipe outer Ø d1 

[mm] 

Nom. size Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 


b d3 e h1 

22 15 113317 100 25 M8 30 52 

27 20 113320 40 35 67 

34 25 113323 42 74 

43 32 113326 51 83 

49 40 113329 57 89 

61 50 124881 50 45 M10 71 104 

77 65 124884 87 120 

89 80 124887 100 132 

108 100 124920 55 M12 121 162 

115 100 124929 127 168 

133 125 124932 25 146 183 

140 125 124935 152 191 

159 150 124938 172 208 

169 150 124941 182 218 

220 200 125109 M16 233 278 

273 250 113174 10 70 M20 295 334 

324 300 113180 5 352 385 

Note: U-bolts with M8 to M12 threads are supplied with 4 washers and 4 nuts acc. to DIN 934 in electrolytically 

galvanised finish. For M16 threads and greater, they are supplied with 4 nuts but without washers. Other sizes can 

be supplied on request. 

07/09 



Advantages 

Fix-system 

• Support system independent of 

pipe diameter 

• Security due to the visually checkable 

threaded through band 

• Slip-proof security in the screw 

clamp due to positive-fit teeth of 

the band 

• Self-securing tension spindle; no 

loosening of the fastening 

• Precise adjustment allows a safe, 

uniformly distributed load on all 

fastening points 

• Fixing head with M8 connection 

thread 

• Suitable for ceiling and wall 

mounting 

• Fix attachment system is independent 

of the distance from the 

ceiling 

• Attachment to MPC support channels 

is possible using hammer 

head fasteners 

• Also ideal for the support of air 

ducts 


lining with yellow identification 

stripe: average sound level 

improvement of up to 22.7 dB(A) 

Data 

Size 

Tensile breaking strength 

[N] 


[N] 

M8 all lengths 2,000 500 

Note: 

Fix-system is a proven, versatile system for the mounting of pipelines. With Fix is possible to suspend all sizes of 

pipe not only from the ceiling but also from the wall. And that in an extremely low installation time. The Fix head is 

simply screwed onto a plugged screw or threaded bolt with an M8 thread. Fix can be used for a single-mounting or 

for a series of supports. The high-grade galvanised steel band can be adjusted easily and quickly using the teeth. 

For this you need a screwdriver. Thanks to the teeth, the entire system is self-securing and cannot loosen inadvertently. 

The Fix threaded steel band can also be lined with DAMMGULAST ® vibration control lining. 

3/32 


07/09


Fix heads 


[pieces] 

Fix heads, galvanised M8 106472 100 

Fix threaded steel bands 

Fix threaded steel bands, in handy roll 

dispenser, galvanised 

Part no. 

Pack size 

Contents 

[pieces] 

113446 1 30-metre roll 

Fix screw rail clips 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Fix screw rail clips, galvanised 121997 100 


With pipe diameters of more than 2 1 /2“, increased splaying forces occur at the Fix screw rail clip. We therefore recommend 

the use of two screw rail clips. The first absorbs the splaying forces while the second Fix screw rail clip 

takes up the tensile forces. 

Fix angle brackets 

Fix angle brackets, SFlb with screw for 

wall fixing, galvanised 

Thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 130357 100 

07/09 



Advantages 


vibration control linings 

• Good structure-borne vibration 

isolation of the pipeline even in the 

pipe clamp 

• Optimum rolling action due to the 

cylindrical profiles in the lining 

• Prevents the occurrence of friction 

and stiction noises caused by thermal, 

axial expansion of the pipe 

• Prevents the build-up of forces on 

the attachment due to the good 

rolling action of the lining 

• Available in a variety of grades and 

sizes to suit all applications 

• Clip-over edges prevent the lining 

from slipping out of the clamp 

• As a mark of a real MÜPRO product, 

a coloured stripe on each 

edge remains visible after installation 

How it works 

Optimum rolling action due to the cylindrical profiles in the lining prevents the 

occurrence of noise and the build-up of forces within the pipe clamp. 

The low upper line-contact reduces 

the vibration entry area from the pipe 

into the vibration control lining. 

The highly elastic cylindrical profile 

absorbs the greater part of the structure-borne 

noise. 

The lower line-contact reduces yet 

again the transfer of the remaining 

vibration to the pipe anchor point. 

Note: 

To accommodate larger changes in length, pipe guides allowing for axial motion should be provided at these 

positions (see “Anchor and Expansion Assemblies” chapter). 

For vibration control at the pipe anchor point, vibration control linings are generally not suitable. For taking up the 

anchor point forces and providing good vibration control, PHONOLYT ® anchor point for pipes should be used. 

3/34 


07/09


Advantages 

• Average vibration reduction of up 

to 22.7 dB (A) through 6 mm cylindrical 

profile 









• Marked with the yellow MÜPRO 

identification stripe 


• Please refer to the “Technical 

information” chapter for further 

information 



Data 


Size 

[mm] 

Description Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 


A B C 

20 x 6 3-string 107634 1 30-metre roll 6 3 20 

25 x 6 4-string 107656 6 4 25 

30 x 6 4-string 107659 6 4 30 

40 x 6 6-string 107681 6 6 40 

50 x 6 7-string 107682 6 10 50 

60 x 6 8-string 107683 6 10 60 

80 x 8 9-string 107684 8 10 80 

Advantages 

• Average vibration reduction of 

18 dB (A) through 4.5 mm cylindrical 

profile 









• Marked with the orange MÜPRO 





information 

DÄMMGULAST ® Junior 


Data 


Size Description Part no. Pack size Contents Dimensions [mm] 

[mm] 

[pieces] 

A B C 

16 x 4.5 2-string 107956 1 30-metre roll 4.5 2 16 

20 x 4.5 3-string 107957 4.5 3 20 

25 x 4.5 4-string 107959 4.5 4 25 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Fire-resistant and self-extinguishing, 

no burning drips 

• Fire classification B1 according 

to DIN 4102, no flammable dripping 


16.5 dB (A) through 6 mm cylindrical 

profile 

• Also suitable for outdoor use 









• Marked with the blue MÜPRO 





information 

DÄMMGULAST ® blue 


Data 


Size 

[mm] 


[pieces] 

Contents 


A B C 


25 x 6 4-string 107525 6 4 25 

30 x 6 4-string 107527 6 4 30 

40 x 6 6-string 107528 6 6 40 

50 x 6 7-string 107530 6 10 50 

Advantages 


18.6 dB (A) through 6 mm cylindrical 

profile 

• Resistant to temperatures up to 

225 °C 

• Further operating range from 

-60 °C to +225 °C 











information 



Data 


Size 

[mm] 


[pieces] 

Contents 


A B C 


25 x 6 4-string 108003 6 4 25 

30 x 6 4-string 108005 6 4 30 

40 x 6 6-string 108006 6 6 40 

50 x 6 7-string 108008 6 10 50 

3/36 


07/09


Advantages 

• The ideal pipe clamp lining for 

especially high temperatures up to 

1,150 °C 

• Non-fraying at both sides 

• Largely resistant to oil, steam, 

water and liquid metal 

• Good thermal shock resistance 

• Good acoustic and electrical insulating 

properties 

• Asbestos-free 

Ceramic fabric tapes 

high-temperature resistant 

Data 

Ceramic fabric tapes, Inconel-reinforced, 

asbestos-free 

Width 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Length of roll 

[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[rolls] 

20 5 10 113093 1 

25 113095 

30 113097 

40 113099 

50 113101 

60 113103 

Special adhesives 

Special adhesive for ceramic fabric tape, 

asbestos-free, temperature-resistant up to 1,000 °C 

Part no. 

Pack size 

Contents 

[pieces] 

113200 1 Tin of 1,6 kg 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Rigorous avoidance of temperature 

bridges in hot or cold pipework 

• High insulation effect, low effective 

density 

• Prevents the formation of condensation 

on the pipe clamp 

• Vapour barrier because of the 

aluminium facing 

• Good adhesion between shell and 

vibration lining due to releasing 

agent-free surfaces 

• Longer shell lengths are available 

if the vapour barrier is required to 

overlap within the region of the 

butt joints 

• Load-distributing sleeves are available 

for improved spreading of the 

load 

• Insulation shells and pipe clamps 

with DÄMMGULAST ® lining are 

matched to fit exactly 


around 22.7 dB(A) 

Data 

Insulation clamps RG 80 

pipe clamps with DÄMMGULAST ® lining and insulation shells 


Material 

Polyurethane rigid foam, with closed cells 

Effective density 80 kg/m 3 

Thermal conductivity 

λ = 0.030 W/mK 

Fire classification (DIN 4102) 

B2 

Temperature range –150 °C to +130 °C 

Compression strength 70 N/cm 2 

Type 

PU shell, aluminium facing, black surface 

finish, vibration damping due to single 

bossed clamp with DÄMMGULAST ® lining 


According to the AGI Working Sheet Q 11 (“Arbeitsgemeinschaft Industriebau”, an association for industrial construction 

works) the insulating shell must have the same thickness as that of the vibration lining. The butt joints 

between the insulation shell halves and the outer vibration lining must overlap and be functionally linked to each 

other. This can be done e. g. by the use of adhesive or self-adhesive tape. To achieve as good a vapour-tight 

joint as possible, an adhesive tape overlap of 50 mm on each side of the butt joints is occasionally required. For 

this purpose, the insulation shells can be supplied in longer lengths. The length of the insulation shells in all cases 

should be agreed in detail by the pipe-laying contractor on the one hand and the insulation contractor on the other 

prior to starting the installation work. 

For pipe diameters of 2" and upwards we recommend as a principle the insertion of load-distributing 

sleeves for spreading the load. 

The use of load-distributing metal sleeves can also be required for smaller pipe diameters depending on the spacing 

between supports (for further details, please refer to the following pages). 

When installing pipe anchor points we recommend wooden blocks and STATO ® clamps (see chapter “Anchor 

points/expansion points”). 

3/38 


07/09


Data 



Insulation clamps RG 80, two-piece, galvanised, M10 boss thread, 

with DÄMMGULAST ® yellow, aluminium facing with black surface finish, 

Length of shell L = 100 mm 

Pipe outside diameter 

D 

[inch] 

[mm] 

Shell material 

b x s [mm] 

pipe clamps with DÄMMGULAST ® lining and insulation shells 

Insulation thickness 

20 mm 

Part no. 

Shell material 

b x s [mm] 


30 mm 

Part no. 

3 /8 17.2 20 x 1.5 124404 25 x 2.0 124408 

1 

/2 21.3 20 x 1.5 124436 25 x 2.0 124440 

3 

/4 26.9 25 x 2.0 124502 25 x 2.0 124506 

1 33.7 25 x 2.0 124546 25 x 2.5 124550 

1 1 /4 42.4 25 x 2.0 124582 25 x 2.5 110226 

1 1 /2 48.3 25 x 2.0 110242 25 x 2.5 110244 

57.0 25 x 2.5 110256 25 x 2.5 110258 

2 60.3 25 x 2.5 110266 25 x 2.5 110268 

70.0 25 x 2.5 110286 25 x 2.5 110288 

2 1 /2 76.1 25 x 2.5 110300 25 x 2.5 110302 

83.0 25 x 2.5 110310 25 x 2.5 110312 

3 88.9 25 x 2.5 110320 25 x 2.5 110322 

102.0 25 x 2.5 124180 25 x 2.5 124184 

110.0 25 x 2.5 124212 25 x 2.5 124216 

4 114.3 25 x 2.5 124245 40 x 4.0 124249 

125.0 25 x 2.5 124269 40 x 4.0 124273 

133.0 40 x 4.0 124289 40 x 4.0 124293 

5 139.7 40 x 4.0 124329 40 x 4.0 124333 

160.0 40 x 4.0 124358 40 x 4.0 124362 

6 168.3 40 x 4.0 124381 40 x 4.0 124389 

8 219.1 40 x 4.0 124464 40 x 4.0 124472 

Note: Other diameters, boss threads, insulation thicknesses and shell lengths can be made to your request. 

07/09 



Data 

Insulation clamps 

Load capacity and support spacings 

for insulation clamps 

High pipe weights and large spacings 

between supports lead to high 

compressive loads on the PU shells 

at the seating surface of the pipe 

clamp. 

The “Arbeitsgemeinschaft 

Industriebau” in its AGI Q11 working 

sheet recommends a theoretical, 

long-term maximum compressive 

load on PU rigid foam RG 80 of 

0.15 N/mm 2 (corresponds to 25 % of 

the breaking load). 

In addition to the recommendation 

of the AGI Q11, the deflection 

of the pipes is also taken into 

account in the values of the table 

below. 

The recommended maximum load 

values of the respective pipe clamps 

shells are to be observed. 

Attachment spacing [m] 

6.0 

5.5 

5.0 

4.5 

4.0 

3.5 

3.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

1.0 

0.5 

0.0 

17.2 

21.3 

RG 250 

with Load-Distributing Sleeve 

without Load-Distributing Sleeve 

26.9 

33.7 

42.4 

48.3 

60.3 

76.1 

88.3 

114.3 

139.7 

165.1 

193.7 

219.7 

Pipe outside diameter [mm] 

Pipe outside 

diameter 

D 

[inch] [mm] 

Pipe (steel) 


support 

spacing 

[mm] 

Insulation clamp RG 80 

without load-distributing sleeve 

Permanent 

load-bearing 

capacity 

[N] 

Max. support 

spacing 

[m] 


with load-distributing sleeve 

Permanent 

load-bearing 

capacity 

[N] 

Max. support 

spacing 

[m] 


Permanent 

load-bearing 

capacity 

[N] 

Max. support 

spacing 

[m] 

3 /8 17.2 1.4 36 1.4 182 – 180 1.4 

1 

/2 21.3 1.6 45 1.6 225 – 223 1.6 

3 /4 26.9 1.9 71 1.9 285 – 282 1.9 

1 33.7 2.2 89 2.2 357 2.2 442 2.2 

1 1 /4 42.4 2.6 112 2.0 449 2.6 556 2.6 

1 1 /2 48.3 2.7 128 2.0 512 2.7 634 2.7 

57.0 3.1 151 1.8 604 3.1 748 3.1 

2 60.3 3.1 159 1.8 639 3.1 791 3.1 

2 1 /2 76.1 3.6 201 1.7 807 3.6 998 3.6 

3 88.9 3.9 235 1.4 942 3.9 1,166 3.9 

108.0 4.1 286 1.3 1,145 4.1 2,268 4.1 

4 114.3 4.6 303 – 1,212 4.6 2,400 4.6 

133.0 5.0 564 – 1,410 4.5 2,793 5.0 

5 140.0 5.1 592 – 1,481 4.4 2,933 5.1 

159.0 5.6 674 – 1,686 3.9 3,339 5.6 

6 168.3 5.7 714 – 1,785 3.8 3,534 5.7 

8 219.1 6.0 929 – 2,323 3.0 4,601 4.8 

Note: For other pipe materials, the appropriate max. recommended support spacings shall be adhered to. 

3/40 


07/09


Data 

For large pipe diameters or support 

spacings, it is imperative that insulation 

clamps with PU shells are fitted 

with load-distributing sleeves for 

improved load distribution. 

As a principle, we recommended the 

use of load-distributing sleeves for 

pipe diameters of 2" and more. 

Load-distributing sleeves 

for insulation clamps with PU shells 


Depending on the piping layout, one or, e. g. for vertical pipes, two halfsleeves 

are needed around the shells to distribute the load. 

If vapour-tight, overlapped and glued butt joints are required, 100 mm-long 

load-distributing sleeves should always be combined with PU shells of 

250 mm length. 

This leaves the insulation contractor sufficient excess to mask the butts. 

Note: 

Please give us your order in the following form: 

• For load-distributing sleeves in half-sleeve design: 

Part no. insulation clamp + 1 piece of part no. load-distributing sleeve 

• For load-distributing sleeves as full-sleeve design: 

Part no. insulation clamp + 2 pieces of part no. load-distributing sleeve 

Load-distributing sleeves, 

sleeve length 100 mm, 

1 mm sheet thickness 

Pipe outer 

diameter D 

[inch] [mm] 

Insulation thickness 20 mm 

Part no. 

(1 half-sleeve) 


Part no. 

(1 half-sleeve) 

3 /8 17.2 – 116834 

1 /2 21.3 – 116855 

3 /4 26.9 – 116897 

1 33.7 116968 116971 

1 1 /4 42.4 117022 117025 

1 1 /2 48.3 117055 117058 

57.0 117082 117085 

2 60.3 117097 117100 

70.0 117109 117112 

2 1 /2 76.0 117124 117127 

83.0 117138 117141 

3 88.9 117150 117153 

102.0 116699 116702 

110.0 116717 116720 

4 114.3 116732 116735 

125.0 116750 116753 

133.0 116765 116768 

5 139.7 116780 116783 

160.0 116804 116807 

6 168.3 116815 116818 

8 219.1 116864 116867 

07/09 



Advantages 



bridges in hot or cold pipework 

• Rigid, highly compressed PU insulation 

shell for heavy loads 

• High insulation effect 

• Prevents the formation of condensation 

on the pipe clamp 

• High vapour diffusion resistance 

• Easy, exact-fitting installation 

due to centring knobs 

• Structure-borne noise damping 

due to DÄMMGULAST ® vibration 

control lining with yellow identification 

stripe: Average vibration 

reduction of around 22.7 dB(A) 

• Releasing agent-free surfaces 

allow good bonding with the pipe 

insulation 

Data 


Material 

Polyurethane rigid foam, with closed cells 



λ = 0.040 W/mK (see table) 


B2 


Water vapour diffusion resistance µ = 2,500 

Compression strength 

297 N/cm 2 (see table) 

Type 

PU shell, black, with two-piece 

pipe clamp, vibration-damped with 




works) the insulation of refrigeration lines must be made vapour diffusion tight. Also, the joints of the shell 

halves in the insulation clamps shall be sealed using PU sealer. 

The bond with the outer pipe insulation is made by means of an adhesive suitable for PU. 

When installing pipe anchor points we recommend wooden blocks and STATO ® clamps (see chapter “Anchor 

points/expansion points”). 

3/42 


07/09


Data 



Average 

temperature 

[°C] 

Thermal 

conductivity 

[W/mK] 

40 0.044 

10 0.041 

0 0.040 

–10 0.039 

–50 0.037 

–100 0.032 

–150 0.026 

Temperature 

[°C] 

Compression 

strength 

[N/mm 2 ] 

23 2.39 

0 2.97 

–100 5.71 

–150 4.70 

Insulation clamps with 

PU shells RG 250, with 

DÄMMGULAST ® vibration 

control linings, M10 boss 

thread 

Size [mm] 

D/Insulation thickness 

Dimensions [mm] Part no. Pack size 

Shell length 

L 

Clamp width 

b x s 

[pieces] 

17.2/20 40 20 x 1.5 124401 1 

18.0/20 40 20 x 1.5 124424 

21.3/20 40 20 x 1.5 124432 

22.0/20 40 20 x 1.5 124484 

26.9/20 40 20 x 1.5 124498 

28.0/20 40 20 x 1.5 124530 

33.7/20 45 25 x 2.0 124542 

35.0/20 45 25 x 2.0 124566 

42.4/30 45 25 x 2.5 124578 

48.3/30 45 25 x 2.5 110240 

54.0/30 45 25 x 2.5 110252 

57.0/30 45 25 x 2.5 110254 

60.3/30 50 25 x 2.5 110264 

63.5/30 50 25 x 2.5 110276 

70.0/30 50 25 x 2.5 110284 

76.1/30 50 25 x 2.5 110298 

88.9/30 50 25 x 2.5 110318 

108.0/40 70 40 x 4.0 124208 

114.3/40 70 40 x 4.0 124237 

133.0/40 70 40 x 4.0 124285 

139.7/40 70 40 x 4.0 124321 

159.0/40 70 40 x 4.0 124350 

168.3/40 70 40 x 4.0 124378 

219.1/60 100 40 x 4.0 124460 

PU sealer 

Part no. 

Pack size [pieces] 

PU sealer, 310 ml cartridge 122470 1 

Note: See chapter “Sealing and protection materials” for appropriate cartridge guns. 

07/09 



Advantages 


bridges in cold pipework 

• Highly effective insulation due to 

support elements made of PIR and 

a synthetic rubber mantle 

• Insulation thickness matched to 

the increasing insulation layer 

thickness of the insulation sleeves 

• Secure water vapour diffusion barrier 

• Simple installation using self-adhesive 

fasteners in the part-joint 

• Rubber surfaces on the face sides 

allow easy bonding with the rubber 

pipe insulation 

• Fixed load-distribution sleeves for 

improved load transfer 

• Structure-borne noise damping 

due to DÄMMGULAST ® vibration 

control lining with yellow identification 


reduction of around 22.7 dB(A) 

Insulation clamps types H, M, T 

single bossed pipe clamps with DÄMMGULAST ® lining 

and insulation shells 

Data 


Material 

Polyurethane-polyisocyanurate rigid foam, synthetic rubber 



λ = 0.036 W/mK (at 0 °C) 

λ = 0.040 W/mK (at +40 °C) 

Fire classification B2 (DIN 4102) 

In the entire system with AF Armaflex: B1 



Compression strength 1.35 N/mm 2 

Type 

PIR shell and closed-cell elastomeric foam, integral load-distributing sleeves, with twopiece 

pipe clamp, vibration-damped with DÄMMGULAST ® lining 


Max. recommended support spacing 

[m] 

10–15 mm 2.00 

3 /8"–18 mm 2.25 

1 /2"–24 mm 2.75 

3 

/4"–30 mm 3.00 

1"–38 mm 3.50 

1 1 /4"–44.5 mm 3.75 

1 1 /2"–57 mm 4.25 

2"–70 mm 4.75 

2 1 /2"–80 mm 5.50 

from 3" upwards 6.00 

3/44 


07/09


Data 


Insulation clamps type H 

Insulation clamps, two-piece, galvanised, M10 boss thread, 


Type H – insulation thickness 13–16 mm 

Pipe outer diameter D 

Cu pipe 

[mm] 

Steel pipe 

Insulation clamp 

M10 boss thread 

Complete 

clamp 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Size 

[mm] 

Insulation shell type H 

Length of 

shell L 

[mm] 

Outer Ø 

Shell 

[mm] 

Shell singly 

Part no. 

10 10.2 mm 111364 1 10/12 45 34 124168 1 

12 36 

1 

/4" 38 

15 111374 15/18 45 40 111773 

18 3 /8" 43 

22 1 

/2" 111380 22/25 45 47 111779 

24 50 

28 3 /4" 111382 28/30 45 53 111781 

30 111384 56 

35 1" 111386 35/38 50 64 111783 

38 65 

42 111388 42/45 50 69 111785 

44.5 mm 72 

1 1 /2" 111390 48 55 76 111787 

54 111392 54/57 55 82 111789 

57 85 

2" 111394 60/64 65 89 111791 

64 92 

70 111396 70 65 98 111793 

2 1 /2" 111398 76/80 75 105 111795 

80 109 

3" 111400 89 95 118 111797 

101.6 mm 111362 102/108 95 134 111765 

108 137 

4" 111366 114 115 144 111767 

125 111368 125 115 155 111769 

133.0 mm 111370 133/140 115 165 111771 

5" 111372 172 

160 111376 160 125 193 111775 

6" 111378 165/168 125 198 111777 

168.3 201 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Data 


Insulation clamps type M 



Type M – insulation thickness 19-26 mm 


Cu pipe 

[mm] 

Steel pipe 



Complete 

clamp 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Size 

[mm] 

Insulation shell Type M 

Length of 

shell L 

[mm] 

Outer Ø 

Shell 

[mm] 

Shell singly 

Part no. 

10 10.2 mm 111404 1 10/12 55 46 111801 1 

12 48 

1 

/4" 50 

15 111414 15/18 55 52 111809 

18 3 /8" 55 

22 1 

/2" 111426 22/25 55 59 111821 

24 62 

28 3 /4" 111430 28/30 55 68 111829 

30 70 

35 1" 111432 35/38 65 79 111835 

38 81 

42 111434 42/45 65 85 111837 

44.5 mm 88 

1 1 /2" 111436 48 65 91 111839 

54 111438 54/57 65 98 111841 

57 101 

2" 111440 60/64 75 105 111843 

64 109 

70 111442 70 75 116 111845 

2 1 /2" 111444 76/80 85 122 111847 

80 127 

3" 111446 89 100 136 111849 

101.6 mm 111402 102/108 100 151 111799 

108 156 

4" 111406 114 115 162 111803 

125 111408 125 115 173 111805 

133.0 mm 111410 133/140 115 183 111807 

5" 111412 189 

160 111416 160 115 210 111811 

6" 111418 165/168 125 216 111813 

168.3 111420 219 

216.0 mm 111428 216/219 170 267 111823 

219.1 mm 270 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

3/46 


07/09


Data 


Insulation clamps type T 



Type T – insulation thickness 32–45 mm 


Cu pipe 

[mm] 

Steel pipe 



Complete 

clamp 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Size 

[mm] 

Insulation shell Type T 

Shell length 

L 

[mm] 

Outer Ø 

Shell 

[mm] 

Shell singly 

Part no. 

15 111527 1 15/18 75 77 111887 1 

18 3 /8" 77 

22 1 

/2" 111537 22/25 75 80 111895 

24 84 

28 3 /4" 111541 28/30 75 93 111901 

30 95 

35 1" 111547 35/38 85 104 111905 

38 107 

42 111549 42/45 85 113 111909 

44.5 mm 116 

1 1 /2" 111551 48 85 119 111911 

54 111553 54/57 85 126 111913 

57 129 

2" 111555 60/64 100 134 111915 

64 137 

70 111557 70 100 144 111917 

2 1 /2" 111559 76/80 115 152 111919 

80 156 

3" 111560 89 125 167 111921 

101.6 mm 111515 102/108 125 182 111879 

108 188 

4" 111519 114 145 196 111881 

125 111521 125 145 207 111883 

133.0 mm 111523 133/140 145 219 111885 

5" 111525 225 

160 111529 160 145 248 111889 

6" 111531 165/168 165 254 111891 

168.3 111533 257 

200.0 mm 111535 204 215 305 111893 

216.0 mm 111539 216/219 215 317 111897 

219.1 mm 320 

267.0 mm 111543 267/273 215 368 111903 

273.0 mm 111545 374 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Insulation clamps type 170 EX 

• Stabile insulating element for highstress 

applications 

• Exterior connecting joint piece 

(without screws) 

• In addition with dual-side metric 

connection thread 

• Highly resistant to water vapour 

diffusion 

• With caoutchouc lining on the pipe 

side and on the separation surfaces 

of the insulating clamp; there is no 

need to use a PU sealer 

• Ideal for bulkheading individual pipe 

sections when using open diffusion 

insulating materials (mineral fibre) 

L1,2 tot 

Connection thread 


Caoutchouc lining 

L1,2 

b 

Data 

Material 

Polyurethane, black, CFC-free 



λ = 0.049 W/mK (at 0 °C) 

Fire classification 

B2 



Insulation 

clamps type 

170 EX 


diameter D 

[mm] 

s 

[mm] 

b 

[mm] 

L1 

[mm] 

L1 tot 

[mm] 

L2 

[mm] 

L2 tot 

[mm] 

Connection 

thread 

Strip perforation 

for 

L [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

114.3 40 60 238 274 M10 M12 111173 5 

133.0 264 300 M10 M12 111175 

139.7 264 300 M10 M12 111177 

159.0 279 319 M12 M12 111179 4 

168.3 288 328 M12 M12 111181 

219.1 100 359 399 M16 M12 111183 1 

273.0 413 453 M16 M16 111187 

323.9 464 504 M20 M16 111191 

406.4 120 556 606 M20 M16 111199 

219.1 60 100 399 439 M16 M12 111185 1 

273.0 453 493 M16 M16 111189 

323.9 504 544 M20 M16 111193 

355.6 536 576 M20 M16 111195 

368.0 120 548 588 M20 M16 111197 

406.4 596 646 M24 M16 111201 

457.2 647 697 M24 M16 111203 

508.0 698 748 M24 M16 111205 

609.6 140 798 848 M24 M16 111207 



works) the insulation of refrigeration lines must be made vapour diffusion tight. 


3/48 


07/09


Advantages 


• Stabile insulating element for highstress 

applications 

• 2 half shells incl. screws, mounted 

• With combined connecting thread 

metric and inch 

• Highly resistant to water vapour 

diffusion 

• Ideal for bulkheading individual 

pipe sections when using open diffusion 

insulating materials (mineral 

fibre) 

• With caoutchouc lining on the pipe 

side and on the separation surfaces 

of the insulating clamp; there 

is no need to use a PU sealer 

Caoutchouc lining 


Data 

Material 

Polyurethane, black, CFC-free 



λ = 0.049 W/mK (at 0 °C) 


B2 



Insulation 

clamps type 

175 EX 


diameter 

D [mm] 

Insulation 

thickness 

s 

[mm] 

Shell length 

b 

[mm] 

Connection 

thread 

Fastening 

latches 

SW 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

9.5 30 40 M8 / M10 / ½" 5 111360 10 

12.7 111304 

15.8 111312 

17.2 111318 

18.0 111320 

21.3 111326 

22.0 111330 

26.9 111332 

28.0 111334 

33.7 111336 

35.0 111338 

42.4 111340 

48.3 111342 

50.0 111344 

54.0 111346 

57.0 111348 

60.3 50 111350 

64.0 111352 

70.0 M10 / ½" 6 111354 

76.1 111356 

88.9 111358 5 

07/09 



Data 



type 175 EX 


diameter 

D [mm] 

Insulation 

thickness 

s 

[mm] 

Shell length 

b 

[mm] 

Connection 

thread 

Fastening 

latches 

SW 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

108.0 40 60 M10 / ½" 6 111299 5 

114.3 111302 

129.0 111306 

133.0 111308 

139.7 111310 

159.0 M12 / ½" 8 111314 4 

168.3 111316 

193.7 60 100 M16 / ¾" 111322 1 

204.0 111324 

219.1 111328 


Screw on upper half with 

dual thread 

Position pipe 

Screw the lower half with the offset caoutchouc seating 

(PUR on caoutchouc, caoutchouc on PUR) firmly to 

the upper half. The additional use of PU Sealer can be 

dispensed with 


works) the insulation of refrigeration lines must be made vapour diffusion tight. 


3/50 


07/09


Data 

Insulation clamps type 170/175 EX 


[mm] 

Typ 175 EX ≤ 219; 170 EX ≥ 219 

Permanent load-bearing 

capacity 

[N] 

17 210 

21 210 

27 320 

34 400 

42 510 

48 580 

57 650 

60 720 

70 1,260 

76 1,370 

89 1,600 

108 2,590 

114 2,740 

133 3,190 

139 3,350 

159 3,830 

168 4,040 

219 5,260 

273 8,190 

324 11,600 

356 12,000 

369 13,250 

406 19,500 

457 21,900 

508 24,300 

609 29,200 

Average temperature 

[°C] 


[W/mK] 

40 0.054 

20 0.052 

0 0.049 

-20 0.047 

-50 0.044 

-100 0.038 

-150 0.032 

-180 0.029 

Temperature 

[°C] 

Compression strength 

[N/mm²] 

23 3.96 

0 4.91 

-80 9.62 

-180 8.11 

07/09 



Advantages 

DUPLO solar 


• Clamp for fastening flow and 

return lines from the collector to 

the heat accumulator for solar 

heating systems 

• Clamp is delivered in a set with the 

required accessories 

• Easy-to-use - minimal installation 

effort 

• Stable design thanks to creased 

clamp halfs 

• Combination connecting thread 

M8/M10 

• Full insulation effect is ensured 

• Clamp securely holds pre-insulated 

pipe in a manner that protects 

the material 

Part no. 

Tensile breaking 

strength [N] 

Max. permissible 

load [N] 

132249 6,000 2,000 

132248 6,000 2,000 

132247 6,000 2,000 

132246 6,000 2,000 

Data 

Connection Clamping range [mm] Part no. Pack size 


thread 

[piece] 

Min H Max H Max B bxs B H1 H 

DUPLO solar set* M8/10 28 55 85 132249 20 20x2 120 57 37 

32 65 105 132248 134 61 39 

38 60 120 132247 154 67 42 

42 75 145 132246 164 71 44 

*1 set consists of 4 clamps, 4 bolt screws (M8 x 80) and 4 nylon plugs (10 x 50). 

3/52 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 












12. Pipeconnectors 



15. Tools 


PHONOLYT ® anchor points for pipes, 

single kit 

PHONOLYT ® anchor points for pipes, 

double kit 

4/1 

4/2 

PHONOLYT ® button anchor points 4/3 

Dome supports 4/4 

STATO ® brackets 4/5 

STATO ® clamps 4/6-4/7 

Wooden blocks 4/8-4/9 

Sliding stirrups 4/10 

Swivel hangers 4/11 

Sliding shoes 4/12 

Guide rails 4/13 

Expansion rollers 4/14 

Slide guides 1.75 kN 4/15 

Box-section heavy slide guides 4/17 

T-section heavy slide guides 4/18 

Suspension clamps, three-part 4/19


Advantages 

PHONOLYT ® anchor points for pipes 


pipe anchor points to 



• Acoustically decouples the pipe 

from the building structure and 

reduces the structure-borne noise 

by up to 40 dB 


installation 

• Practical construction for a 2-point 

fastening of the pipe 

• Special feature: also approved 

for alternating load directions on 

plastic piping 

• Continuously adjustable distance 

from the wall 


single kit 

Data 


certified 

dB 40 


Single kit dB 27, comprising: 

– 1 PHONOLYT ® vibration decoupler 

dB 27, M10 

– 2 single bossed clamps, 

30 x 3 mm, without lining, heavy duty, 

M10, galvanised 

– 2 Threaded pins M10 

– 4 Hexagonal head nuts M10 

Single kit dB 40, comprising: 


dB 40, M12 

– 2 Single bossed clamps, 30 x 3 mm, 

without lining, heavy duty, M12, galvanised 



PHONOLYT ® 

anchor points 

for pipes 

dB 27 single 

kit, galvanised 

PHONOLYT ® 

anchor points 

for pipes 

dB 40 single 

kit, galvanised 

Size 

Pipe clamp 

range D 

[mm] 

Threaded pin 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack 

size 


A B C G H H1 Ø L L2 

3 /8" 14–18 M10 x 35 120348 As 80 66 147 37 81 92 11 122 

1 

/2" 20–22 M10 x 35 120340 required 80 71 147 37 84 97 11 122 

3 /4" 25–28 M10 x 35 120344 80 74 147 37 87 104 11 122 

1" 31–35 M10 x 35 120308 80 83 147 37 90 110 11 122 

1 1 /4" 40–43 M10 x 55 120304 80 92 147 37 94 119 11 122 

1 1 /2" 48–52 M10 x 55 120316 80 100 147 37 99 128 11 122 

54 mm 53–57 M10 x 55 120332 80 105 147 37 120 150 11 122 

Size 

Pipe clamp 

range D 

[mm] 

Threaded pin 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack 

size 



1" 31–35 M12 x 50 120312 As 126 83 227 60 123 143 13 194 

1 1 /4" 40–43 M12 x 50 120324 required 126 92 227 60 127 151 13 194 

1 1 /2" 48–52 M12 x 50 120320 126 100 227 60 132 161 13 194 

54 mm 53–57 M12 x 55 120336 126 105 227 60 135 165 13 194 

2" 58–61 M12 x 50 120328 126 110 227 60 137 170 13 194 

Note: Please refer to the “Technical information” chapter for allowable loadings 

07/09 



Advantages 

PHONOLYT ® anchor point for pipes 


pipe anchor points to 



• Isolates the pipe acoustically from 

the building structure 

• Practical downpipe support with 

perfect vibration decoupling 

• Double attachment for high loadings 

• Special feature: also approved 

for alternating load directions on 

plastic piping 

• Lowest possible distance from the 

building structure 

• Continuously adjustable wall distance 

due to threaded pins 


installation 

• Down-pipe support for all pipe 

types, regardless of pipe flanges 

and bushings 

• Sound level reduction by up to 

40 dB 


double kit 

Data 


certified 

dB 40, 2"–6" 


Double kit dB 27, comprising: 


dB 27, M10 

– 2 STATO ® clamps, 30 x 3 mm, without 




Double kit dB 40, comprising: 


dB 40, M12 

– 2 STATO ® clamps, 40 x 4 mm, without 




Note: Please refer to the “Technical information” chapter for allowable loadings. 

PHONOLYT ® 

anchor points 

for pipes 

double kit dB 

27, galvanised 

PHONOLYT ® 

anchor points 

for pipes 

double kit dB 

40, galvanised 

4/2 

Size Pipe clamp 

range 

D [mm] 

Threaded pin 

[mm] 

Part no. Pack 

size 

1" 31–35 M10 x 55 120352 As 

required 




80 98 147 61 62–71 82–91 11 122 

1 1 /4" 40–43 M10 x 55 120356 80 112 147 75 62–71 86–95 11 122 

1 1 /2" 46–50 M10 x 55 120360 80 117 147 80 62–71 89–98 11 122 

2" 58–61 M10 x 55 120371 80 129 147 92 62–71 96–105 11 122 

Size DN Pipe clamp 

range 

D [mm] 

Threaded 

pin 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack 

size 



2" 50 56–61 M12 x 80 120408 As 126 163 227 103 95–102 130–138 13 194 

required 

2 1 /2" 65/70 75–80 M12 x 100 120413 126 182 227 122 95–122 139–167 13 194 

3" 88–93 M12 x 100 120375 126 196 227 136 95–122 146–174 13 194 

4" 100 108–115 M12 x 110 120391 126 217 227 157 95–132 157–190 13 194 

125 mm 125–130 M12 x 110 120365 126 233 227 173 95–132 164–202 13 194 

5" 125 133–140 M12 x 110 120395 126 243 227 183 95–132 169–207 13 194 

6" 150 159–166 M12 x 130 120399 126 269 227 209 95–152 182–240 13 194 

212 mm 200 210–216 M12 x 150 120403 126 319 227 259 95–172 207–285 13 194 

07/09


Advantages 

PHONOLYT ® button anchor points 

• Pipe anchor point with outstanding 

vibration isolation 

• Efficient down-pipe support for 

plastic and cast piping 

• Easy to fit as there is only 1 central 

connection thread 

• Lower distance to wall of structure 

• Suitable for wall, ceiling and floor 

mounting 

• Easy to attach to the structure by 

means of steel anchor and threaded 

pin M10 

• Alternative attachment using nylon 

plug and bolt screw, through 

anchor, etc. 



Rail nuts M10 

Threaded pin M10/25 

Steel anchor M10 

Nylon plug 

Through-anchors M10 

Threaded pin M10 

Bolt screw 

Can be combined with 

other MÜPRO products 

Attachment to building structure: 

The amount of plug or threaded pin 

projecting from the wall or ceiling 

may not exceed 10 mm! 

Data 


Sound level reduction by up to 


tension/compression 

lateral or radial to the pipe 

FZ,D 

FQ 

30 dB 

1.50 kN 

1.08 kN 

PHONOLYT ® button anchor 

points, galvanised 

DN 


[mm] 

Wall distance A 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

70 73–78 51 120438 5 

80 80-85 51 120279 

100 108–112 51 120434 

07/09 



Advantages 

Dome supports 

• The strong attachment for greater 

distances from the building structure 

• Flexurally stiff design even under 

great axial and radial forces on the 

pipe 

• Version 3 /4" suitable for shockresistant 

attachment of pipes 

• Efficient fixture with only one plug 

• Variable mounting distance, can be 

determined on site from the length 

of the threaded pipe nipple 

• Easy installation using spanner 

size SW 36 

• Can be combined with pipe 

clamps that have pipe connection 

thread 

• Strong extension by means of 

socket adapters for the connection 

of single bossed clamps with M10 

or M12 thread 

Data 

Version 1 /2" Version 3 /4" 

Application 

Mounting as anchor assembly with 

pipe nipple and single bossed clamp 

with pipe thread connection 

Mounting as expansion assembly for 

large distance to wall with pipe nipple 

and socket adapter 

Dome supports, 

galvanised 

For pipe thread Connecting thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

1 /2" M8 129783 1 

M10 129780 

3 /4" M12 129781 

Note: For pipe anchor assemblies, only pipe clamps without linings are to be used. 

4/4 


07/09


Advantages 

STATO ® brackets 

• High loading capacity support system 

for pipe installations 

• Continuously adjustable in height 

and slope 

• As height adjustment for waste 

water pipes or to compensate for 

unevennesses 

• ideal pipe anchor point in combination 

with STATO ® clamps 


• Can be fitted with up to 3 STATO ® 

clamps for heavy loads 

• Especially suitable for heavy pipes 

with large wall clearances 

• Ideally suitable as adjustable subframe 

for slide guides or MPC 


• Can be used as support, adjustable 

in height and slope 

• Ideal as anchor point for insulated 

chilled water pipes in combination 

with wooden blocks and 

STATO ® clamps 

STATO ® clamps with adjustable 

STATO ® bracket 

Height adjustable sub-frame for 

anchor and expansion assemblies 

Continuous vertical adjustment possible 

Data 


1 Kit consists of: 

– 4 STATO ® angle pieces 

– 6 Coach bolts M12 

– 6 Hex. nuts M12 

– 6 Washers for M12 

All parts are galvanised 

Maximum recommended loading: 

radial: 42,000 N 

axial: 8,000 N per clamp 

lateral: 17,500 N 

Standard version 

Heavy-duty version, larger distance 

from structure 

Overall height Adjustment Part no. Pack size Contents 

[mm] range [mm] 

[pieces] 

min. max. 

STATO ® brackets, standard version, galvanised 96 152 56 129167 1 1 kit 

STATO ® brackets, heavy-duty version, galvanised 250 315 65 129176 1 1 kit 

07/09 



Advantages 


• Heavy-duty, two-part clamp 

• Ideal as anchor point clamp in the 

version without anti-vibration lining 

• Increased material thickness 




• Also available with vibration-damping 

lining DÄMMGULAST ® yellow 

• The matching clamp for STATO ® 

bracket 

• Supplied with connecting screws, 

nuts and captive washers 

Data 

STATO ® clamps, 


Nominal size Clamping range 

Part no. 


[mm] without lining (anchor without lining with 

diameter [mm] (anchor point clamp) point clamp) (guiding clamp) DÄMMGULAST ® 

2" 60.3 56–61 129377 129150 129214 1 

63.5 63–68 129383 129164 129262 

70 70–74 129386 129165 129263 

2 1 /2" 76 75–80 129389 129151 129215 

82.5 82–85 129392 129166 129267 

3" 88.9 88–93 129395 129157 129235 

101.6 98–103 129396 129140 129187 

108 108–115 129283 129141 129190 

110 129142 129191 

4" 114.3 129159 129243 

125 125–130 129288 129143 129195 

127 129144 129196 

133 133–140 129290 129145 129199 

5" 139.7 129162 129255 

152.4 150–156 129295 129146 129202 

159 159–166 129296 129147 129205 

6" 165.1 129163 129260 

6" 168.3 167–172 129299 129148 129211 

177.8 176–182 129303 129149 129212 

212 210–216 129314 129152 129221 

8" 219.1 219–225 129316 129153 129224 

244.5 244–250 129320 129154 129227 

267 267–274 129329 129155 129231 

273 129156 129233 

315 

323.9 

355.6 

407 

... 

... 

Note: STATO ® Clamps in the three versions can be produced 

by us for all other pipe sizes to your individual specifications. 

Pack 

size 

[pieces] 

Mounting instruction: Together with STATO ® brackets, a maximum of 3 STATO ® clamps without linings or a maximum 

of 2 STATO ® clamps with DÄMMGULAST ® linings may be fitted per set of brackets. For a pipe outer diameter 

of 315 mm and greater, the STATO ® bracket “heavy duty” must be used. 

4/6 


07/09


Data 


Tensile safe working load 

14,000 N 

Maximum recommended tensile load 4,660 N 

Axial safe working load 8,000 N 

STATO ® clamps, 


Nominal size 


diameter D [mm] 


(anchor point clamp) 


(guiding clamp) 

with DÄMMGULAST ® 

B H B H B H 

Locking 

Screws 

2" 60.3 137 52 138 52 148 57 M12 

63.5 150 58 142 54 152 59 

70 151 59 148 57 158 62 

2 1 /2" 76 156 61 154 60 164 65 

82.5 163 65 161 63 171 68 

3" 88.9 170 68 167 66 177 71 

101.6 184 75 180 73 190 78 

108 191 79 186 76 196 81 

110 188 77 198 82 

4" 114.3 192 79 202 84 

125 207 87 203 85 213 90 

127 205 86 215 91 

133 217 92 211 89 221 94 

5" 139.7 218 92 228 97 

152.4 235 101 230 98 240 103 

159 243 105 237 102 247 107 

6" 165.1 243 106 253 110 

6" 168.3 250 108 246 106 256 111 

177.8 260 113 256 111 266 116 

212 293 130 290 128 300 133 

8" 219.1 303 135 297 132 307 137 

244.5 330 148 323 144 333 149 

267 350 158 345 156 355 161 

273 351 159 361 164 

07/09 



Advantages 

Wooden blocks 

• Anchoring point vibration isolation 

for chilled water pipes 

• For friction attachments taking up 

axial axial pipe forces 

• Good thermal insulation properties 

• No danger of condensation on the 

fixing elements 

• Simple attachment to the pipe 

insulation 

• Suitable for all pipe materials 

• Fixing possible at any point on a 

smooth pipe 

• Coated with linseed-oil; therefore 

unaffected by moisture 

• For indoor use 

Anchor point solution on chilled 

water pipe with STATO ® clamps and 


Data 


diameter D 

Length of block L 

[Zoll] [mm] [mm] 


Part no. 


Part no. 

3 /8 17.2 200 115826 115835 

1 

/2 21.3 115874 115883 

3 /4 26.9 115951 115960 

28.0 116062 116071 

32.0 116098 116107 

1 33.7 116174 116183 

35.0 116210 116383 

1 1 /4 42.4 116286 116295 

1 1 /2 48.3 116325 116334 

54.0 116373 116383 

57.0 116409 116418 

2 60.3 116445 116454 

64.0 116484 116493 

2 1 /2 76.1 116526 116538 

Note: Pack size: 1 unit = 2 half-blocks. 

4/8 


07/09


Data 

Wooden blocks 


diameter D 

Length of block L 

[Zoll] [mm] [mm] 


Part no. 


Part no. 

3 88.9 200 116565 116574 

102.0 115495 115504 

108.0 115531 115540 

110.0 115566 115575 

4 114.3 115602 115611 

125.0 115638 115647 

133.0 115673 115682 

5 139.7 115709 115718 

159.0 115748 115757 

6 168.3 115787 115796 

8 219.1 115910 115919 

267.0 115987 115996 

273.0 116023 116032 

323.9 116134 116143 

255.6 116247 116256 

Note: Pack size: 1 unit = 2 half-blocks. 

Note: We produce wooden blocks in all other lengths of block and insulation thicknesses according to your 

specifications. 

07/09 



Advantages 

Sliding stirrups 

• The expansion assembly attachment 

for suspended pipes 

• Prevents any force build-up at the 

attachment point due to changes 

in pipe length 

• Smooth and silent movement due 

to the large roller 

• Suitable for direct ceiling installations 

and for fixing to MPC support 

channels using rail nuts 

• Can be fitted at an angle, therefore 

especially useful near pipe sidebranches 

• Removable roller to facilitate fixing 

Fixing with steel anchor Fixing on a MPC support channel Sliding stirrup in combination with a 

single bossed clamp 

Data 


certified 

M10 

M8 

M10 

Maximum recommended loading 400 N 650 N 

Sliding stirrups, 

galvanised 

Thread Part no. max. slider travel Pack size Dimensions [mm] 

[mm] 

[pieces] A H 

M8 118344 30 50 55 42 

M10 118340 30 68 60 

4/10 


07/09


Advantages 

Swivel hangers 

• The attachment solution for suspended 

pipes – allows axial and 

lateral pipe movements 

• 360° freedom of movement 

• Large deflection from the vertical is 

possible 

• Appropriate threaded rod lengths 

allow the the pipes to be set to the 

desired height 

• Especially suitable for large ceiling 

clearances 

• Threaded depth of the hanger 

allows precise height adjustment 

• Depth of the rod in the hanger visible 

through inspection hole (long 

version) 

• Short version has lower overall 

height 

Swivel hanger, short 

Swivel hanger, long 

Mounting instruction: 

For secure tilt-free pipe guides, two swivel hangers – one at the top and 

one at the bottom – must be provided per attachment point. 

The threaded rod is must be secured against loosening by the use of locknuts. 

Data 


certified 

M10–M12 

short version 

long version 

Breaking strength under tensile 

load 

M8 M10 M12 

12,000 N 15,000 N 16,500 N 

Maximum recommended loading 2,400 N 3,000 N 3,500 N 

Adjustab.25 

Swivel hangers, short, 

galvanised 

Swivel hangers, long, 

with inspection hole, 

galvanised 

Swivel hangers, long, 

with inspection hole, 

greater deflection, galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

Overall height 

L [mm] 

Threaded 

length L1 [mm] 

Deflection from 

the vertical 

Height adjustment 

up to [mm] 

Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 34 14 up to 12º — 120231 50 

M10 35 17 up to 12º — 120227 

M8 60 14 up to 12º 25 120223 

M10 61 17 up to 12º 25 120204 

57 up to 12º 25 120208 

M12 70 19 up to 12º 25 120211 

M10 61 17 up to 22º 25 120196 

07/09 



Advantages 

Sliding shoes 

• Length of sliding distance can 

be freely determined by suitable 

selection of MPC support channel 

length 

• The perfect solution for plastic 

pipes with large sliding travel 

• Suitable for pipes mounted from 

above and from below 

• Also ideally suitable for riser pipes 

• Large pipework movements in 

both axial and lateral directions 

can be accommodated by a module 

consisting of two sliding shoes, 

giving a low overall height of only 

50 mm (with 27/18 section) 

• Strong, low-wear sliding shoe 

made of Ultramid, reinforced with 

glass fibre 

Sliding shoe M8 

Sliding shoe M10 

Sliding shoe M8 as suspension fixture 

Data 

Sliding shoe M10, as support from 

below 

Sliding attachment for pipe movement 

in axial and lateral directions 


When fitted, the threaded pin must be fully screwed through the sliding 

shoe. 

When fitted in combination with a pipe clamp, the threaded pin must not 

protrude more than 70 mm (M8) or 100 mm (M10). 

A greater distance can be selected with a two-clamp fixture. 

Attention: Comply with the tightening torque specified for the locknuts. 

Connection thread M8 16 Nm 


Connecting thread Suitable for support 

channel sections 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


loading [N] 

Sliding shoes M8 27/18 and 28/30 112056 1 1,000 

M10 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 

40/80, 38/80 and 40/120 

112052 1,000 

4/12 


07/09


Advantages 

Guide rails 

• Guide rail with long slide travel for 

versatile installation 

• Ideally suitable for plastic pipes 

with large axial expansion 

• The perfect solution for installation 

under cramped conditions as the 

low overall height of 28 mm (guide 

rail M8) 

• Suitable for ceiling, wall and floor 

mounting 

• Smooth-sliding, low-wear sliding 

shoe 

Guide rail M8 

Guide rail M10 

Data 

Maximum recommended 

loading 

1,000 N 

Attention: Comply with the tightening 

torque specified for the 

locknuts. 



Guide rail M8. Guide rail M10. 


Max. slide travel 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Guide rails, galvanised M8 118 112066 1 

M10 98 112062 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Guides the pipe evenly and joltfree 

over the entire travel distance 

• Effective prevention of build-up of 

forces in the pipe system 

• The desired stabilised smooth running 

of the expansion roller is provided 

by the spring-loaded rollers 

• The silent movement prevents 

the occurrence of stress-induced 

noises in the pipe system 

• High loading capacity, large deformation-free 

steel rollers in maintenance-free 

journal bearings 

• Can be used for ceiling and wall 

mounting 

• An upper angled-cover protects 

against ingress of dirt during 

installation work and in normal use 

• Supplied completely assembled 

with hex-head bolts M10, steel 

anchors M10 as well as washers 

and angled-cover 

Expansion rollers 

with stabilised smooth running 

Data 

Anchor A 

Steel Anchor spacing: 200 mm 

Spring-loaded roller 

DÜBEL Anchor A B 

Cover 

Breaking strength 

15,000 N 


loading 1) 

5,000 N 

Maintenance-free 

bearings 

1) The loading must be modified 

depending on the nature of the 

building structure and the anchors 

used. 

Slider travel 120 mm 

Sliding Direction 

Length-dependent percentage load distribution to the two Steel Anchors 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Expansion rollers, with stabilised smooth running, completely assembled, galvanised 118141 1 

Note: We recommend combining the expansion roller with one-piece suspension clamps 

(see the “Pipe clamps” chapter). 

4/14 


07/09


Advantages 

Slide guides 1.75 kN 

• Flat, compact design for secure 

mounting where space is at a premium 

• Large slide travel of up to 76 mm 

• High-level application flexibility 

thanks to triple connection possibility 

for pipe clamps 

• One or two pipe clamps can be 

mounted depending on the application 

• A variety of installation possibilities 

(floor-mount, ceiling-mount, wallmount, 

rail-mount, cross stay) 

• Fire-proof design for use in escape 

routes and emergency routes 

Ceiling installation via steel anchors 

Standing installation of an insulated 

clamp on an MPC support channel 

Installation on a sliding shoe, vertical 

on an MPC support channel 

Installation of two slide guides in 

the cross brace, vertical on an MPC 

support channel, transverse 

Installation of two slide guides in 

the cross brace, vertical on an MPC 

support channel, longitudinal 

07/09 



Data 

Slide guides 1.75 kN 


Max. recommended load 

1,750 N 

Slide guides 1.75 kN, 

galvanised 

Connection thread 1 

1x 

Connection thread 2 

2x 

Max. slide travel 

[mm 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[piece] 

M8/M10 M10 76 130662 1 

4/16 


07/09


Advantages 

Box-section heavy slide guides 

• Smooth-running box-section heavy 

slide guide for heavy loads 

• With long slider travel up to 

125 mm for pipelines with large 

changes in length 

• Tilt-free load distribution in standing 

and suspension installations 

• Variable, height-adjustable pipe 

clamp attachments using threaded 

pins 

• Two pipe clamps prevent jamming 

and misalignment 

• Connection holes for M12 and 

M16 

• Also suitable for wall fixing with 

horizontal or vertical pipes 

Data 


certified 


tensile, 

compression and 

bending loads 

7,800 N 

Box-section heavy slide guides, 

galvanised 

Max. slider travel 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

125 105309 1 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Heavy duty version for stand fitting 

• Smooth-sliding pipe guide with 

polished sliding surface and slider 

of low-wear polyamide 

• For use with three-piece, doublesided 

flange-on suspension 

clamps 

• Galvanised for surface protection 

• Sturdy guide brackets including 

M10 fixing bolts and nuts 

T-section heavy slide guides 


Data 

Maximum recommended compression load 

15,000 N 

T-section heavy slide guides, heavy-duty version, with guide 

bracket (without pipe clamps), galvanised 

Max. slide travel [mm] Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

200 118129 1 

Note: Matching three-piece suspension clamps are to be found on the next page. 

4/18 


07/09


Advantages 

• Matching heavy-duty pipe clamp 

for the t-section heavy slide guide 

• Matching for pipe sizes of 4" and 

above 

• Connection lug with two attachment 

bolts allows a robustly 

flanged joint to the t-section heavy 

slide guide 

• The 2 locking screws allow a 

greater variation in pipe diameter 

• Includes attachment nuts and 

bolts for connection of the lug to 

the t-section heavy slide guide 

• Also available with longer connecting 

lug and reinforcement plates 

for installations with thicker pipe 

insulation 


three-part 

Data 


Size 


[N] 


loading [N] 

4"–267 mm 20,000 6,660 

Suspension 


three-part, 

galvanised 




without with [pieces] 

lining DÄMMGULAST ® b x s C Ø L B H D H1 B b1 H D H1 

4" 123424 123347 As 40x4 15 11 178 121 114.3 182 188 44 126 114.3 192 

125 mm 123380 123295 

required 40x4 15 11 189 127 125 193 199 44 132 125 203 

127 mm 123384 123299 40x4 15 11 191 128 127 195 201 44 133 127 205 

133 mm 123388 123303 40x4 15 11 197 131 133 201 207 44 136 133 211 

5" 123428 123352 40x4 15 11 204 134 139.7 208 214 44 139 139.7 218 

152.4 mm 123392 123307 40x4 15 11 216 140 152 220 226 44 145 152 230 

159 mm 123396 123311 40x4 15 11 223 144 159 227 233 44 149 159 237 

6" 123432 123356 40x4 15 11 229 147 165.1 233 239 44 152 165.1 243 

168.3 mm 123400 123315 40x4 15 11 232 148 168.3 236 242 44 153 168.3 246 

177.8 mm 123404 123319 40x4 15 11 242 153 177.8 246 252 44 158 177.8 256 

212 mm 123408 123323 40x4 15 11 276 170 212 280 286 44 175 212 290 

219.1 mm 123413 123327 40x4 15 11 283 174 219.1 287 293 44 179 219.1 297 

244.5 mm 123417 123331 40x4 15 11 309 186 244.5 313 319 44 191 244.5 323 

267 mm 123420 123335 40x4 15 11 331 198 267 335 341 44 203 267 345 

273 mm 

315 mm 

323.9 mm 

Note: We produce suspension clamps for other pipe sizes according to 

... 

your specifications. 

... 

07/09 


Notes 

4/20 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


Pipe slides type TP-1 5/5-5/6 

Pipe slides type TP-2 5/7-5/8 

Pipe slides type TF-1 5/9-5/10 

Pipe slides type TF-2 5/11-5/12 

Pipe slides type LP-2 5/13-5/14 

Pipe slides type DS-2 5/15-5/16 

Anchoring stops 5/17 

Cramping sets 5/18-5/20 

Cramping elements 5/21 


U-bolts acc. to DIN 3570 5/23 

Guide angles 5/24 


Hexagonal nuts 5/25

Heavy-duty pipe supports 

Selecting heavy-duty pipe supports 

The pipe slides, pipe clamps and accessories can be supplied in various designs. Part numbers for the desired design 

are given on the data sheets that list the different combinations of material and surface treatment as well as the 

screws to be used. 

Identification system for pipe slides 

Example of identifier: 

T-section slide guide made from S235JR (St37) with 2 pipe clamps, pipe slide hot-dip galvanised, with galvanised 

screws and nuts, property class 8.8, for pipe outside diameter of 60.3 mm. 

Part No. 116978 

Type: TP80-2-W37-OF-SF-60.3 

The type name and identifier 

are according to the following code: 

Pipe slide type: 

Type name 

Identifiers 

TP80 - 2 - W37 - OF - SF - 60.3 


Bolts and nuts 

Surface of the pipe slide 

Material of the pipe slide 

Number of pipe clamps 

Pipe slide type 

Identifier 

Pipe slide material Pipe slide surface finish Screws and nuts for pipe slide 

W37 Steel S235JR (RSt 37) OR untreated /black SG property class 8.8, galvanised 

WA2 V2A stainless steel OF hot-dip galvanised SF property class 8.8, hot-dip galvanised 

WA4 V4A stainless steel OG primer coated SA2 V2A stainless steel 

OP pickled and passivated SA4 V4A stainless steel 

07/09 




The standard combinations 

In the following table you find, in addition to standard combinations for pipe slides (bold print) also further possible 

material/surface finish/attachment combinations. These can also be made on request, if necessary. In addition, the 

pipe slides can be made with a polyamide (PA) sliding seating. 

Pipe slide material 

Pipe slide 

code 

Pipe slide surface 


code 

Bolts and nuts 

Code for bolts 

and nuts 

S235JR (St37) W37 untreated OR Property class 8.8, galvanised SG 

S235JR (St37) W37 untreated OR Property class 8.8, hot-dip galvanised SF 

S235JR (St37) W37 hot-dip galvanised OF Property class 8.8, galvanised SG 

S235JR (St37) W37 hot-dip galvanised OF Property class 8.8, hot-dip galvanised SF 

S235JR (St37) W37 hot-dip galvanised OF V2A stainless steel SA2 

S235JR (St37) W37 primer coated OG Property class 8.8, galvanised SG 

S235JR (St37) W37 primer coated OG Property class 8.8, hot-dip galvanised SF 

S235JR (St37) W37 primer coated OG V2A stainless steel SA2 

V2A stainless steel WA2 pickled, passivated OP V2A stainless steel SA2 



Cramping elements and cramping sets 

Cramping elements and complete cramping sets can be supplied for fixing the pipe slide to the supporting steel 

structure. 

Example of an order for a cramping set: 

Cramping set, guidance with two lugs against lifting, type F2AH for use with a pipe slide on an HEA 140 section 

beam. 

Part No. 134691 – for HEA 140 section beam, section width 140 

Note: Specification by the customer of the section type of the support or of the section width is absolutely necessary 

when ordering a cramping set. 

5/2 


07/09



Technical information 

Important advice in the use of pipe slides: The pipe slide can be used individually as an anchor point, guidance with 

and without security against lifting or simply as a support. The pipe slide can be fixed to the supporting structure 

using the appropriate cramping sets or cramping elements. 

The cramping sets are supplied with bolts and nuts for fixing to the existing supporting structure. For this, the information 

section width “X” or the standard designation for the support sections (see sketch below) is absolutely necessary. 

For the use as an anchor point, the pipe slide must be fitted additionally with stops (see sketch below). The stops 

are either already welded to the slide or supplied separately. If the stops are to be supplied ex-factory as welded to 

the pipe slide, it is imperative that this is specified in the order. For this, the specification of the section width or the 

standard designation for the support section, e. g. HEB 140 acc. to DIN 1025, absolutely necessary. 

Supporting 

section 

Cam 

Cam 

07/09 




The pipe slide can be used in combination with various cramping sets for different functions: 

1. Pipe slide as anchor point 

2. Pipe slide as guide with protection against lifting 

3. Pipe slide as guide without protection against lifting 

4. Pipe slide as bearing 

1. Application: 

Anchor point pipe slide 

with anchoring stops, fitted 

using the cramping 

set type F2AH 


Guidance with securing 

against lifting, pipe slide 

fitted using cramping set 

type F2AH 


Guidance without 

securing against lifting, 

Pipe Slide fitted using 

Cramping Set type F 


Bearing 

x 

z 

x 

z 

x 

y 

T-section pipe slide with 

two welded-on anchoring 

stops using cramping set 

“guidance with two lugs to 

secure against lifting” 

The pipe slide is firmly 

fixed to the substructure 

my means of the anchoring 

stops in combination 

with the side guides and 

the lugs securing against 

lifting 

(0 degrees of freedom) 

T-section pipe slide fitted 

using cramping set “guidance 

with two lugs securing 

against lifting” 

Due to the guidance of the 

pipe slide at the side and 

the securing against lifting, 

sliding of the pipe slide is 

only possible in the pipe 

axial directions 

(1 degree of freedom) 


using cramping set “type F 

guidance” Due to the guidance 

of the pipe slide only 

at the side, movement in 

the pipe axial and vertical 

directions is possible 



without cramping set. 

The pipe slide can move in 

the x, y and z directions 


5/4 


07/09


Version 

• pipe slide made from 

t-section steel acc. to EN 10055 

• Version with a pipe clamp acc. to 

DIN 3567 form A 

• For insulation thicknesses up to 

75 mm for type TP80-1 



• Also available with polyamide sliding 

plate on request 

Pipe slides type TP-1 

with one pipe clamp 

Data 

Pipe slides 

Type TP-1, with one pipe clamp, 

with T-section 80 


Type TP-1, with one pipe clamp, 


Nom. size 

DN 

Pipe outer Ø 

D1 

[mm] 

Version 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

W37-OR-SG 

Part no. 

W37-OF-SF 

Part no. 

25 33.7 116871 116826 1 

32 42.4 116874 116829 

40 48.3 116877 116832 

50 60.3 116880 116835 

65 76.1 116883 116838 

80 88.9 116886 116841 

100 114.3 116856 116811 

125 139.7 116859 116814 

150 168.3 116862 116817 

(175) 193.7 116865 116820 

200 219.1 116868 116823 

25 33.7 116611 116581 

32 42.4 116614 116584 

40 48.3 116617 116587 

50 60.3 116620 116590 

65 76.1 116627 116593 

80 88.9 116630 116596 

100 114.3 116602 116566 

125 139.7 116605 116569 

150 168.3 116624 116572 

(175) 193.7 116633 116575 

200 219.1 116608 116578 



code 


Code for surface 

Lock bolts and nuts 




Example of an order: T-section slide guide made from S235JR (St37) with 1 pipe clamp, pipe slide hot-dip galvanised, 

with hot-dip galvanised bolts and nuts, property class 8.8, for pipe outside diameter of 60.3 mm. 

Part No. 116590 Type: TP100-1-W37-OF-SF-60.3 

Note: Pipe guide with polyamide sliding surface as well as other variants on request (see also “Selecting heavyduty 

pipe supports”). 

07/09 



Data 




Type TP-1, with one 

pipe clamp, 



Type TP-1, with one 

pipe clamp, 


Nom. size 

DN 

[mm] 


D1 

[mm] 

s 

[mm] 

b 

[mm] 

Dimensions Loading Weight 

Slide 

L 

[mm] 

B 

[mm] 

H1 

[mm] 

H2 

[mm] 

Fx 

[kN] 

Fy 

[kN] 

Fz 

[kN] 

compl. 

G 

[kg] 

25 33.7 5 30 200 80 85 102 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.47 

32 42.4 5 30 200 80 85 106 0.7 0.7 1.2 2.50 

40 48.3 5 30 200 80 85 109 0.7 0.7 1.4 2.52 

50 60.3 6 40 200 80 86 116 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.84 

65 76.1 6 40 200 80 86 124 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.93 

80 88.9 6 40 200 80 86 130 1.4 1.4 2.8 3.02 

100 114.3 8 50 200 80 88 145 2.8 2.8 5.6 4.04 

125 139.7 8 50 200 80 88 158 2.9 2.9 5.8 4.23 

150 168.3 8 50 250 80 88 172 2.9 2.9 5.8 5.02 

(175) 193.7 8 50 250 80 88 185 3.0 3.0 6.0 5.36 

200 219.1 8 50 250 80 88 198 3.0 3.0 6.0 5.58 

25 33.7 5 30 200 100 105 122 0.5 0.5 1.0 3.61 

32 42.4 5 30 200 100 105 126 0.6 0.6 1.2 3.64 

40 48.3 5 30 200 100 105 129 0.6 0.6 1.2 3.66 

50 60.3 6 40 200 100 106 136 1.1 1.1 2.2 3.98 

65 76.1 6 40 200 100 106 144 1.3 1.3 2.6 4.07 

80 88.9 6 40 200 100 106 150 1.3 1.3 2.6 4.16 

100 114.3 8 50 200 100 108 165 2.8 2.8 5.6 5.18 

125 139.7 8 50 200 100 108 178 3.0 3.0 6.0 5.37 

150 168.3 8 50 250 100 108 192 3.3 3.3 6.6 6.44 

(175) 193.7 8 50 250 100 108 205 3.5 3.5 7.0 6.78 

200 219.1 8 50 250 100 108 218 3.7 3.7 7.4 7.01 

5/6 


07/09


Version 

• Pipe slide made from t-section 

steel acc. to EN 10055 

• Version with two pipe clamps acc. 

to DIN 3567 form A 





• Also available with polyamide 

sliding plate on request 


with two pipe clamps 

Data 


Type TP-2, with two Pipe Clamps, 



Type TP-2, with two pipe clamps, 


Nom. size 

DN 


D1 

[mm] 

W37-OR-SG 

Part no. 

Version 

W37-OF-SF 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

25 33.7 117023 116960 1 

32 42.4 117026 116969 

40 48.3 117029 116972 

50 60.3 117032 116978 

65 76.1 117035 116984 

80 88.9 117038 116990 

100 114.3 117008 116930 

125 139.7 117011 116936 

150 168.3 117014 116942 

(175) 193.7 117017 116948 

200 219.1 117020 116954 

25 33.7 116784 116716 

32 42.4 116787 116722 

40 48.3 116790 116727 

50 60.3 116793 116733 

65 76.1 116796 116739 

80 88.9 116799 116745 

100 114.3 116769 116686 

125 139.7 116772 116692 

150 168.3 116775 116698 

(175) 193.7 116778 116704 

200 219.1 116781 116710 



code 









Part No. 116733 Type: TP100-2-W37-OF-SF-60.3 


pipe supports"). 

07/09 



Data 




Type TP-2, with two pipe 

clamps, with T-section 80 


Type TP-2, with two pipe 

clamps, with T-section 100 

Nom. size 

DN 


D1 


Slide 

[mm] [mm] s 

[mm] 

b 

[mm] 

L 

[mm] 

B 

[mm] 

H1 

[mm] 

H2 

[mm] 

Fx 

[kN] 

Fy 

[kN] 

Fz 

[kN] 


G 

[kg] 

25 33.7 5 30 200 80 85 102 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.80 

32 42.4 5 30 200 80 85 106 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.86 

40 48.3 5 30 200 80 85 109 1.4 1.4 2.8 2.91 

50 60.3 6 40 200 80 86 116 2.3 2.3 4.6 3.55 

65 76.1 6 40 200 80 86 124 2.5 2.5 5.0 3.71 

80 88.9 6 40 200 80 86 130 2.8 2.8 5.6 3.89 

100 114.3 8 50 200 80 88 145 5.0 5.0 10.0 5.93 

125 139.7 8 50 200 80 88 158 5.2 5.2 10.4 6.32 

150 168.3 8 50 250 80 88 172 5.2 5.2 10.4 7.36 

(175) 193.7 8 50 250 80 88 185 5.4 5.4 10.8 8.04 

200 219.1 8 50 250 80 88 198 5.4 5.4 10.8 8.49 

25 33.7 5 30 200 100 105 122 0.9 0.9 1.8 3.94 

32 42.4 5 30 200 100 105 126 1.1 1.1 2.2 4.00 

40 48.3 5 30 200 100 105 129 1.3 1.3 2.6 4.05 

50 60.3 6 40 200 100 106 136 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.69 

65 76.1 6 40 200 100 106 144 2.3 2.3 4.6 4.85 

80 88.9 6 40 200 100 106 150 2.3 2.3 5.0 5.03 

100 114.3 8 50 200 100 108 165 5.5 5.5 11.0 7.07 

125 139.7 8 50 200 100 108 178 6.0 6.0 12.0 7.46 

150 168.3 8 50 250 100 108 192 6.5 6.5 13.0 8.78 

(175) 193.7 8 50 250 100 108 205 7.0 7.0 14.0 9.46 

200 219.1 8 50 250 100 108 218 7.4 7.4 14.8 9.91 

5/8 


07/09


Version 

Pipe slides type TF-1 

• Pipe slide made from wide, flat 

steel acc. to DIN 59200 

• Version with one pipe clamp acc. 


• Preferred for insulated pipes 


140 mm 

• Height H1, bottom edge of pipe to 

supporting surface is constant at 

150 mm 




Data 


Type TF-1, with one pipe clamp 

Nom. size 

DN 


D1 

[mm] 

W37-OR-SG 

Part no. 

Version 

W37-OF-SF 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

25 33.7 116403 116366 1 

32 42.4 116406 116369 

40 48.3 116410 116372 

50 60.3 116413 116375 

65 76.1 116419 116380 

80 88.9 116422 116382 

100 114.3 116397 116357 

125 139.7 116400 116360 

150 168.3 116416 116363 



code 









Part No. 116357 Type: TF-1-W37-OF-SF-114.3 



07/09 



Data 




Type TF-1, with one pipe 

clamp 

Nom. size 

DN 


D1 


Slide 

[mm] [mm] s 

[mm] 

b 

[mm] 

L 

[mm] 

B 

[mm] 

H1 

[mm] 

H2 

[mm] 

Fx 

[kN] 

Fy 

[kN] 

Fz 

[kN] 


G 

[kg] 

25 33.7 5 30 220 180 150 170 0.5 0.5 1.0 5.3 

32 42.4 5 30 220 180 150 171 0.7 0.7 1.4 5.4 

40 48.3 5 30 220 180 150 174 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.4 

50 60.3 6 40 220 180 150 180 1.6 1.6 3.2 5.7 

65 76.1 6 40 220 180 150 188 1.8 1.8 3.6 5.8 

80 88.9 6 40 220 180 150 195 2.0 2.0 4.0 5.9 

100 114.3 8 50 220 180 150 207 2.6 2.6 5.2 6.9 

125 139.7 8 50 220 180 150 220 3.0 3.0 6.0 7.1 

150 168.3 8 50 220 180 150 234 3.2 3.2 6.4 7.3 

5/10 


07/09


Version 



steel acc. to DIN 59200 





140 mm 



150 mm 




Data 


Type TF-2, with two pipe clamps 

Nom. size 

DN 


D1 

[mm] 

W37-OR-SG 

Part no. 

Version 

W37-OF-SF 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

25 33.7 116485 116446 1 

32 42.4 116488 116449 

40 48.3 116491 116452 

50 60.3 116494 116455 

65 76.1 116497 116458 

80 88.9 116500 116461 

100 114.3 116476 116437 

125 139.7 116479 116440 

150 168.3 116482 116443 



code 







Example of an order: T-section slide guide made from S235JR (St37) with 2 pipe clamps, pipe slide hot-dip galvanised, 


Part No. 116458 Type: TF-2-W37-OF-SF-76.1 



07/09 



Data 




Type TF-2, with two pipe 


Nom. size 

DN 


D1 


Slide 

[mm] [mm] s 

[mm] 

b 

[mm] 

L 

[mm] 

B 

[mm] 

H1 

[mm] 

H2 

[mm] 

Fx 

[kN] 

Fy 

[kN] 

Fz 

[kN] 


G 

[kg] 

25 33.7 5 30 220 180 150 167 1.0 1.0 2.0 6.1 

32 42.4 5 30 220 180 150 171 1.4 1.4 2.6 6.2 

40 48.3 5 30 220 180 150 174 2.0 2.0 4.0 6.2 

50 60.3 6 40 220 180 150 180 3.2 3.2 6.4 6.8 

65 76.1 6 40 220 180 150 188 3.6 3.6 7.6 7.0 

80 88.9 6 40 220 180 150 195 4.0 4.0 8.0 7.2 

100 114.3 8 50 220 180 150 207 5.2 5.2 10.4 9.2 

125 139.7 8 50 220 180 150 220 5.5 5.5 11.0 9.6 

150 168.3 8 50 220 180 150 234 5.7 5.7 11.4 10.1 

5/12 


07/09


Version 

• Pipe slide made from 

l‐section steel acc. to EN 10056 




80 mm 

• Also available with polyamide 

sliding plate on request 

Pipe slides type LP-2 


Data 


Type LP-2, with two pipe clamps, 

with l-section 100 


Version 

D1 

W37-OR-SG W37-OF-SF 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Part no. 

(175) 191.0 116257 116209 1 

(175) 193.7 116263 116212 

200 216.0 116269 116215 

200 219.1 116275 116218 

250 267.0 116281 116221 

250 273.0 116287 116224 

300 315.0 116293 116227 

300 323.9 116299 116230 

350 355.6 116306 116233 

350 368.0 116312 116236 

400 406.4 116318 116239 

400 419.0 116324 116242 

500 508.0 116330 116245 

500 521.0 116336 116248 

600 610.0 116342 116251 

Nom. size 

DN 

Pack size 

[pieces] 



code 







Example of an order: L-section slide guide made from S235JR (St37) with 2 pipe clamps, pipe slide hot-dip galvanised, 

with hot-dip galvanised bolts and nuts, property class 8.8, for pipe outside diameter of 267 mm. 

Part No. 116221 Type: LP-2-W37-OF-SF-267.0 



07/09 



Data 

Pipe slides type LP-2 



Type LP-2, with two 

pipe clamps, 

with l-section 100 

Nom. size 

DN 


D1 


Slide 

[mm] s 

[mm] 

b 

[mm] 

L 

[mm] 

B 

[mm] 

Ba 

[mm] 

H1 

[mm] 

H2 

[mm] 

Fx 

[kN] 

Fy 

[kN] 

Fz 

[kN] 


G 

[kg] 

(175) 191.0 8 50 300 269 69 102 198 10.0 10.0 20.0 14.74 

(175) 193.7 8 50 300 270 70 102 199 10.0 10.0 20.0 14.80 

200 216.0 8 50 300 277 77 101 209 10.0 10.0 20.0 15.21 

200 219.1 8 50 300 278 78 101 211 10.5 10.5 21.0 15.30 

250 267.0 8 60 300 294 94 100 233 11.2 11.2 22.4 18.21 

250 273.0 8 60 300 296 96 100 236 11.2 11.2 22.4 18.33 

300 315.0 8 60 300 310 110 99 256 11.2 11.2 22.4 19.41 

300 323.9 8 60 300 313 113 98 260 11.2 11.2 22.4 19.60 

350 355.6 8 60 300 324 124 97 275 11.2 11.2 22.4 20.87 

350 368.0 8 60 300 328 128 97 281 11.2 11.2 22.4 21.32 

400 406.4 10 70 300 342 142 98 301 13.1 13.1 26.2 28.58 

400 419.0 10 70 300 346 146 97 307 13.1 13.1 26.2 29.07 

500 508.0 10 70 300 376 176 95 349 14.5 14.5 29.0 32.15 

500 521.0 10 70 300 380 180 95 355 14.5 14.5 29.0 32.78 

600 610.0 10 70 300 410 210 92 397 14.9 14.9 29.8 36.17 

5/14 


07/09


Version 

Pipe slides type DS-2 


steel acc. to EN 59200 





140 mm 



150 mm 




Data 


Type DS-2, with two pipe clamps 

Nom. size 

DN 


D1 

[mm] 

W37-OR-SG 

Part no. 

Version 

W37-OF-SF 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

(175) 191.0 115980 116254 1 

(175) 193.7 115982 116260 

200 216.0 115985 116266 

200 219.1 115989 116272 

250 267.0 115992 116278 

250 273.0 115995 116284 

300 315.0 115998 116290 

300 323.9 116001 116296 

350 355.6 116004 116302 

350 368.0 116007 116309 

400 406.4 116010 116315 

400 419.0 116013 116321 

500 508.0 116016 116327 

500 521.0 116019 116333 

600 610.0 116022 116339 



code 







Example of an order: Twin-stay slide guide made from S235JR (St37) with 2 pipe clamps, pipe slide hot-dip galvanised, 


Part No. 116315 Type: DS-2-W37-OF-SF-406.4 



07/09 



Data 

Pipe slides type DS-2 



Type DS-2, with two pipe 


Nom. size 

DN 


D1 


Slide 

[mm] s 

[mm] 

b 

[mm] 

L 

[mm] 

B 

[mm] 

H1 

[mm] 

H2 

[mm] 

Fx 

[kN] 

Fy 

[kN] 

Fz 

[kN] 


G 

[kg] 

(175) 191.0 8 50 220 180 150 246 12.0 12.0 24.0 13.70 

(175) 193.7 8 50 220 180 150 247 12.0 12.0 24.0 13.76 

200 216.0 8 50 220 180 150 258 14.0 14.0 28.0 14.20 

200 219.1 8 50 220 180 150 260 14.0 14.0 28.0 14.30 

250 267.0 8 60 260 220 150 284 17.0 17.0 34.0 18.65 

250 273.0 8 60 260 220 150 287 17.0 17.0 34.0 18.79 

300 315.0 8 60 260 220 150 308 19.0 19.0 38.0 19.92 

300 323.9 8 60 260 220 150 312 19.0 19.0 38.0 20.13 

350 355.6 8 60 260 220 150 328 20.5 20.5 41.0 21.44 

350 368.0 8 60 260 220 150 334 20.5 20.5 41.0 21.91 

400 406.4 10 70 300 300 150 353 21.5 21.5 43.0 33.53 

400 419.0 10 70 300 300 150 360 21.5 21.5 43.0 34.03 

500 508.0 10 70 300 300 150 404 23.0 23.0 46.0 37.27 

500 521.0 10 70 300 300 150 411 23.0 23.0 46.0 37.92 

600 610.0 10 70 300 300 150 455 25.0 25.0 50.0 41.47 

5/16 


07/09


Advantages 

 

 

Anchoring stops 

 

• Anchor stops for welding (customer 

scope) to the pipe slides for 

use as anchor 

• Individual applications in combination 

with all pipe slides 

• Two versions available 

 

 

 

Type N1 

Type N1 

 

 

Type N2 

Type N2 

Data 


Type N1 


Type N2 

Version Identifier Dimensions Weight Part no. Pack size 

h l b 

[kg] 

[pieces] 

[mm] [mm] [mm] 

untreated W37-OR 50 50 6 0.222 108956 2 

V2A stainless steel WA2-OP 108957 

 


untreated W37-OR 40 40 6 0.075 108959 2 



 

Material Identifier Surface Identifier 

S235JR (St37) W37 untreated OR 

V2A stainless steel WA2 pickled and passivated OP 

V4A stainless steel WA4 pickled and passivated OP 

Note: Use of pipe slide type LP-2 as anchor point requires four anchoring stops. 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Pre-assembled sets consisting of 

cramping elements and the associated 

bolts and nuts 

• Individually suitable for anchor 

point, guidance with securing 

against lifting 

• Hot-dip galvanised version for individual 

applications 

• Can be used for pipe slides with a 

base plate thickness up to 15 mm 

Cramping sets 

type F1 AH 

Data 


Beam section 

Beam section Connection to beam Load limit [kN] Thread Weight 

Flange Beam Fx Fy Fz 

[kg] 

thickness 

width 

[mm] 

[mm] 

Part no. 

HEA acc. to DIN 1025 part 3 100 8.0 100 – ±4.0 –5.0 M12 0.8 131380 2 

120 8.0 120 133063 

140 8.5 140 134848 

160 9.0 160 134688 

HEB acc. to DIN 1025 part 2 100 10.0 100 132242 

120 11.0 120 135371 

140 12.0 140 135372 

160 13.0 160 131381 

I 240 acc. to DIN 1025 part 1 240 13.1 106 – 

IPE acc. to DIN 1025 part 5 220 9.2 110 – 

240 9.8 120 – 

270 10.2 135 – 

330 11.5 160 – 

360 12.7 170 – 

T 120 acc. to DIN 1024 120 13.0 120 135489 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Note: When ordering please always give, in addition to the part number, the width of the beam or the beam section 

type! Can be used for pipe slides with a base plate thickness of up to 15 mm. Other cramping sets on request. 

5/18 


07/09


Advantages 





point, guidance with securing 

against lifting 


applications 

• Can be used for pipe slides with a 

base plate thickness up to 15 mm 

Cramping sets 

type F2 AH 

Data 


Beam section 



[kg] 

thickness 

width 

[mm] 

[mm] 

Part no. 


120 8.0 120 133065 

140 8.5 140 134691 

160 9.0 160 133263 


120 11.0 120 132639 

140 12.0 140 135373 

160 13.0 160 135374 

I 240 acc. to DIN 1025 part 1 240 13.1 106 135461 

IPE acc. to DIN 1025 part 5 220 9.2 110 135469 

240 9.8 120 135476 

270 10.2 135 135477 

330 11.5 160 135478 

360 12.7 170 135479 

T 120 acc. to DIN 1024 120 13.0 120 135491 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


type! Can be used for pipe slides with a base plate thickness of up to 15 mm. Other cramping sets on request. 

07/09 



Advantages 





point, guidance with and without 

securing against lifting 


applications 

• Can be used for pipe slides 

Cramping sets 

type F 

Data 


Beam section 



[kg] 

thickness 

width 

[mm] 

[mm] 

Part no. 


120 8.0 120 135119 

140 8.5 140 135126 

160 9.0 160 135127 


120 11.0 120 135392 

140 12.0 140 135458 

160 13.0 160 135459 

I 240 acc. to DIN 1025 part 1 240 13.1 106 135462 

IPE acc. to DIN 1025 part 5 220 9.2 110 135463 

240 9.8 120 135465 

270 10.2 135 135467 

330 11.5 160 135480 

360 12.7 170 135482 

T 120 acc. to DIN 1024 120 13.0 120 135492 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


type! Other cramping sets on request. 

5/20 


07/09


Advantages 

Cramping elements 

• Simple and efficient attachment of 

pipe slides to steel girder supporting 

structure, e. g. pipe bridges 

• In combination with pipe slides for 

anchor point, guidance with and 

without securing against lifting 

• All cramping elements are in cast 

steel GS 45 with hot-dip galvanised 

surface 

Type K1 

Type K2 

Data 


Type K1, hot-dip galvanised 


Type K2, hot-dip galvanised 

Thread Version Connection to beam Weight 

Flange thickness S Flange thickness S [kg] 

[min] 

[min] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M12 left 6 20 0.23 113238 1 

M12 right 113241 

M12 0.18 113244 

Note: Other cramping sets on request. 

07/09 



Advantages 

• For high static loading requirements 

in plant construction in 

general 

• For the distribution of heavy loads 

when mounting pipes with very 

large distances between fixing 

centres 

• Rounded off ends 

• Material S235JR acc. to 

DIN 17 100 approved for operating 

temperatures up to 300 °C 

Pipe clamps acc. to DIN 3567 

form A 

Data 


acc. to 

DIN 3567, 

Form A 

For pipe 

outer Ø 

d1 

[mm] 

Nom. 

size 

untreated 

W37-OR 

Part no. 

hot-dip 

galvanised 

W37-OF 

V2A 

WA2 

Pack 

size 

[pieces] 

Dimensions 

[mm] 

V4A 

WA4 a b c s d2 

Accessories: 

Hexagon 

head bolts 

20 15 115466 115463 126682 126684 1 57 30 15 5 11,5 M 10 x 30 

22 115478 115475 126692 126694 59 

25 20 115493 115490 126700 126702 62 

27 115508 115505 126708 126710 66 

30 25 115771 115768 126720 126722 68 

34 115792 115789 126732 126734 72 

38 32 115809 115806 126744 126746 76 

43 115827 115824 126756 126758 82 

45 40 115833 115830 126760 126762 84 

49 115840 115837 126764 126766 88 

57 50 115861 115858 126776 126778 104 40 18 6 14 M 12 x 35 

61 115867 115864 126782 126784 108 

77 65 115879 115876 126788 126790 122 

89 80 115890 115888 126792 126794 136 

108 100 115409 115406 126646 126648 172 50 24 8 18 M 16 x 45 

115 115415 115412 126650 126652 178 

133 125 115427 115424 126656 126658 196 

140 115433 115430 126660 126662 204 

159 150 115442 115439 126664 126666 222 

169 115448 115445 126670 126672 232 

191 175 115454 115451 126674 126676 254 

194 115460 115457 126678 126680 258 

216 200 115472 115469 126688 126690 280 

220 115487 115481 126696 126698 284 

267 250 115502 115499 126704 126706 342 60 30 8 23 M 20 x 50 

273 115514 115511 126712 126714 348 

318 300 115780 115777 126724 126726 392 

324 115786 115783 126728 126730 398 

356 350 115797 115795 126736 126738 432 

368 115803 115800 126740 126742 444 

407 400 115815 115812 126748 126750 498 70 36 10 27 M 24 x 60 

419 115821 115818 126752 126754 510 

508 500 115846 115843 126768 126770 600 

521 115852 115849 126772 126774 614 

Material Identifier clamp Surface Identifier clamp 


V2A stainless steel WA2 hot-dip galvanised OF 

V4A stainless steel WA4 primer coated OG 

Note: Two identical half shells are supplied 

per clamp ordered. Associated bolts 

and nuts must be ordered separately. 

5/22 


07/09


Advantages 

U-bolts acc. to DIN 3570 

form A 

• For simple pipe attachment in 

industry and plant construction 

• Standard material S235JR (St37) 

acc. to DIN 17100 approved for 

operating temperatures up to 

300 °C 

Data 

U-bolts acc. 

to DIN 3570, 

form A 

For pipe 

outer Ø 

d1 

[mm] 

Nom. 

size 

DN 

untreated 

W37-OR 

hot-dip 

galvanised 

W37-OF 

Part no. 

galvanised 

W37-OV 

V2A 

WA2 

V4A 

WA4 

Pack 

size 

[pieces] 

Dimensions 

[mm] 

b d3 e h1 

20 15 124789 124786 131880 124709 124712 10 35 M10 35 65 

22 124795 124792 131881 124718 124721 

25 20 124801 124798 124804 124724 124727 40 M10 40 70 

27 124810 124807 124813 124730 124733 

30 25 124822 124819 124825 124736 124739 40 M10 48 76 

34 124838 124835 124841 124742 124745 

38 32 124847 124844 124851 124748 124751 50 M10 56 86 

43 124857 124854 124860 124764 124767 

45 40 124866 124863 124869 124770 124773 50 M10 62 92 

49 124875 124872 124878 124776 124780 

57 50 124956 124953 124959 124896 124899 50 M12 76 109 

61 124964 124962 124967 124902 124905 

77 65 124973 124970 124976 124908 124911 50 M12 94 125 

89 80 124982 124979 124985 124914 124917 50 M12 106 138 

108 100 125039 125036 125042 124988 124991 60 M16 136 171 

115 125047 125045 125050 124994 124997 

133 125 125058 125055 125061 125000 125003 1 60 M16 164 191 

140 125067 125064 125070 125006 125009 

159 150 125076 125073 125079 125012 125015 60 M16 192 217 

169 125085 125082 125088 125018 125021 

191 175 125094 125091 125097 125024 125027 60 M16 218 249 

194 125103 125100 125106 125030 125033 

216 200 113135 113132 113138 125112 125115 70 M20 248 283 

220 113150 113147 113153 125118 113111 

267 250 113162 113159 113165 113114 113117 70 M20 302 334 

273 113171 113168 113177 113120 113123 

318 300 113141 113225 113144 113126 113129 70 M20 352 385 

324 113231 113228 113234 113183 113186 

356 350 113240 113237 113243 113189 113192 70 M24 402 435 

368 113249 113246 113255 113195 113198 

407 400 113261 113258 113264 113201 113204 70 M24 452 487 

419 113270 113267 113273 113207 113210 

508 500 113282 113279 113285 113213 113216 70 M24 554 589 

521 113291 113288 113297 113219 113222 



V2A stainless steel WA2 hot-dip galvanised OV 

V4A stainless steel WA4 galvanised OG 

Note: U-bolts are supplied excluding nuts 

and washers. Order separately if required. 

07/09 



Advantages 

Guide angles 

• Guide angle for welding on (customer 

scope) to the supporting 

structure for guidance and to prevent 

lifting for pipe slides 

• Individual applications in combination 

with all pipe slides 

• Two versions available 

L 

B 

 

H 

S 

Data 

Version Identifier Dimensions Weight 

H L B S 

[kg] 

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 

Part no. 

Guide angles L-30 W37-OR 20 100 30 4 0.15 108999 2 

L-40 W37-OR 40 0.18 109000 

Pack size 

[pieces] 



Note: Guide angles are always supplied as pairs in untreated condition. Corrosion protection is the responsibility of 

the customer. 

Hexagon head bolts 

DIN 933 

Hexagon head 

bolts 

DIN 933 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

galvanised 

SG 

Part no. 

hot-dip galvanised 

SF 

Version 

Part no. 

V2A stainless steel 

SA2 

Part no. 

V4A stainless steel 

SA4 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M10 30 105575 105573 105568 105570 50 

M12 35 105633 105631 105627 105629 

M16 45 105677 105676 105674 105675 

M20 50 105711 105710 105708 108709 25 

M24 60 105720 105719 105717 105718 25 

5/24 


07/09


Hexagonal nuts 

DIN 934 

for pipe clamps acc. to DIN 3567 


DIN 934 


galvanised 

SG 


SF 

[pieces] 

M6 105484 – 100 

M8 105498 – 

M10 105433 105431 

M12 105447 105445 

M16 105460 105459 

M20 105469 105468 25 

M24 – 105473 

07/09 


Notes 

5/26 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


MPC support channels 6/1-6/4 

MPR support channels 41/41 6/32-6/33 

MPC support channels H-profiles 6/5 

MPR QUICK fasteners, for 41/41 6/34-6/35 

MPC wall hanger brackets 6/7-6/9 

MPR mounting angles, for 41/41 6/36 

MPC diagonal struts 6/10 

MPR clamp brackets, for 41/41 6/36 

MPC wall hanger brackets 

with lateral slot 

6/11 

MPR protection caps, for 41/41 6/36 

MPC wall hanger supports 6/12-6/13 

MPR cross channel connectors, for 41/41 6/37 

MPC QUICK fasteners, 


6/14 

MPR girder cleats, for 41/41 6/38 

MPC QUICK fasteners, 


6/15 

MPR saddle supports, for 41/41 6/39 

MPC hammer-head fasteners 6/17-6/18 

Channel connectors 6/40-6/41 

MPC hammer-head bolts 6/19 



Construction brackets 6/43 

MPC clamp brackets 6/20, 6/21 

Mounting angles 6/44 


Mounting angles, short 6/45 


Angle and 

T-connection plates 

6/46 


Cross connection plates 6/47 


Lateral angles 6/48 

MPC saddle supports 6/25 

StaboFix ® fixing system 6/50-6/52 

MPC VARIO-saddle supports 6/26 

StaboFix ® pliers 6/53 

MPC mounting angles 6/27-6/28 

StaboFix ® clamps 6/53 

MPC cross channel connectors 6/29 

StaboFix ® bolts 6/53 


StaboFix ® drilling screws 6/53 

MPC girder supports 6/31


Advantages 


• Quick and efficient attachment of 

pipe sections and multiple pipe 

runs 

• Also ideal as support structure for 

air ducts 

• Variety of erection possibilities for 

wall-mounted installations and 

shelves in combination with extensive 

range of system components 

• Scale marks on the sides and on 

the side with the slot simplify the 

alignment of the attachment elements 

during the installation and 

facilitate the measuring and cutting 

to length of the section locally on 

site 

• For secure fixing that is adjustable 

laterally and vertically 

• High flexural stiffness due to the 

good cross-section design 

• For setting up structures with the 

correctly measured static loads by 

means of diverse connection components 

• Suitable vibration control elements 

for all support channels 

• Clean-cut appearance by the use 

of protection caps 

Data 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Section 

Channel length 

[mm] 

MPC support channels, galvanised 129876 1 27/18 L 2000 

07/09 



Advantages 




runs 


air ducts 











site 












Section 27/18 

Section 28/30 

Data 

MPC support channels, 

galvanised 

Section 38/24 

Section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

27/18 1,000 129883 1 

2,000 129911 

6,000 130003 

28/30 2,000 118590 

4,000 118822 

6,000 118994 

38/24 2,000 129913 

6,000 130010 

6/2 


07/09


Advantages 




runs 


air ducts 











site 












Section 38/40 

Section 39/52 

Data 


galvanised 


certified 

Section 40/60 

Section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

38/40 2,000 129917 1 

3,040 129945 

4,000 129964 

6,000 130011 

39/52 6,000 130015 

40/60 2,000 129921 

3,040 129946 

4,000 129965 

6,000 130020 

07/09 



Advantages 




runs 


air ducts 







• Scale marks on the sides and on the 

side with the slot simplify the alignment 

of the attachment elements 

during the installation and facilitate 

the measuring and cutting to length 

of the section locally on site 






Data 


certified 


galvanised 

Section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

40/80 6,000 130024 1 

6/4 


07/09


Advantages 


H-profiles 



runs 

• Ideal combination of high flexural 

stiffness and ease of installation 

• Channel slots on both sides allow 

simple and quick alignment of all 

suspended and floor-mounted pipe 

supports 

• Ideal for space-saving support 

structure for multiple pipes 

between ceiling joists 


air ducts 






the sides with the slots simplify the 





site 





Section 38/80 

Section 40/120 

Data 


certified 


galvanised 

H-section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

38/80 2,000 129870 1 

4,000 129872 

6,640 129874 

40/120 6,640 129875 

07/09 



Data 


Technical data for the sections: 

Section 

Available 

rail nuts 

Section 

weight 

Section 

crosssection 

Moment of inertia Resistance moment Max. allowable point load 

capacity 

Iy Iz Wy Wz F [kN] [cm] 

[kg/m] [cm 2 ] [cm 4 ] [cm 4 ] [cm 3 ] [cm 3 ] 

27/18L M8, M10 0.50 0.58 0.25 0.79 0.27 0.59 1.40 7 

27/18 M8, M10 0.60 0.72 0.31 1.00 0.33 0.74 1.70 7 

28/30 M8, M10 1.16 1.42 1.52 2.16 0.99 1.54 2.50 12 

38/24 M8, M10 

M12, M16 

38/40 M8, M10 

M12, M16 

39/52 M8, M10 

M12, M16 

40/60 M8, M10 

M12, M16 

40/80 M8, M10 

M12, M16 

38/80 

H-section 

40/120 

H-section 

M8, M10 

M12, M16 

M8, M10 

M12, M16 

Max. load capacities [N]: 

1.19 1.40 1.07 3.72 0.79 1.96 2.20 10 

1.82 2.28 4.60 6.34 2.30 3.33 5.00 15 

2.80 3.45 11.07 10.10 4.26 5.18 6.70 20 

3.50 4.62 19.10 14.07 6.36 7.03 8.30 23 

4.68 5.82 40.73 18.18 10.18 9.09 8.30 23 

3.64 4.56 27.42 12.67 6.85 6.66 5.00 15 

7.00 9.24 121.32 28.00 20.22 13.90 8.30 23 

Section L [m] L [m] L [m] L [m] 

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 

27/18L 343 167 71 – 257 98 – – 172 70 – – 143 55 – – 

27/18 420 204 86 – 315 120 – – 210 86 – – 175 67 – – 

28/30 1,264 627 413 240 948 470 260 141 632 313 186 101 526 261 146 79 

38/24 1,008 499 308 165 756 374 181 96 504 249 129 69 420 208 102 54 

38/40 2,939 1,463 967 718 2,204 1,097 725 440 1,469 731 483 315 1.224 609 403 248 

39/52 5,445 2,712 1,796 1,335 4,084 2,034 1,347 1,001 2,722 1,356 898 667 2,269 1,130 748 556 

40/60 8,131 4,051 2,685 1,997 6,098 3,038 2,014 1,498 4,065 2,025 1,342 998 3,388 1,688 1,118 832 

40/80 13,021 6,494 4,310 3,212 9,766 4,870 3,232 2,409 6,511 3,247 2,155 1,606 5,426 2,706 1,796 1,338 

38/80 

H-section 

40/120 

H-section 

8,759 4,366 2,895 2,156 6,556 3,277 2,171 1,616 4,579 2,183 1,477 1,078 3,649 2,183 1,206 894 

25,862 12,903 8,517 6,395 19,396 9,677 6,428 4,796 12,931 6,451 4,285 3,197 10,776 5,376 3,571 2,664 

Note: You will find max. load capacities of the sections 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 38/80 and 40/120 for larger 

spans in the “Technical information” section. 

6/6 


07/09


Advantages 


• Also ideal as cantilever support 


• The strong base plate ensures a 

high load carrying capacity 

• The oblong holes in the base plate 

allow easy height adjustment of 

the bracket 

• Variety of lengths covers all construction 

requirements 

• Can be used as cantilever bracket 

for air ducts and cable trays 

• Can be used in combination with 

saddle support and channel support 

brackets as a cross-member 

for fixing pipes in shafts and ducts 

• Solid wall bracket for fittings and 

equipment 

• 38/80 section is ideally suitable for 

double-sided installation of pipe 

sections due to double channel 

slots 



Data 


certified 

from 38/40, up to 720 mm long 

Sections 27/18, 28/30, 38/40 and 

40/60 

Section 38/80 

MPC wall hanger 

brackets, 

galvanised 

Section 

Bracket length 

L [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


H1 b s C V 

27/18 200 118562 1 120 40 4 80 11 x 19 

300 118656 120 40 4 80 11 x 19 

500 118888 120 40 4 80 11 x 19 

28/30 240 118602 120 40 4 80 11 x 19 

400 118771 120 40 4 80 11 x 19 

38/40 160 118518 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

240 118604 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

320 118704 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

400 118775 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

480 118849 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

560 118908 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

640 119006 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

720 119050 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

800 119072 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

1,040 118453 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

40/60 560 118940 200 100 8 155 13 x 30 

640 119029 200 100 8 155 13 x 30 

800 119090 200 100 8 155 13 x 30 

1,040 118465 200 100 8 155 13 x 30 

38/80 400 118807 200 100 8 155 13 x 30 

800 119087 200 100 8 155 13 x 30 

07/09 



Data 



Bracket 

Section Length L [mm] max. allowable load [N] 

27/18 200 526 263 263 175 

300 350 143 175 116 

500 163 50 76 49 

28/30 240 1,317 658 658 439 

400 787 393 393 262 

38/40 160 4,597 2,298 2,298 1,532 

240 3,062 1,531 1,531 1,020 

320 2,294 1,147 1,147 764 

400 1,832 916 916 610 

480 1,524 762 762 508 

560 1,304 612 652 434 

640 1,138 467 569 379 

720 1,009 367 504 336 

800 905 296 444 287 

1,040 549 171 257 166 

40/60 560 3,613 1,806 1,806 1,204 

640 3,156 1,578 1,578 1,052 

800 2,514 1,242 1,257 838 

1,040 1,918 727 959 639 

38/80 400 5,465 2,732 2,732 1,821 

800 2,711 1,355 1,355 903 

Note: At the stated values, the max. admissible steel stress sadm. = 160 N/mm 2 and the max. admissible deflection 

L/150 is not exceeded, taking its own weight into consideration. 

6/8 


07/09


Advantages 

• Wall hanger bracket with robust, 

rounded-edge base plate for the 

mounting of support channels 

• Clip-over edges of the base plate 

for good appearance 

• Robust cantilever construction due 

to support from diagonal strut 

• Variety of set lengths covers all 

constructional requirements 

• Simple height adjustment by fitting 

in the channel slot 




for fitting to support channels 

Data 


40/60, for channel support 

fitting, galvanised 

For sections 

40/60, 

40/80, 

and 

40/120 


L [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


H1 b s C V 

560 118401 1 200 49 4 154 13 x 30 

640 118405 200 49 4 154 13 x 30 

800 118413 200 49 4 154 13 x 30 

1,040 118397 200 49 4 154 13 x 30 

Note: See MPC wall hanger brackets, section 40/60, for load-bearing capacity. 

Note: When fitting in the channel slots, the max. recommended shear and tensile loads for the attachments 

(e. g. MPC hammer-head bolts) must be observed. 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC diagonal struts 

• Quick mounting due to pre-fitted 

double rail nuts 

• With clip-over edges for the wall 

hanger bracket 

• Oblong holes at the side allow the 

positioning of MPC support channels 

38/40 with slot at the side 

• Diagonal strut also be used for the 

direct wall-mounting of wall hanger 

brackets 38/40, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80 and 40/120 

Data 

Fitting the the bracket and 

diagonal strut in the support 

channel slot 

Max. recommended load F [N] 

Directly mounted 


2,500 6,000 

MPC diagonal struts, 

galvanised 

For sections Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

38/40, 40/60 

40/80, 38/80 and 40/120 

129790 1 

6/10 


07/09


Advantages 

• Ideal as cantilever support structure 

for riser pipes 





the bracket 




for fixing pipes in shafts and ducts 


for supporting air ducts 

• Fixing in the side slot of the support 

channel allows simple alignment 

of parallel pipelines 


with lateral slot 

Data 

MPC wall hanger 

bracket, with lateral slot, 

galvanised 

Section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

27/18 600 119156 1 

28/30 400 119142 

38/40 240 119138 

480 119148 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC wall hanger supports 

• For wall-fixing of air-conditioning 

units where no vibration damping 

is required 

• Efficient mounting due to preassembled 

parts 

• MPC support channels cut-tolength 

and with holes on the rear 

side and fitted with protection 

caps 

• Various bracket lengths available 

(depending on device type) 

• Simple height adjustment of the 

brackets due to sliding hammerhead 

bolts 

• Variable setting for the fixture 

spacings on the bracket due to rail 

nuts 

Data 

1 complete kit consists of: 

– 2 MPC 38/40 support channels 

520 mm long 

– 2 MPC wall hanger brackets 38/40 

– 6 Protection caps for 38/40 section 

– 4 Hammer-head bolts M10/30 

– 4 Flat washers 8.5 x 36 x 2 mm 

– 4 Rail nuts M8 for 38/40 section 

– 4 Hexagon head bolts M8/20 

– 4 Clamp brackets M10 for 

38/40 section 

MPC wall hanger supports, without vibration control, 

galvanised 


L [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

480 113538 1 1 kit 

560 113544 

640 113547 

Note: Maximum recommended loading (set): 1,500 N. 

6/12 


07/09


Advantages 

• For the vibration dampened fixture 

of equipment such as ventilation 

and air conditioning devices, 

pumps, household water tanks etc 

to the wall 

• Efficient mounting due to preassembled 

parts 

• MPC support channels cut-tolength 

and with holes on the rear 

side and fitted with protection 

caps 

• Various bracket lengths available 

(depending on device type) 

• Simple height adjustment of the 

brackets due to sliding hammerhead 

bolts 

• Variable setting for the fixture 

spacings on the bracket due to rail 

nuts 


17 dB (A) due to DÄMMGULAST ® 

resilient pads 

MPC wall hanger supports 

vibration controlled 

Data 


1 complete kit consists of: 

– 2 MPC 38/40 support channels 

520 mm long 

– 2 MPC 38/40 wall hanger brackets 

– 4 DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pads 

43 x 11 mm 

– 6 Protection caps for 38/40 section 

– 4 Hammer-head bolts M10/30 

– 4 DÄMMGULAST ® washers 

8.5 x 28 mm 

– 4 Flat washers 8.5 x 28 x 1 mm 

– 4 Rail nuts M8 for 38/40 section 

– 4 Hexagon head bolts M8/55 

– 4 M10 clamp brackets 

for 38/40 section 


L [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

MPC wall hanger supports, vibration controlled, galvanised 480 113493 1 1 kit 

Note: Maximum recommended loading (set): 1,500 N. 

560 113511 

640 113517 

Contents 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Time-saving quick fitting in the 

channel slot, even when retro-fitted 

between existing pipe sections 

• Simple and secure handling: insert 

in the MPC support channels - 

turn - and the the QUICK fastener 

is fixed. No slipping, no falling out 

• Adjustment marks on the side 

facilitate its positioning in the support 

channel 

• Reduction in the installation effort 

due to integral threaded pin in various 

lengths 

• Threaded pins are secured against 

unscrewing 

• Subsequent height adjustment of 

the threaded pin facilitates corrections 

to the installation 

• Suitable for all MPC support channel 

sections 27/18 to 40/120 



For sections 27/18 and 28/30 For sections 38/24 to 40/120 

Data 


certified 

M10 


with external thread, galvanised 

For 

sections 

27/18 

and 

28/30 

38/24 

to 

40/120 

Connection 

thread 

Usable thread 

length 

L [mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 7 30 120890 100 

25 50 120870 

45 70 120882 

65 90 120886 

M10 30 55 120838 

M8 7 35 120894 50 

30 60 120874 

40 70 120878 

M10 7 35 120846 

25 55 120834 

50 80 120842 

6/14 


07/09


Advantages 


channel slot, even when retro-fitted 

between existing pipe sections 

• Simple and secure handling: insert 

in the MPC support channels - 

turn - and the the QUICK fastener 

is fixed. No slipping, no falling out 



channel 

• High quality and load capacity 

• Suitable for all MPC support channel 

sections 27/18 to 40/120 

• Angle-mounting type for fast and 

efficient installation of brackets 

and mounting angles 



For sections 27/18 and 28/30 For sections 38/24 to 40/120 

For angle mounting 

Data 


certified 

M10 

For sections Connecting thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 




for angle mounting, galvanised 

27/18, 

28/30 

38/24 

to 

40/120 

M8 120858 100 

M10 120822 

M8 120862 100 

M10 120826 

M8 120790 100 

M10 120782 

07/09 



Data 


MPC support 

channels 



Tensile load FZ 

[N] 



transverse load FQ 

(displacement) 

[N] 

For a tightening torque of 

[Nm] 

27/18 M8 1,400 300 10 

M10 1,400 300 10 

28/30 M8 2,100 350 10 

M10 2,100 350 10 

MPC support 

channels 




[N] 





[N] 


[Nm] 

38/24 M8 2,000 500 20 

M10 2,000 500 25 

38/40 M8 2,800 1,000 20 

M10 2,800 1,000 25 

39/52 M8 3,300 1,000 20 

M10 3,300 1,000 25 

40/60 M8 4,000 1,000 20 

M10 4,000 1,000 25 

40/80 M8 4,000 1,000 20 

M10 4,000 1,000 25 

38/80 M8 2,800 1,000 20 

M10 2,800 1,000 25 

40/120 M8 4,000 1,000 20 

M10 4,000 1,000 25 

6/16 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC hammer-head fasteners 

• For time-saving, efficient fixing 

of pipe clamps to MPC support 

channels 

• Practical assortment of lengths for 

the professional 

• For insertion at any point into the 

slot of channel support sections 

27/18 and 28/30 

• Lateral adjustment at any time, 

allows perfect alignment of the 

pipeline after installation 

• Various lengths and thread diameters 

can be combined within the 

same channel 

Data 


certified 

M10–M12 

MPC hammer-head 

fasteners 

For sections Connecting thread Length 

[mm] 

27/18 

and 

28/30 

38/24 

to 

40/120 

Usable thread length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 20 7 115129 100 

30 15 115152 

40 25 115166 

50 35 115175 

60 45 115178 

70 55 115181 

80 65 115190 

90 75 115193 

100 85 115113 

120 105 115116 

140 125 115119 

160 145 115122 

180 165 115125 

M10 35 18 115104 

M8 25 7 115056 50 

35 20 115074 

40 25 115080 

50 35 115092 

80 65 115101 

100 85 115035 

120 105 115038 

140 125 115041 

160 145 115044 

180 165 115047 

M10 35 18 114990 

55 35 114999 

80 60 115002 

100 80 114963 

120 100 114966 

140 120 114969 

160 140 114972 

180 160 114975 

M12 35 15 115014 

07/09 



Data 


MPC support 

channels 

Max. allowable 

channel point load 

capacity 

[N] 




[N] 

Hammer-head fastener 




[N] 

For a tightening 

torque of 

[Nm] 

27/18 1,700 M8 1,000 400 10 

M10 1,700 1,200 30 

28/30 2,500 M8 1,000 400 10 

M10 2,500 1,200 30 

MPC support 

channels 



capacity 

[N] 



tensile load FZ 

[N] 





[N] 


torque of 

[Nm] 

38/24 2,200 M8 1,000 600 20 

M10 2,200 800 30 

38/40 5,000 M8 2,500 1,000 20 

M10 2,800 1,200 30 

M12 5,000 1,800 40 

39/52 6,700 M8 3,000 850 20 

M10 3,300 1,200 30 

M12 6,700 1,800 40 

40/60 

40/80 

8,300 M8 3,500 1,000 20 

M10 4,000 1,200 30 

M12 8,300 1,800 40 

38/80 5,000 M8 2,500 1,000 20 

M10 2,800 1,200 30 

M12 5,000 1,800 40 

40/120 8,300 M8 3,500 1,000 20 

M10 4,000 1,200 30 

M12 8,300 1,800 40 

6/18 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC hammer-head bolts 

• For time-saving, efficient attachment 

to MPC support channels 

• Ideal for fitting channel constructions 

and connecting elements 

• Suitable for sections 38/24, 38/40, 

39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 38/80, and 

40/120 

• For direct insertion in the channel 

slot – even between the attachment 

bolts 

Data 


certified 

M10–M12 

MPC support 

channels 




capacity 

[N] 



[N] 




[N] 


torque of 

[Nm] 

38/24 M8 2,200 2,200 600 20 

M10 2,200 800 30 

M12 2,200 1,000 40 

38/40 

and 

38/80 

M8 5,000 5,000 1,000 20 

M10 5,000 1,500 30 

M12 5,000 1,800 40 

39/52 M8 6,700 6,700 1,000 20 

M10 6,700 1,500 30 

M12 6,700 1,800 40 

40/60, 

40/80 

and 

40/120 

M8 8,300 8,300 1,000 20 

M10 8,300 1,500 30 

M12 8,300 1,800 40 


bolts 

Connection thread/Length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8/30 20 115340 50 

M10/30 19 115298 

M12/30 17 115316 

07/09 



MPC rail nuts 

for MPC support channels and wall 

hanger brackets, galvanised 

MPC support channels Thread Length x Width x Height 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

27/18 and 28/30 M8 21.5 x 14.0 x 5 120043 100 

38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 

M8 30.0 x 11.5 x 6 118067 

40/60, 40/80, 38/80 

33.0 x 23.0 x 6 118040 

and 40/120 

M10 33.0 x 23.0 x 6 117968 

M12 33.0 x 23.0 x 6 117986 

M16 33.0 x 33.0 x 9 117998 25 

MPC clamp brackets 

for MPC support channels and wall 

hanger brackets, galvanised 


certified 

≥ M10 

MPC support channels For thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

27/18 and 28/30 M8 114439 100 

M10 114503 

38/24, 38/40 

M8 114447 

and 38/80 

M10 114450 

39/52, 40/60, 40/80 

M8 114471 

and 40/120 

M10 114474 

M12 114477 

M16 114459 25 

6/20 


07/09



heavy-duty 

for MPC support channels and wall hanger brackets to transfer large forces, 

galvanised 

MPC support channels For thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80 and 40/120 

M10/M12 114557 25 

MPC protection caps 

for MPC support channels and wall hanger brackets 

MPC support channels Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

27/18 106000 25 

28/30 106002 

38/24 106004 

38/40 and 38/80 106006 

39/52 106007 

40/60 and 40/120 106008 

40/80 106009 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC channel connectors 

• Quick butt-end connection for 


• Enables exact alignment of the 

channels 

• Four bolts provide a frictional joint 

• Problem-free fitting by sliding into 

the channel section 

• Also available in a heavy-duty version 

for greater loads: 

• positive-fit connection by 

through fitting connection 

by means of threaded 

pins or hexagon head bolts 

and hexagonal nuts 

• with 4 elongated holes, 

adapted to the hole pattern of 

the MPC support channels 

Data 

For MPC support channels Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 


MPC channel connectors, galvanised 27/18 and 28/30 120060 1 148 25 

38/40, 39/52 and 40/60 120076 152 40 

L 

b 

6/22 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC reinforcement angles 

• Ideal as support for wall hanger 

brackets 38/40 where transverse 

forces occur 

• Suitable for wall, ceiling and floor 

mounting 

• Provides further mounting facilities 

for angular fitting and junctions 

with MPC support channels 

• 2 connecting screws and rail nuts 

are included in the supply 

• Suitable for: 

• Support of wall hanger 

bracket 38/40 

• As angular fitting and junction 

support for all MPC 


Data 

MPC reinforcement angles, 

galvanised 

With MPC rail nuts 

for sections 

38/24, 38/40, 41/41, 39/52, 40/60, 

40/80, 38/80 and 40/120 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

129797 1 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC channel support brackets 

• Ideal for the fixing of MPC support 

channels as cross members in 

shafts and ducts 

• For the connection of two channels 

at right angles where the section 

slots do not have the same 

alignment 



the MPC channel support bracket 

• Can be used as floor or ceiling 

mounting for vertical MPC support 

channels 

• Supplied with two clamping bolts, 

ready fitted 

MPC channel support bracket, 

crosswise 


lengthwise 

Data 


crosswise 


lengthwise 

MPC channel support brackets, 

crosswise, galvanised 

MPC channel support brackets, 

lengthwise, galvanised 


[pieces] 


b1 V L1 

27/18 and 28/30 129627 10 24 11 x 9 50 

38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80 129631 30 33 

27/18 and 28/30 129618 24 2 

38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80 129623 30 2 

6/24 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC saddle supports 

• Simple assembly of strong crossmembers 

using MPC support 

channels 

• Ideal for cramped installation conditions 

in shafts and ducts 


allow simple alignment of the 

flange 

• Good load support due to the high 

bending stiffness of the saddle 

connection 

• The ideal connecting element for 

channel section structures 

• Version for 38/80 section with torsion-resistant 

support surrounding 

the channel from both sides 

MPC saddle support, crosswise 

MPC saddle support, lengthwise 

Data 


certified 

38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80 

Fitted with double rail nut 

MPC saddle support, lengthways, for 

38/80 section 

MPC saddle support, crosswise 

MPC saddle supports, 


MPC saddle supports, 


Double rail nuts, M10 

thread, galvanised 

MPC saddle support, lengthwise 

MPC saddle support, lengthways, for 

38/80 section 



[pieces] 

A B b s L L1 C 

27/18 and 28/30 129648 1 125 40 30 5 70 84 11 x 19 

38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80 129649 136 50 42 6 90 95 13 x 25 

27/18 and 28/30 129633 114 50 30 5 70 73 11 x 19 

38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80 129638 144 70 42 6 90 103 13 x 25 

38/80 129645 200 100 42 8 90 155 13 x 25 

38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 38/80 117944 10 

and 40/120 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC VARIO-saddle supports 

• The problem-solver when connecting 

MPC support channels to 

inclined surfaces 

• Variable angle adjustment possible 

during installation 

• Simple and quick installation due 

to pre-fitted double rail nut 

• Fixing to the slot in section 38/40 

of support channels is possible in 

all directions 

• Ideal for fitting to inclined roof 

trusses, vaults and in round cable 

shafts 

Fitting of a pipe run to a inclined roof 

truss 

Data 

Pipes installed on an MPC wall 

hanger with diagonal strut 

Installation of a support frame in 

vaults or round cable channels and 

shafts 

Completely pre-assembled, comprising: 

– 1 MPC VARIO-saddle support 

– 1 MPC double rail nut 

– 2 MPC hexagonal head bolts M10 

– 2 Washers 

MPC VARIO-saddle supports, 

galvanised 

For MPC support 

channels 

38/40, 39/52, 

40/60 and 40/80 

Minimum angle Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

20° 

129660 

1 

6/26 


07/09


Advantages 

• Diverse installation benefits in the 

setting up of section-based structures 

for the fixing of pipelines and 

air ducts 

• Creation of rigid angled connections 

without welding 

• Also for direct mounting on walls, 

ceilings or floors 

• Variable fitting possibilities due to 

elongated holes 

• Versatile in use, e. g. as 

• Angular support bracket 

• Angular load-bearing bracket 

• Connection element 

• Angular bracket 

• Solid fixing element in the construction 

of wall-mounted installations 

and shelves using MPC support 

channels 

• A multi-purpose component for 

professional, practical installation 

solutions 

MPC mounting angles 

for MPC support channels 27/18 and 28/30 

Data 

MPC mounting angles, 45°, 

galvanised 

MPC mounting angles, 90°, 

galvanised 


[pieces] 

27/18 and 28/30 118753 10 

118797 

07/09 



Advantages 




air ducts 





• Variable fitting possibilities 









channels 



solutions 


for support channel sections 38/24 to 40/120 

Data 

MPC mounting angles 45°, galvanised, complete with 2 

washers and 2 hexagonal head bolts M10 

For MPC support channels 

38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 

40/60, 40/80, 

38/80 and 40/120 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

118769 10 

6/28 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC cross channel connectors 

• The easy-to-install connection fitting 

for setting up structures with 

the correctly designed static loads 

using MPC support channels 

• Greater flexibility when setting up 

structures made from channels 

• The stirrups have been drilled 

to allow the section slots to be 

aligned in 4 directions 

• For cross-connections in wallmounted 

installations and shelves 

made from MPC support channels 

• For non-twist attachment to building 

structure 

For 28/30 and 38/40 sections 

For 40/60, 38/80 and 40/120 sections 

Data 

For 28/30 and 38/40 sections For 40/60, 40/80, 38/80 and 40/120 

sections 

MPC cross channel 

connectors, galvanised 

For channel 

section 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


A H B C D L H1 

28/30 118243 10 31 31 25 80 9 104 13 

38/40 118246 41 41 40 80 10.5 110 18 

40/60 118316 41 62 40 80 10.5 110 – 

40/80, 38/80 118276 41 82 40 80 10.5 110 – 

40/120 118284 41 122 40 80 10.5 110 – 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC girder cleats 

• The ideal solution for fixing MPC 

system support channels to steel 

girders 

• Fixing to the girder without welding 

or drilling 

• Allows subsequent adjustment of 

the channels along and across the 

girder 

• Suitable for all flange thicknesses 

of common girders 

• Easy to install, pre-assembled kit 

• The regulation fixing of suspended 

loads from girder sections 

• Approved by the VdS with M8 or 

M10 threads for 38/40 or 40/60 

sections 

Data 

M8 and M10 

For MPC channel section Thread max. permitted 

Loading/pair [N] 

27/18 and 28/30 M6 2,800 

38/24 and 38/40 M8 5,400 

39/52 and 40/60 M8 6,000 

38/40, 39/52 and 40/60 M10 10,400 

38/80, 40/80 and 40/120 M10 8,750 

MPC girder 

cleats, galvanised 

For channel 

section 


[pieces] 


B C A H L H1 L2 

27/18 and 28/30 M6 130281 1 60 80 37 18 43.8 29 27.8 

38/24 and 38/40 M8 130283 70 80 48 17 38.2 24.5 27.2 

39/52 and 40/60 M8 130284 70 100 48 17 38.2 24.5 27.2 

38/40, 39/52 and M10 130273 80 100 50 18.5 39.7 24.5 30.7 

40/60 

40/80, 38/80 M10 130274 80 125 50 18.5 39.7 24.5 30.7 

40/120 M10 130277 80 180 50 18.5 39.7 24.5 30.7 

6/30 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC girder supports 

• Ideal for fixing pipework and electrical 

systems to steel girders 


or drilling 

• Firmly seated due to the 3‐point 

load transfer 

• Lock washer for a secure hold in 

the channel section during the 

installation 

• Simple fixing of pipelines by 

means of hammer-head fasteners 

• Can be adapted in situ to all girder 

widths by the length of the channel 

section 

Data 

For girder flange width B 

Min. 90 mm to max. 350 mm 

B 

Max. recommended loading F 

850 N 

Length L of the channel section 

L = B – 25 mm 

F 

F 

MPC girder supports, 

galvanised 


[pieces] 

27/18 or 28/30 130286 10 

Note: Larger spans are possible, but at reduced loads. 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPR support channels 41/41 



runs 


air ducts 













site 

Data 






• Meshing into the channel slot for 

positive-fit attachment of add-on 

parts 

• Strong, square C-section channel 

combines compact design with 

optimum load-bearing capacity 


certified 

F30 - F120 

MPR support channels, 

galvanised 

Section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

41/41 1,000 105253 1 

2,000 105254 

3,000 105255 

4,000 105256 

6,000 130048 

6/32 


07/09


Data 

MPR support channels 


Section 

Available 

QUICK 

fasteners 

Section 

weight 

Section 

crosssection 


capacity 



41/41 M8 

M10 

M12 

2.97 3.71 7.65 11.37 3.65 5.48 6.0 20 



0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 

41/41 4,670 2,320 1,540 1,139 3,499 1,743 1,152 733 2,333 1,161 768 526 1,944 967 640 413 



07/09 



Advantages 


• The versatile QUICK fastener for 

all common channel sections with 

skewing in the channel slot 

• Simply turn in the slot – click and 

it's ready 

• For channels with a material thickness 

of 2 to 3 mm 

• Can be used for slot widths of 

20 mm and greater 

• Gives a secure hold once it has 

been turned, remains adjustable till 

the screw is tightened 

• Gives a secure hold even in vertical 

channel slots 

• Toothed profile on the attachment 

ensures positive-fit in the the 

toothed channel sections 

• Suitable for MPR support channels 

41/41 

Data 

MPR QUICK fasteners for angle 

mounting 


certified F90 

for 41/41 section support channel 

MPR QUICK fastener 

Connecting thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

MPR QUICK fasteners, galvanised M8 120907 100 

M10 120898 

M12 120902 

MPR QUICK fasteners for angle mounting, 

galvanised 

M8 120806 

M10 120798 

6/34 


07/09


Data 



FQ 

FQ 

MPR support 

channels 




[N] 


Max. recommended transverse 

load FQ (displacement) 

[N] 


[Nm] 

41/41 M8 6,000 3,000 30 

M10 

M12 

Mounting instructions 

Insert the MPR QUICK fastener in 

the channel slot 

Rotate the MPR QUICK fastener by 

90° 

Position the MPR QUICK fastener in 

the channel 

Screw the threaded pin into the MPR 

QUICK fastener and lock in place 

with a hexagonal nut. Then fit the 

pipe clamp 

07/09 



Advantages 




air ducts 













and shelves using MPR support 

channels 



solutions 

MPR mounting angles 


Data 

For support channels Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

MPR mounting angles, 45°, galvanised 41/41 118781 10 

MPR clamp brackets 

heavy-duty 

for MPR support channels to transfer large forces, galvanised 

For MPR support channels For thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

41/41 M8, M10, M12 114489 25 

MPR protection caps 

for MPR support channels 

MPR support channels Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

41/41 106011 25 

6/36 


07/09


Advantages 




using MPR support channels 








made from MPR support channels 


structure 

MPR cross channel connectors 


Data 

MPR cross channel 

connectors, galvanised 

For MPR channel 

section 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


A H B C D L H1 

41/41 118332 10 42.5 44 40 81.5 10.5 111.5 – 

07/09 



Advantages 

• The ideal solution for fixing MPR 


girders 


or drilling 



girder 






MPR girder cleats 


Data 

MPR girder cleats, 

galvanised 

For channel 

section 


[pieces] 



41/41 M10 130279 2 80 80 52 18.5 39.7 24.5 30.7 

6/38 


07/09


Advantages 


using MPR support 

channels 





flange 



connection 



MPR saddle supports 


MPR saddle support, crosswise 

MPR saddle support, lengthwise 

Data 

MPR saddle support, crosswise 

MPR saddle support, lengthwise 

MPR saddle supports, 


MPR saddle supports, 


For MPR support channels Part no. Pack size 


[pieces] 


41/41 129649 1 136 50 42 6 90 95 13 x 25 

41/41 129638 144 70 42 6 90 103 13 x 25 

07/09 



Advantages 




channels 


• Positive fit connection between 

channel and connector (through-fit 

installation) 

• Also available in double length for 

heavy-duty connections 

Channel connectors 

heavy-duty type 

Data 

Channel connectors, heavy-duty type, 

galvanised 


[pieces] 

38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80, 40/120 and 41/41 


L b 

120136 1 160 50 

6/40 


07/09


Advantages 

• Channel connector in heavy, stable 

design for secure connection of 


• Positive-fit connection thanks to 

max. 8x threaded union 

• Special long guidance of the connected 

support channels ensures 

a high level of protection against 

lateral deflection 

• Oblong holes in the channel connector 

compensate for tolerances 

when installing 

Channel connectors 

heavy-duty type, double length 

Data 

Channel connectors, heavy-duty type, 

double length, galvanised 


[pieces] 

38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80, 40/120 and 41/41 


L b 

134833 1 320 50 

07/09 



Advantages 

Cantilever brackets 


when used with MPC support 

channels 

• Can be fitted to ceiling, wall and 

floor, free-standing or in a shaft 

• Reinforces and increases the load 

capacity of channel structures and 

cross-members 

• Even greater strength can be 

achieved by bolting two together 

two equal-sided cantilever brackets 

• The strong support bracket for 

water meters, distributor manifolds, 

pumps and many other 

items 

Cantilever bracket 207 x 160 Cantilever bracket 200 x 200 

Data 

Cantilever bracket 207 x 160 Cantilever bracket 200 x 200 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Cantilever brackets, galvanised 207 x 160 x 4 113610 1 

Cantilever brackets, 

equal-sided, galvanised 

Type 1 200 x 200 x 4 113628 

Type 2 200 x 200 x 6 113643 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

6/42 


07/09


Advantages 

Construction brackets 


the construction of cross-members, 

frames and shelving systems 

• Great variety of mounting possibilities 


channels 

• Results in rigid junction and angle 

connections 

• For any arrangement of channel 

opening 

• For direct mounting on ceilings, 

walls and floors or for installation 

with MPC support channels as: 

• Angular support brackets 

• Angular load-bearing brackets 

• Floor supports 

• Junction brackets 

• Cross connections 

• Transverse support angles 

• Support angles 



Data 

Type 1 Type 2 

Construction brackets, galvanised 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Type 1 200 x 125 x 4 113598 1 

Type 2 280 x 164 x 4 113601 

07/09 



Advantages 




air ducts 














channels 



solutions 

Mounting angles 

for support channel sections 38/24 to 40/120 

Data 

Mounting angles, 90°, galvanised 38/24, 38/40, 39/52, 

41/41, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80 and 40/120 


[pieces] 

118808 10 

6/44 


07/09


Advantages 

• Creation of rigid structures without 

welding 

• High flexibility and easy mounting 

• Strong and economical connecting 

element for the construction of 

frames, shelves and supports for 

wall-mounted installations 

• Exact adjustment to the widths of 



short 

Data 

Mounting angles short, 90°, galvanised 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 

40/80, 38/80 and 41/41 


[pieces] 

118820 10 

07/09 



Advantages 

Angle and T-connection plates 

• Simple and quick connection of 

angles and T-connections 

• Strong connection elements for 

frames and wall-mounted installations 

using the MPC system components 

• The mounting plates allow frame 

construction in one plane in which 

the channel slots have the same 

alignment 

• Good adaptation to channel 

widths; the corners remain free in 

frame constructions 

• Quick and simple fitting together 

with the MPC QUICK fastener for 

angled fitting 

• Hole spacings allow through-bolt 

installation using the MPC support 

channels 

Angle plate 

T-connection plate 

Data 

Angle plate 



[pieces] 

Angle plates, galvanised 38/40, 39/52, 41/41, 40/60, 127840 10 

T-connection plates, galvanised 40/80, and 38/80 

130297 

6/46 


07/09


Advantages 

Cross connection plates 

• Cross connection plate for connecting 

up to four MPC support 

channels in one plane 

• When connecting via the rear perforation 

of the MPC support channels 

the channel slot remains free 

in all directions and enables fast 

installation of add-on parts 

• Ideal connection element for creating 

subconstructions for ceiling 

suspensions 

Data 

Cross connection plates, galvanised 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80, 40/120 and 41/41 


[pieces] 

113778 1 

07/09 



Advantages 

Lateral angles 

• Practical connecting elements for 

the construction of frames, shelves 

and wall-mounted installations 

using MPC/MPR support channels 

• Creation of rigid connections without 

welding 

• Versatile installation capability for 

stable joint and angle connections 


• With a suitable combination of elements, 

junctions with up to four 

exit directions can be made 

• Great flexibility – a large variety 

of connections can be made with 

only a few components 

• Quick and simple fitting together 

with the MPC/MPR QUICK fastener 

for angled fitting 

Lateral angle, right 


Lateral angle, left 


Data 

Lateral angle, double-sided 


Lateral angles right, 90°, galvanised 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80 and 41/41 

Lateral angles left, 90°, galvanised 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80 and 41/41 

Lateral angles double-sided, 90°, galvanised 38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 40/80, 

38/80 and 41/41 


[pieces] 

123068 10 

123060 

123048 

6/48 


07/09


Examples of 

installations 

Lateral angle and T-connection plates 




Shelving using MPC support channels 

- junction point with connections 

in 2 directions 







Frame construction, consisting of 

MPC support channels, MPC wall 

hanger brackets, mounting angles, 

short, and connection plates 

07/09 



Advantages 

StaboFix ® fixing system 

• High flexibility due to versatile 

range of applications in front of 

and in the wall, in wall recesses, 

penetrations as well as in supply 

shafts 

• Simple folding on site can bring 

the the StaboFix ® sections into the 

desired form 

• The StaboFix ® retaining plate can 

be simply and quickly clipped onto 

the sections and enables the fixing 

of non-twisting and centred wall 

discs 

• Trouble-free fixing of all common 

sanitary systems, keeping to the 

standard sanitary measures by 

means of a special hole template 

in the section 

• Simple height adjustment of 

syphon bends or cross-running 

pipes by means of StaboFix ® 

clamps and threaded pins 

• Pipe clamps with connection 

threads M8 and M8/M10 can 

be simply and quickly fixed with 

StaboFix ® bolts 

• All system components are perfectly 

matched to each other 

and reduce the amount of effort 

required in installation 

• High quality and strength of the 

components 

• Effective installation due to the 

basic assortment of installation 


StaboFix ® retaining plate 

For the simple, fast and secure fixing 

of pipe clamps with connection 

threads M8 and M8/M10 

StaboFix ® sections 

For the fixing of syphon bends and 

cross-running pipes – simple height 

adjustment 

Data 

StaboFix ® retaining plate 

StaboFix ® sections 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

StaboFix ® sections, galvanised 2,000 x 50 x 3 129076 10 

StaboFix ® retaining plates, 

galvanised 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

75 x 55 129073 5 

6/50 


07/09


Advantages 


• Practical basic assortment in the 

robust, handy metal carrying case 

• Orderly access to the items is 

possible due to the well laid-out 

arrangement of the case 

• StaboFix ® pliers contained in the 

case 

• The ideal solution on site, no loose 

parts lying around 

• Compact case size of 400 x 300 x 

90 mm 

• Also available as economy kit: the 

full StaboFix ® plumbers case plus 

20 StaboFix ® sections 

StaboFix ® plumbers case 

StaboFix ® economy set 

Data 

Contents of a StaboFix ® plumbers 

case: 

–– 

1 StaboFix ® pliers 

–– 

10 StaboFix ® retaining plates 

–– 

10 StaboFix ® clamps 

–– 

30 StaboFix ® bolts M8 short 

–– 

30 StaboFix ® bolts M8 long 

–– 

100 StaboFix ® drilling screws 

4.2 x 16 

–– 

100 StaboFix ® drilling screws 

4.8 x 19 

–– 

50 Threaded pins M8 x 40 

–– 

50 Threaded pins M8 x 60 

–– 

100 Washers for M8 

–– 

100 Hexagon nuts M8 

Part no. 

StaboFix ® plumbers cases 129068 1 

StaboFix ® economy sets 

(1 StaboFix ® plumbers case 

+ 20 StaboFix ® sections) 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

130587 1 

07/09 



Application 

examples 


Installation in a shaft: 

Double-sided bolted installation with 

two pipe clamps and a threaded pin 

M8 or M10 for the fixing of parallel 

pipes 

Installation in a shaft: 

With the StaboFix ® M8 bolt, pipe 

clamps are fitted in no time 

Wash basin installation: 

Installation in tight wall recesses 

Wash basin installation: 

Everything fitted to the exact dimensions 

Installation in a wall: 

Washing machine waste pipe 

Wall-mounted installation: 

Wall-mounted installation with 

StaboFix ® together with MPC channel 

supports 

6/52 


07/09


StaboFix ® pliers 

With minimum effort you can bend the StaboFix ® sections with the pliers 

on site to the shape that you want. Bending angles of 90° and more are no 

problem. 

Part no. 


StaboFix ® pliers 129070 1 

StaboFix ® clamps 

For the safe and quick fixing of threaded pins for pipe clamp fitting. The simple, 

stepless height adjustment enables an exact alignment of cross-running 

pipelines. 

For thread Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

StaboFix ® clamps, galvanised M8 129075 25 

StaboFix ® bolts 

For the simple, fast and secure fixing of pipe clamps with connection threads 

M8 and M8/M10. 

StaboFix ® bolts, 

galvanised 

For pipe clamps with 

connection threads 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 M8 x 8 129078 100 

M8/M10 M8 x 13.5 129077 

StaboFix ® drilling screws 

With pozidriv cross-head for fitting to the StaboFix ® retaining plate. 

StaboFix ® drilling screws, 

galvanised 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

4.2 x 16 129071 100 

4.8 x 19 129072 

07/09 


Notes 

6/54 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 



Duct fixing brackets 7/3-7/4 


Duct joint clamps 7/6 


Glazing tapes 7/8 

Foam rubber 7/8 

Sealing tapes 7/9 

Cold shrink tapes 7/9

Ventilation 

Advantages 

Duct clamps 

• Two-part single bossed clamp with 

welded-on M8 connecting nut or 

M8/M10 comb-nut (for pipes of 

224 mm dia. and more) 

• Manufactured to suit round air 

duct dimensions 




• Locking screws with combi-cross 

slit head convenient for screwdrivers 

and captive washer up to 

nominal pipe size of 400 mm; M10 

hexagon screws for pipe sizes 

from 450 mm and upwards 




of the clamp 




vibration improvement of 

around 18 dB(A) 

Duct clamps, 

galvanised 

Connecting thread Nominal pipe 

Part no. 

Pack size 

diameter without lining 

with 

[pieces] 

[mm] 


M8 50 115609 115255 100 

63 115615 115267 

71 115624 115277 

80 115630 115286 

90 115636 115293 

100 115509 115302 

112 115515 115305 

125 115527 115308 

140 115539 115311 50 

150 115545 115314 

160 115551 115317 

180 115557 115320 

200 115563 115324 

M8/M10 224 115657 115327 

250 115663 115330 

280 115669 115333 

300 115672 115336 

315 115678 115338 

355 115681 115341 

400 115687 115344 

450 115690 115347 As required 

500 115693 115350 

560 115696 115353 

600 115699 115356 

630 115704 115360 

710 115710 115363 

800 115716 115365 

900 

1,000 

1,120 

... 

... 

Note: We produce duct clamps in all other pipe 

sizes and types according to your specifications. 

07/09 


Ventilation 

Data 

Vibration 

control 

Duct 


Maximum recommended loading: 500 N 

Duct clamps, 

galvanised 

Nominal pipe 

diameter 

[mm] 



b x s V B H H1 B b1 h H1 

80 25 x 1.5 M6 125 54 96 134 28 58 105 

90 25 x 1.5 M6 135 59 106 144 28 63 115 

100 25 x 1.5 M6 146 64 117 152 28 69 126 

112 25 x 1.5 M6 158 70 129 164 28 75 139 

125 25 x 1.5 M6 171 77 142 177 28 81 151 

140 25 x 1.5 M6 186 84 157 192 28 89 166 

150 25 x 1.5 M6 196 89 167 202 28 94 176 

160 25 x 1.5 M6 206 94 177 212 28 99 186 

180 25 x 1.5 M6 226 104 197 232 28 109 206 

200 25 x 1.5 M6 246 114 217 252 28 119 226 

224 25 x 2.5 M6 272 131 247 281 28 136 256 

250 25 x 2.5 M6 298 144 273 307 28 149 282 

280 25 x 2.5 M6 328 159 303 337 28 164 312 

300 25 x 2.5 M6 349 170 324 358 28 174 333 

315 25 x 2.5 M6 364 177 339 373 28 182 348 

355 25 x 2.5 M6 404 197 379 413 28 202 388 

400 25 x 2.5 M6 449 220 424 458 28 224 433 

450 25 x 2.5 M10 515 245 474 521 28 248 480 

500 25 x 2.5 M10 565 270 524 571 28 273 530 

560 25 x 2.5 M10 625 300 584 631 28 303 590 

600 25 x 2.5 M10 665 320 624 671 28 323 630 

630 25 x 3.0 M10 696 335 655 702 28 338 661 

710 25 x 3.0 M10 776 375 735 782 28 378 741 

800 25 x 3.0 M10 866 420 825 872 28 423 831 

7/2 


07/09

Ventilation 

Advantages 

Duct fixing brackets 

• For vibration-isolated suspension 

of round and rectangular air ducts 

• DÄMMGULAST ® spring element 

integrated into the duct fixing 

bracket 


16 dB(A) 

• Ideal adaptation to all duct diameters 

and cross-sections due to 

pre-determined bending points 

• Simple attachment to the air duct 

with rivets or self-drilling screws 

• Suspension of the duct fixing 

bracket from threaded rods or 

directly fixed to the structure is 

possible 

• Versatile use, e. g. to trapezoidal 

corrugated metal sheeting for the 

suspension of MPC support channels 

Data 


Maximum recommended loading: 230 N 

variable 

variable 

Duct fixing brackets, 

with insulator, galvanised 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

116516 25 

07/09 


Ventilation 

Application 

examples 

Duct fixing brackets 

Rectangular duct fixed to the ceiling with duct fixing 

brackets, threaded rods and steel anchors 

Air duct suspended form the ceiling with duct fixing 

bracket, steel tape or punched tape 

Direct attachment to trapezoidal corrugated steel sheet 

with a duct fixing bracket 

Vibration damped attachment of a MPC system support 

channel to a wide trapezoidal corrugated sheet with a 

duct fixing bracket 

Note: 

The basis for efficient prevention of structure-borne vibration.is the highly-elastic DÄMMGULAST ® spring element. 

Installation is carried out in the usual way with threaded rods. This eliminates the possibility of a vibration coupling 

between air pipe or air duct and the structure. The duct fixing bracket is attached to the air pipe or duct section 

with rivets or self-drilling screws. 

7/4 


07/09

Ventilation 

Advantages 

Duct fixing angles 

• Easy-to-install suspension for air 

ducts 

• Integral highly-elastic vibrationisolating 

element 

• Excellent alignment and height 

adjustment via the threaded rods 

• Professional design as angle and 

twin angle 

• Variety of attachments to the air 

duct with rivets, self-drilling screws 

or bolts up to M8 in the oblong 

hole 

• Direct attachment to building 

structure is possible 


17 dB(A) 

Duct fixing angle 

Duct fixing twin-angle 

Data 



loading [N] 

Vibration reduction 

on average by [dB(A)] 

Type I 230 16 

Type II 800 17 


Type I 


Type II 


Type I 


Type II 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Duct fixing angles with isolator Type I 116579 100 

Type II 116635 50 

Duct fixing twin-angles with 

Type I 116543 100 

isolator 

Type II 116546 50 

Rubber washers, separate 12 x 24 x 6 mm 113094 100 

12 x 24 x 4 mm 113092 

Note: Duct fixing angles and twin-angles can also be supplied in other lengths. 

07/09 


Ventilation 

Advantages 

Duct joint clamps 

• Simple and fast flange connection 

for large cross-section ducts and 

high pressure conditions 

• No pre-clamping or drilling 

required 

• Supplied with hexagon head bolt 

already inserted 

• High load capacity due to reinforcing 

rib 

• Recommended spacing 300 - 

400 mm as a rule. For ducts with 

a side-length of less than 800 mm, 

one clamp per side is to be fitted 

Data 

Hexagon head 

bolts 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


A B C D s 

Duct joint clamps, galvanised M8/20 mm 116570 100 35 20 17 23 3.0 x 30 

116576 31 23 17 20 4.0 x 30 

Duct joint clamps V2A 116567 33 18 14 23 3.0 x 30 

7/6 


07/09

Ventilation 

Self-drilling screws 

with hexagonal head, for the attachment of air pipes, ducts, spiral-seam 

pipes, etc. 

G 

13 

S 

Sheet thread 

G [mm] 

Length 

[mm] 

Screw head Ø 

[mm] 

Spanner size 

S [mm] 

Part no. 

galvanised 

Part no. 

V2A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

4.2 13 8.5 7 106661 106660 500 

16 106663 106699 

19 106665 106694 

22 106666 – 

4.8 13 10 8 106668 – 

16 106670 – 

19 106671 – 

38 106672 – 

5.5 32 10.5 106673 – 

6.3 16 12.7 10 106674 – 

25 106675 – 

32 106676 – 

45 106677 – 

4.2 13 9 7 106662 – 6,000* 

4.8 10 8 106669 – 

*) 12 boxes of 500 pieces in a carton. 

07/09 


Ventilation 

Advantages 

Glazing tapes 

• Closed-pore polyethylene tape 

• Exceptionally good adhesion 

• Ideal for sealing in air duct installations 

• One-sided self-adhesive, protected 

with PE film 

• Colour: black 

• Free of plasticizer 

• Tension-reinforced with fibre 

inserts 

Data 

Sealing tape, 

self-adhesive, reinforced 

Width 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 


[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Content 

[Roll] 

12 4 20 127493 1 1 

15 127499 1 1 

Advantages 

Foam rubber 

• Closed-pore natural rubber tape 

• Suitable for sealing of air ducts 

• Resistant to temperatures from 

-40 °C to +80 °C 

• One-sided self-adhesive, protected 

with PE‐film 

• Colour: black 

• Resistant to dilute acids and alkalis, 

paraffin and spindle oil 

Data 

Width 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 


[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[rolls] 

Foam rubber, self-adhesive 10 5 10 128567 1 1 

15 5 128569 

24 3 128571 

Content 

[Roll] 

7/8 


07/09

Ventilation 

Advantages 

Sealing tapes 

• Tear-resistant, ductile, soft PVC 

adhesive tape 

• For permanently sealing vent lines 

and fresh-air channels 

• Non-aging, natural rubber adhesive 

with high adhesive strength 

and shear resistance 

• Colour: silver grey 

Data 

Width 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 


[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Sealing tapes, silver grey 50 0.14 25 116513 1 1 

Content 

[Roll] 

Advantages 

Cold shrink tapes 

• Self-adhesive 

• For permanently sealing vent lines 

and fresh-air channels 

• Reliably bonds and seals metal, 

plastic, masonry, concrete and 

wood 

• For wind-proof, steam-proof bonding 

of film 

• The carrier is a tear-resistant 

aluminium polyester composite 

coated with a cold sealing butyl 

rubber adhesive 

Data 

Width 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 


[m] 

Part no. 

Cold shrink tapes 50 0.62 10 112895 24 

Pack size 

[Rolls] 

07/09 


Notes 

7/10 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


Hexagon wood screws 8/1, 8/2 

Girder clamps 8/12-8/13 


Supporting angles 8/14 



Shoulder pins 8/3 

Hanger brackets 8/15 



Threaded pins 8/4, 8/5 


Hex connectors 8/5 

Bolts with nuts 8/18 


Pozidriv recessed head bolts 8/18 

Parallel couplings 8/6 

Cylinder head screws 8/18 

Turnbuckles 8/6 

Screws 8/19 

Eye bolts 8/7 


Reducers 8/7 

Hexagonal nuts, self-locking 8/20 

Reducing connectors 8/7 


Socket adapters 8/8 

Washers 8/21, 8/22 

Socket adapters from pipe thread to 

metric thread 

8/8 

Cap nuts 8/22 

Hanger sockets with inner thread 

and reinforcement ring 

8/8 

Protection caps 8/22 


Power hooks 8/22 

Eye bolts with metric thread 8/9 

Gas-meter fixing kits 8/23 

Base plates 8/9, 8/10 


Threaded pipes 8/11 

Radiator mounting angles 8/24 

Washer bolts 8/11

Accessories 

Hexagon wood screws 


DIN 571, galvanised 

Diameter 

[mm] 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

6 40 105355 200 

6 45 105356 200 

6 50 105358 200 

6 55 105359 200 

6 60 105362 200 

6 65 105416 200 

6 70 105363 200 

6 80 105364 200 

6 90 105365 100 

6 100 105351 100 

6 110 105352 100 

6 120 105353 100 

8 30 105388 200 

8 35 105389 200 

8 40 105390 200 

8 45 105391 200 

8 50 105395 200 

8 55 105396 200 

8 60 105400 100 

8 65 105401 100 

8 70 105404 100 

8 80 105406 100 

8 90 105407 100 

8 100 105379 100 

8 110 105381 50 

8 120 105383 50 

10 30 105328 100 

10 45 105329 100 

10 50 105331 100 

10 60 105333 50 

10 70 105336 50 

10 80 105338 50 

10 90 105339 50 

10 100 105321 50 

10 110 105322 50 

10 120 105323 50 

10 130 105325 50 

10 140 105327 50 

12 40 105344 50 

12 50 105345 50 

12 60 105346 50 

07/09 


Accessories 


galvanised 

Thread 


[mm] 

Wood thread 

length [mm] 

Spanner size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

H7 50 30 12 105375 100 

70 42 12 105376 

80 48 12 105377 

100 60 12 105366 

120 72 12 105368 

130 78 12 105369 

140 84 12 105370 

150 90 12 105372 

170 102 12 105373 

Bolt screws 

for fastening to wooden ceilings or for use with nylon plugs, galvanised 

Connecting 

thread 

Overall 

length [mm] 

Wood thread 

Wood thread 

length [mm] 

Metric thread 

length [mm] 

Spanner size Size TX‐drive Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 50 H6 37 11 – – 129687 100 

80 H6 47 30 – – 129693 

M8 50 H7 30 10 6 T25 129714 

60 H7 30 20 6 129717 

80 H7 37 30 6 129725 

100 H7 50 40 6 129694 

120 H7 62 50 6 129702 

140 H7 62 50 6 129706 

160 H7 62 50 6 129708 

180 H7 62 50 6 129709 

200 H7 62 50 6 129710 

M10 60 H9 37 20 – 129678 

80 H9 47 20 8 129680 

100 H9 57 30 8 129666 

120 H9 57 50 8 129668 

140 H9 57 50 8 129670 

160 H9 57 50 8 129672 

180 H9 57 50 8 129674 

200 H9 57 50 8 129675 

220 H9 57 50 8 129676 

M12 100 H10 57 25 10 T30 129681 

120 H10 57 40 10 129682 

160 H10 57 40 10 129683 50 

8/2 


07/09

Accessories 

Slot bolts 

with wood thread, galvanised 

Thread 

Shaft length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Oblong hole 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

H6 50 84 6.5 x 13 114451 100 

Shoulder pins 

galvanised 

Thread 


[mm] 

Length of short thread 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 21 7 106313 100 

26 7 106314 

Threaded rods 

galvanised 

Thread 

Length 

[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 1 113603 100 

2 113612 50 

M8 1 113639 

2 113651 25 

3 113660 10 

M10 1 113467 25 

2 113486 

3 113495 10 

M12 1 113513 20 

2 113525 

3 113534 10 

M16 1 113549 

2 113561 

3 113567 5 

M20 1 113579 1 

2 113582 

07/09 


Accessories 

Threaded pins 

galvanised 


Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 20 114149 100 

30 114184 

40 114211 

50 114223 

60 114241 

70 114253 

80 114262 

90 114271 

100 114115 

110 114118 

120 114128 

140 114137 

160 114140 

180 114143 

M10 25 113762 

35 113792 

55 113825 

80 113858 

100 113699 

120 113714 

140 113723 

160 113729 

180 113744 

M12 25 113942 

55 113983 

80 114001 

100 113882 

130 113900 

150 113915 

M16 60 114058 25 

120 114016 

160 114031 

250 114046 

8/4 


07/09

Accessories 

Threaded pins with left and right-hand threads 

for turnbuckles, galvanised 


Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 50 114226 100 

M10 60 113840 

M12 70 113992 

150 113921 

M16 210 114040 50 

Advantages 

• Robust, galvanised, threaded pipe 

coupling with hexagonal section 

and a cross hole 

• For VdS-conformant pipe supports, 

in accordance with form 

VdS 2100 

• For the extension and joining of 

threaded rods and pins 

• Two check holes provided for 

verifying the required screw-in 

depth of the threaded ends 

Hex connectors 

with side hole (VdS-conformant) 

Data 

Hex connector with side hole VdSconformant, 

verzinkt 


[pieces]] 

Hole 

diameter 

D 


L [mm] 

Spanner size 

M8 105417 100 5 24 13 

M10 105418 30 17 

M12 105319 50 36 19 

M16 105419 25 48 24 

Manufactured to order. Delivery time about 5 working days after clarification of order and depending on quantity 

required. 

07/09 


Accessories 

Round connectors 

for joining or connecting threaded items, galvanised 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Outer diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 20 10 113239 100 

30 10 113248 

40 10 113251 

M8 20 11 113254 

30 11 113259 

40 11 113274 

50 11 113283 

M10 30 13 113175 

40 13 113190 

M12 30 15 113196 

40 15 113205 

55 15 113220 

Parallel couplings 

for threaded rods and threaded pins 

For thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 35 120137 100 

M10 35 120141 50 

Turnbuckles 

with left and right-hand threads with safety sight holes, galvanised 

Connecting thread Overall length 

[mm] 

Adjustment range 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 50 30 125025 100 

M10 60 40 125007 50 

M12 70 50 125013 

M16 170 120 125019 25 

8/6 


07/09

Accessories 

Eye bolts 

forged, galvanised 

Thread 

Thread length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Hole diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 L 115 167 8.5 120181 100 

M8 R 115 167 8.5 120184 100 

Reducers 

galvanised 

Outer thread Inner thread Spanner size Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 M8 13 113494 100 

M10 13 113491 

M8 M6 13 113506 

M10 13 113509 

M12 17 113503 

M10 M6 13 113462 

M8 13 113468 

M12 17 113456 

M16 24 113459 50 

M12 M8 13 113482 100 

M10 13 113474 

M16 24 113477 50 

M16 M10 19 113485 

M12 19 113488 

Reducing connectors 

galvanised 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6/M8 30 Hexagonal SW 13 113441 100 

M8/M10 40 17 113444 

M8/M12 40 17 113447 

M10/M12 40 17 113434 

07/09 


Accessories 

Socket adapters 

galvanised 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

M8– 1 /2" 38 26 130314 50 

M10– 1 /2" 38 26 130312 

M12– 1 /2" 38 26 130313 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Socket adapters 

adapter from pipe thread to metric thread, galvanised 

(see also chapter “Anchor points/expansion points”) 

Connecting thread Pipe thread Overall length 

[mm] 

Thread length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

M10 1 

/2" 52 10 123596 1 

72 30 123612 

3 /4" 60 10 123600 

M12 3 /4" 60 10 123604 

85 35 123608 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Hanger sockets with inner thread and reinforcement ring 

with round hole, galvanised 

Thread 

Hole diameter 

[mm] 

Max. permitted tensile 

load [N] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 8.5 3,200 106600 100 

M10 10.5 4,400 106597 

M12 13 4,400 106598 

8/8 


07/09

Accessories 

Slot bolts 

with metric thread, galvanised 

Thread 

Thread length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Oblong hole 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 30 77 8.5 x 25 114454 100 

Eye bolts with metric thread 

forged, galvanised 

Thread 

Thread length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Hole diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 20 52 8.5 120053 100 

M10 22 61 10.5 120041 

Base plates with nut 

with two oblong holes, galvanised 

Size 

L x b x s [mm] 

Size 1 

(80 x 30 x 3) 

Size 2 

(120 x 40 x 4) 

Connecting nut 

Oblong holes V 

[mm] 

Hole-centre spacing 

C [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 9 x 16 54 112407 10 

M10 9 x 16 54 112395 

M12 9 x 16 54 112401 

M8 11 x 19 80 112467 

M10 11 x 19 80 112451 

M12 11 x 19 80 112459 

M16 11 x 19 80 112463 

07/09 


Accessories 

Base plates with combi-nut 


Size 


Size 1 

(80 x 30 x 3) 

Connecting nut with 

dual-thread 


[mm] 


C [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8/M10 9 x 16 54 112397 10 

Base plates with connection socket 


Size 


Size 1 

(80 x 30 x 3) 

Size 2 

(120 x 40 x 4) 

Connection socket 


[mm] 


C [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1 /2" 9 x 16 54 112389 10 

1 /2" 11 x 19 80 112435 

3 /4" 11 x 19 80 112443 

Base plates 

welded around 

Size L x b x s 

[mm] 

Size 2 

(120 x 40 x 4) 

Connection socket Oblong holes V 

[mm] 


C [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1 

/2" 11 x 19 80 112807 10 

3 /4" 11 x 19 80 112809 

1" 11 x 19 80 112805 


with four attachment holes, galvanised 

Size 


Size 3 

(100 x 60 x 4) 

Connection socket Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

1 /2" 112825 10 

3 /4" 112829 

1" 112817 

8/10 


07/09

Accessories 

Threaded pipes 

galvanised 

Thread 

Length 

[m] 

Part no. 

1 /2" 2 113390 1 

3 

/4" 2 113426 

1" 2 113375 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Washer bolts 

galvanised 

Thread 


[mm] 

Wood thread 

length [mm] 

Spanner size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

H8 50 30 13 117793 100 

70 42 13 117799 

07/09 


Accessories 

Advantages 

• For the flexible attachment of 

Hangers to inclined girders and 

flanges 

• The problem solver for hangers 

that cannot be attached using 

conventional girder clamps 

• Easy fitting using a hex. head 

clamping screw 

• Joint can be rotated through 360° 

• High loading capability 

• Approved by the FM and VdS for 

the suspension of sprinkler lines 

from girders inclined at an angle of 

up to 25° 

a 


type Lindapter FLS 

Data 

APPROVED 

for M10–M12 G 4000008 

Size Max. allowable load [N] Tightening torque 

Deflection angle 

[Nm] 

a ≤ 25° 

25° ≤ a ≤ 45° 

VdS + FM 

M8 2,500 1,500 18 

M10 2,500 1,500 18 

Girder clamps with 

joint, type Lindadapter 

FLS, galvanised 



[pieces] 

M S max. L H A 

M8 130262 1 M8 17 55 53 27 

M10 130261 M10 

8/12 


07/09

Accessories 

Advantages 


• For fixing pipework, air ducts and 

sprinkler systems to steel girders 


or drilling 

• Subsequent alignment on the 

girder is possible 

• For suspension via threaded pins 

and threaded rods for the attachment 

of pipe clamps or crossmembers 

made from MPC support 

channels 

• High load capacity 

• Quick, subsequent height adjustment 

of the threaded rods at the 

non-threaded through-hole 

• Approved by VdS 

• Sizes for M10 and for M12 with 

FM approval 

• Also available with internal thread 


The girder clamp with clearance hole allows speedy and efficient installation 

when suspending pipes from steel girders. To fasten the pipe clamp, a 

threaded rod with locknut is inserted into the unthreaded clearance hole of 

the girder clamp and held in place by screwing a nut on to the upper end. 

The pipe clamp can be pre-mounted on the threaded rod. 

Unlike the girder clamp with female thread, a height adjustment of the 

assembled pipework can also be made after the pipe has been installed. 

The threaded rod can be moved freely upwards in the clearance hole without 

screwing. There is therefore no risk that a screwing motion will loosen 

the connection between the rod and the pipe clamp. The rod is then fixed 

in position by tightening the locknut. 

Data 

APPROVED 

for M10–M12 

B 

For size 

Max. permitted load [N] 

M8 1,200 

M10 2,500 

M12 3,500 

A 

H 

D 

S 

C 

Note: When fastening pipes greater than DN 65, a safety steel strip must 

be fitted according to VdS certification. 

M 

E 

Girder 


galvanised 

Size of clearance Clamping range Part no. Pack size 


hole for 

S [mm] 

[pieces] A B C D E H M 

M8 3–18 130248 10 21 19 35 9 35 38 8 

M10 0–20 130251 23 21 42 11 41 44 10 

M12 4–26 130257 35 24 54 13 48 58 10 

with internal 

thread 

M8 3–18 130260 21 19 35 M8 35 38 8 

M10 0–20 130252 23 21 42 M10 41 44 10 

M12 4–26 130258 35 24 54 M12 48 58 10 

Safety steel strip, galvanised 

Length 350 mm, material 25 x 3.0 mm 

Part no. 


123485 25 

07/09 


Accessories 

Advantages 

Supporting angles 

• Angle element for heavy-duty 

mounting constructions 

• Fitted with the high-grade vibration 

control of the DÄMMGULAST ® 

resilient pad 

• For suspension of pipework from 

the side of reinforced concrete 

beams 

• As bracket for supporting heavy 

loads close to a wall 

• For supporting cross members in 

confined spaces 

• As substructure for the attachment 

of fittings such as water meters. 

Data 


Supporting angles with DÄMM GULAST ® 

resilient pad, galvanised 

Supporting angles without DÄMM‐ 

GULAST ® resilient pad, galvanised 


loading [N] 


reduction of 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1,000 17 dB(A) 127789 10 

1,650 – 127792 

8/14 


07/09

Accessories 

Advantages 

Trapezoid-sheet hangers 

• For the professional attachment of 

installations to trapezoidal section 

sheet 

• Attachment by means of sealing 

rivets or self-drilling screws to the 

side-stays of the corrugations 

• Easy to adapt to different trapezoidal 

sheet sections due to predetermined 

bending points 

• Round holes in the ends of the 

legs also enable a through-connection 

of M8 or M10 threaded 

rods 

• Available with either unthreaded 

through-hole, welded-on hexagon 

nut or adjusting nut for height setting 

• Approved by the VdS for pipe 

attachment up to DN 50 

Data 


For the attachment to trapezoidal 

corrugated sheeting according to 

the building authorities approval 

Z-14.1-4, sealing rivets Ø 4.0 mm 

AlMg 5 (DIN 1725) or self-drilling 

screws Ø 4.2 mm made of casehardened 

steel shall be used. The 

maximum allowable load according 

to the approval depends on the 

particular trapezoidal sheet thickness. 

Note: Maximum recommended 

loading: 1,300 N. 

Type Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

Trapezoid-sheet hangers, 

M8 130203 25 

with welded-on nut, galvanised 

M10 130200 


Hole Ø 8.5 mm 130205 

with unthreaded through-hole, galvanised Hole Ø 10.5 mm 130204 


M8 130202 

with adjusting nut, galvanised 

M10 130201 

DÄMMGULAST ® washer 107095 50 

Hanger brackets 

for quick hooking-in, with height adjustment, galvanised 

Suitable for threaded rods 

Recommended max. load 

[N] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 to M12 1,200 106350 50 

07/09 


Accessories 

Advantages 

Punched tapes 

• Economical punched tape for simple 

fastening jobs 

• Easy to handle due to versatile 

mounting accessories 

• Can be fitted with DÄMMGULAST ® 

Junior vibration control lning 

Data 

Punched tapes, 

straight edges, galvanised 


corrugated edges, 

galvanised 


plastic coated 

Tape width 

[mm] 

Tensile breaking 

strength [N] 


loading [N] 

17 2,220 740 

12 

17 

25 

19 

27 

1,440 

4,200 

6,750 

3,300 

3,900 

480 

1,400 

2,250 

1,100 

1,300 


straight edges, galvanised 


corrugated edges, 

galvanised 


plastic coated 

Tape width 

[mm] 

Hole diameter 

[mm] 

Hole distance 

[mm] 

Length of 

roll 

[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

17 6.5 11.5 10 114798 1 1 

50 114804 

12 5.5 14.5 10 114807 

17 6.5 20 10 114801 

25 8.5 25 10 114810 

19 6.5 15 10 114786 

27 8.5 15 10 114789 

Content 

[Rolls] 

Note: 50 m length rolls supplied in a practical dispenser case 

8/16 


07/09

Accessories 

Allen bolts with washer 

for metric thread, for installation of MPC system support channels, galvanised 

Thread 

For MPC Support 

Channels 

Thread length 

[mm] 

Free thread 

length [mm] 

Allen bolt spanner 

width [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 27/18, 28/30, 38/24 13 11 6 121083 100 

M10 38/24, 38/40, 

16 14 8 121079 

39/52, 40/60, 40/80 

Allen bolts 

with metric thread, galvanised 

Thread 

Thread length 

[mm] 

Allen bolt spanner width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 13 6 121041 100 

20 6 121051 

25 6 121059 

30 6 121063 

M10 16 8 121014 

25 8 121030 

30 8 121035 

Allen bolts 

with wood thread, for fixing of MPC system support channels with nylon plugs, galvanised 

Thread 

Shaft length 

[mm] 

Allen bolt spanner width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

H6 40 6 120998 100 

70 6 121006 

07/09 


Accessories 

Bolts with nuts 

for fixing of punched tape, galvanised 

Bolts with nuts, 

galvanised 

Thread 

Screw length 

[mm] 

Part no 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M5 15 121159 100 

M6 20 121163 

M8 25 121167 

Washers, 

galvanised 

For thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 127307 100 

M8 127310 

Pozidriv recessed head bolts 

galvanised 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 18 113826 100 

20 113835 

25 113844 

M8 20 113850 

25 113853 

30 113856 

35 113859 

Cylinder head screws 

galvanised 

Thread 

Length 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[mm] 

[pieces] 

M8 14 128658 100 

8/18 


07/09

Accessories 

Screws 



Oval head screw 

IN 964, nickel-plated 

Size Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

M4 x 35 129644 100 

M4 x 45 128646 

M5 x 35 128648 

M5 x 50 128650 

M5 x 60 128652 

M6 x 50 128654 

M6 x 60 128656 

M4 x 35 114765 

M4 x 45 114768 

M5 x 35 114771 

M5 x 50 114774 

M5 x 60 114777 

M6 x 50 114780 

M6 x 60 114783 

07/09 


Accessories 


DIN 933 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 16 105757 100 

20 105763 

25 105770 

30 105777 

35 105781 

45 105789 

55 105794 

60 105797 

75 105798 

85 105802 

M10 20 105560 

25 105565 

30 105575 

35 105585 

40 105590 

55 105600 

60 105605 

80 105609 

90 105612 

100 105545 

120 105547 

M12 25 105621 

30 105626 

35 105633 

60 105647 

80 105653 50 

M16 45 105677 

60 105681 

80 105687 

100 105657 25 


self-locking, DIN 985 


[pieces] 

M6 105525 100 

M8 105531 

M10 105511 

M12 105517 

8/20 


07/09

Accessories 


DIN 934 


DIN 934 


galvanised 

SG 


SF 

[pieces] 

M6 105484 – 100 

M8 105498 – 

M10 105433 105431 

M12 105447 105445 

M16 105460 105459 

M20 105469 105468 25 

M24 – 105473 

Washers 


For thread 


[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 12 1.6 127307 100 

M8 16 1.6 127310 

M10 20 2.0 127277 

M12 24 2.5 127286 

M16 30 3.0 127295 

Washers with larger outer diameter 

for fixing of MPC system support channels, galvanised 

For thread 


[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 24 2.0 127244 100 

36 2.0 127184 

M8 24 2.0 127253 

36 2.0 127214 

M10 24 2.0 127079 

29 2.0 127088 

36 2.0 127121 

M12 36 2.0 127151 

M16 40 3.0 127169 

07/09 


Accessories 

Washers for hanger bracket 

for use with threaded rods 

or threaded pins M8, galvanised 

Dimensions 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

(8.5 x 20.5 x 2) 127232 100 

Cap nuts 

DIN 1587 

Cap nuts 


Thread Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

M8 117119 100 

M10 117060 100 

M12 117069 100 

M16 117080 50 

M20 117086 25 

M24 117089 5 

Protection caps 

for the protection of screw-thread ends, with inner hexagon for pushing onto 

a nut, black 

For hexagonal nuts Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 105994 100 

M10 105996 

M12 105998 

Power hooks 

with internal thread, ideal for suspending heaters, ceiling radiators, ventilators, 

air-conditioners and lighting units, galvanised 


Min. diameter of suspension 

hole [mm] 

Max. permitted 

suspension load [N] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 13 710 113700 1 

M10 11 1,320 113697 

8/22 


07/09

Accessories 

Advantages 

Gas-meter fixing kits 

Gas-meter fixing kits with base plates 

1 Gas-meter fixing kit with 

base plates consists of: 

2 Single bossed clamps with 

DÄMMGULAST ® yellow, 

for pipe diameter 1", 

with connection socket 1/2" 

2 Base plate size 2, 

with connection socket 1/2" 

4 Washer bolts 8 x 50 mm 

4 Claw anchor 8 x 38 mm 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Part no. 

Gas-meter fixing kits with base plates 1 111289 

Note: Order the associated threaded pipe separately, in accordance with 

the customer requirement 

Gas-meter fixing kits OPTIMAL ® 

1 Gas-meter fixing kit 

OPTIMAL ® consists of: 

2 MPC support channels section 27/18, 

200 mm length 

2 Hammer-head for section 27/18, 

M8 x 30 mm 

2 OPTIMAL ® , for pipe diameter 1", 

with connection thread M8 

2 Protection caps for section 27/18 

4 Washer bolts 8 x 50 mm 

4 Claw anchor 8 x 38 mm 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Part no. 

Gas-meter fixing kits OPTIMAL ® 1 111291 

07/09 


Accessories 

Distance angles 

galvanised 

Leg length L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

30 106019 100 

35 106021 

40 106024 

45 106026 

50 106032 

60 106034 

70 106036 

80 106038 

90 106040 

100 106017 

Advantages 

Radiator mounting angles 

• For flat and ribbed radiators 

• Fast and secure installation 

• Can also be used as bracket and 

holder 

• Vertical adjustment of 30 mm possible 

• Horizontal adjustment of 45 to 

65 mm 

• Horizontally adjustable from 65 

to 85 mm if the bracket legs are 

reversed 

• Vibration isolated due to rubber 

inlay 

Data 

Mounting position 

Deformation at 

[N] 

Failure load 

[N] 

Long stay on the wall, slider at the inmost position 700 1,100 

Long stay on the wall, slider at the outermost position 300 650 

Short stay on the wall, slider at the inmost position 450 700 

Short stay on the wall, slider at the outermost position 300 450 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[Pair] 

Radiator mounting angles, galvanised 106484 50 

8/24 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


Steel anchors 9/2 

Nylon plugs 9/23-9/24 

Settin tools for steel anchors 9/2 

Nylon plugs, in plastic box 9/23 

Through anchors 9/3-9/4 

Ventilated-brick plugs 9/25 

Heavy-duty anchors BZ 9/5 

Multi-purpose plugs 9/26-9/27 

Under cut anchors 9/6 

Multi-purpose plugs, in plastic box 9/26 

Settin tools for under cut anchors 9/6 

Plasterboard plugs 9/27 

Claw anchors ® 9/7 

Nail plugs 9/28 

Screws for concrete 9/8-9/11 

PHONEX ® anchors 9/29-9/30 

MPC mounting anchors 


9/12-9/13 

Zykon steel hammerset anchors FZEA 9/31 


Bits for Zykon steel hammerset anchors 

FZEA 

9/32 



9/14-9/15 

Impact mandrels for Zykon steel 

hammerset anchors FZEA 

9/32 


Chemical reaction anchors 9/33-9/34 

Universal expansion anchors 9/16 

Injektions anchors XV 9/35–9/40 

Hollow-core slab ceiling anchors 9/17 

Injektions anchors XV assortment cases 9/41 

Cavity plugs 9/18 


Tension bolts 9/19 

Cartridge guns profi 9/42 

Installation pliers 9/19 

Nylon brushes 9/42 

Cavity plugs assortment cases 9/20 

Drill hole cleaning kits 9/42 

Toggle plugs 9/21 

Sink fastener 9/22 

Toilet fastener 9/22

Anchor plugs 

Anchor plug selection 

Load specifications 

Unless otherwise indicated, all load 

specifications in the MÜPRO product 

data sheets refer to to single anchor 

plugs under a central tensile load. 

Approval 

If, in individual cases, the contractor 

is compelled to use plugs which are 

approved by the construction-supervisory 

authorities and/or European 

technical approval, then the installation 

specifications of the approval 

must also be observed. 

Application 

Application 

Application areas for anchor plugs 

Type 

Steel anchors 

Through Anchor 

Heavy-duty anchor BZ 

Gas concrete under cut anchor 

Claw anchor ® 


MPC mounting anchor 

Universal expansion anchor 

Cavity Plug 

Hollow-core slab ceiling anchor 

Toggle plug 

Nylon plug 

Ventilated-brick plug 

Multi-purpose plug 

Nail plug 

Bolt screw plug 

PHONEX ® anchor 

Chemical reaction anchor 

Injection anchor XV 

Zykon steel hammerset anchor FZEA 

Concrete 

Lime-sand brick 

Solid brick 

Natural stone (hard) 

Perforated brick 

Gas concrete 

Pumice 

Plaster board 

Solid gypsum brick 

Chip board 

Wood 

Trapezoidal sheet 

ceilings 

Prestressed concrete 

hollow-core slab ceilings 


Approved by the construction supervisory authorities / European Technical Approval. 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Steel anchors 

• Secure grip due to controlled 

splaying as the taper is driven in 

• Requires only small drilling depth 

• Flush with the surface of the building 

material 

• Secure expansion force even when 

the mounting screw is loosened 

• European technical approval (ETA) 

for non-cracked and cracked concrete 

(reduced loads) 

• See section “Stainless steel” for 

the stainless steel version 

• In using the setting tool for check 

marking,no test load of the Anchor 

is necessary 

Data 

Application areas: concrete, natural stone (hard) 

APPROVED 

for M10–M12 


certified F90 

Connection 

thread 

Anchor 

length L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Drill 

diameter D 

[mm] 

Usable 

thread 

length L2 

[mm] 

Multiple fixing of nonload-bearing 

systems 

ETA approval 

Drilled 

hole depth 

h1 

[kN] 

Approved 

load 1) 

[kN] 

Non-cracked concrete, 

centrally tensile loaded 

ETA approval 

Drilled 

hole depth 

h0 

[kN] 

Approved 

load 2) 

[kN] 

Steel M6 30 129092 100 8 13 33 0.5 30 3.3 3) 

anchors, M8 30 129093 10 13 33 0.5 30 2.8 3) 

galvanised M8 40 129088 10 20 43 0.8 40 3.6 

M10 40 129089 12 15 44 0.8 40 5.1 

M12 50 129090 50 15 18 54 0.8 50 7.1 

M16 65 129091 25 20 23 71 – 65 10.5 

1) Use as multiple fixing of non-load-bearing systems. The overall safety coefficient according to ETAG is taken into consideration. The European 

Technical Approval shall be observed in dimensioning. 

2) The approved loading applies for single anchors in concrete strength class ≥ C20/25 (B25) for axially applied tension without the influence of axial 

and edge spacings. The safety coefficient according to ETAG is included. The European Technical Approval shall be observed in dimensioning. 

3) Only for use in statically indeterminate systems. 

Please refer to the „Technical information“ chapter for additional plug characteristic values 

Setting tools for steel anchors 

Connection thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Setting tools, hardened M6 123117 1 

Setting tools 

for check marking, 

hardened 

M8 123104 

M8 x 40 123100 

M10 123092 

M12 123096 

M16 123113 

9/2 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 


• Quick handling: Simply insert and 

tighten 

• Practical through-fitting 

• Splaying controlled by the tightening 

torque 

• High security due to increasing 

splaying with increase in load 

• Approval by the building supervisory 

authorities/European technical 

approval (ETA) for non-cracked 

and cracked concrete (reduced 

loads) 

• Galvanised 

• See section “Stainless steel” for 

the stainless steel version 

Data 

APPROVED 

for M10–M12 

Brandschutzgeprüft 

F90 

M8–M16 


APPROVED 



Type Connection thread Clamping thickness tfix 

[mm] 

Overall length L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

St 6-10 M6 10 67 129513 100 

St 6-25 25 82 129514 

St 8-10 M8 10 75 129516 

St 8-20 20 85 129517 

St 8-45 45 110 129519 

St 10-10 M10 10 85 129490 50 

St 10-20 20 95 129491 

St 10-50 50 125 129493 

St 12-20 M12 20 115 129499 25 

St 12-30 30 125 129502 

St 12-65 65 160 129505 

St 12-85 85 180 129506 

St 12-105 105 200 129495 20 

St 12-145 145 240 129496 15 

St 12-160 160 255 129497 

St 12-190 190 285 129498 

St 12-230 230 325 129500 

St 12-260 260 355 129501 

St 16-30 M16 30 150 129511 10 

St 16-80 80 200 129512 

St 16-100 100 220 129507 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Data 


Type 

Drill diameter d 

[mm] 

Drilled hole depth 

[mm] 

Lightweight ceiling cladding and false 

ceilings 

DIBt approval 

Setting depth 

≥ hs [mm] 

Admissible load 1) 

[kN] 

Uncracked concrete 

with central tensile load 

ETA approval 

Setting depth 

hnom [mm] 

Admissible load 2) 

[kN] 

St 6-10 6 55 48 0.8 48 3.6 

St 6-25 

St 8-10 8 65 55 0.8 55 4.8 

St 8-20 

St 8-45 

St 10-10 10 70 60 0.8 60 6.3 

St 10-20 

St 10-50 

St 12-20 12 90 – – 80 11.9 

St 12-30 

St 12-65 

St 12-85 

St 12-105 

St 12-145 

St 12-160 

St 12-190 

St 12-230 

St 12-260 

St 16-30 16 110 – – 100 16.7 

St 16-80 

St 16-100 

1) The approved loading applies for single anchors in concrete strength class ≥ C20/25 (B25) for axially applied tension, lateral load and inclined load 

at any angle. The construction approval of the building inspectorate DIBt shall be observed in dimensioning. 



Please refer to the "Technical information" chapter for additional plug characteristic values 

9/4 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 


• Secure anchorage due to slit 

splaying sleeve with serrations 

• Force-controlled splaying from the 

tightening torque 

• Secure splaying due to taper with 

slide coating 

• European technical approval (ETA) 

for cracked concrete (tensile zone) 

and non-cracked concrete (compression 

zone) 

• Higher loading possible when used 

in the compression zone 

• Also available in stainless steel 

Data 

Brandschutzgeprüft 

F90 

M8–M16 

APPROVED 

for M10–M12 


Type Connection thread Clamping thickness 

tfix [mm] 


[mm] 

Anchor diameter D 

[mm] 


[pieces] 

BZ 8/30 M8 30 95 8 116758 100 

BZ 8/50 50 115 116764 

BZ 10/10 M10 10 90 10 116693 50 

BZ 10/30 30 110 116700 

BZ 10/50 50 130 116706 

BZ 10/75 75 155 116709 

BZ 12/15 M12 15 110 12 116715 25 

BZ 12/50 50 145 116725 

BZ 12/65 65 160 116728 

BZ 12/125 125 220 116712 

BZ 16/140 M16 140 260 16 116737 20 

Type 

Drill diameter 

D 

[mm] 

Drilled hole depth min. 2) 

h1 

[mm] 

Central tensile load 

ETA approval 

Admissible load 1) [kN] 

cracked concrete 


uncracked concrete 

BZ 8/30 8 60 5.7 2.4 

BZ 8/50 8 60 5.7 2.4 

BZ 10/10 10 75 7.6 4.3 

BZ 10/30 10 75 7.6 4.3 

BZ 10/50 10 75 7.6 4.3 

BZ 10/75 10 75 7.6 4.3 

BZ 12/15 12 90 9.5 5.7 

BZ 12/50 12 90 9.5 5.7 

BZ 12/65 12 90 9.5 5.7 

BZ 12/125 12 90 9.5 5.7 

BZ 16/140 16 110 16.7 11.9 



2) Insert the Anchor in the drilled hole up to the setting depth. 


07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Under cut anchors 

• Anchoring without splaying pressure, 

immediately load-bearing 

• High load-bearing capacity due to 

pronounced undercut 

• Simple setting by driving in the 

tapered bolt and the splaying 

sleeve without pilot drilling 

• Can be used in the tensile force 

zone of roof and ceiling panels 


• Galvanised 

Data 

Application areas: porous concrete (gas concrete) 

G 4980083 


APPROVED 


Under cut anchors GBH with external 

thread 

Under cut anchors GBH with internal 

thread 

Type Connecting thread Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

GBH A M8/20 M8 111264 25 

GBH A M10/20 M10 111262 

GBH I M8 M8 111270 

GBH I M10 M10 111266 

GBH I M12 M12 111268 

Connecting 

thread 

Outer thread 

clamping 

thickness 

[mm] 

Thread length 

Inner thread 

screw-in depth 

[mm] 

Minimum 

building 

element 

thickness 

[cm] 

Admissible loads [kN] 

Admissible loads [kN] 

(uncracked gas concrete, compression zone) (cracked gas concrete, tensile 

zone) 

G2 G4 GB3.3 GB4.4 GB3.3 GB4.4 

M8 20 8–13 17.5 0.4 0.8 0.6 0.8 0.6 0.8 

M10 20 10–18 17.5 0.6 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 

M12 –– 12–18 17.5 0.6 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2 


Setting tools 

for under cut anchor 

Setting tools 

Manual hammers 

9/6 

Suitable for Type For anchor type Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

Hammer drill with EWG A 8 x 20 GBH A M8/20 107908 1 

SDS chuck EWG A 10 x 20 GBH A M10/20 107907 

EWG I 8 GBH I M8 107910 

EWG I 10/12 GBH I M10 + M12 107909 

Hammer weight 

≥ 800 g 

HWG A 8 x 20 GBH A M8/20 115373 

HWG A 10 x 20 GBH A M10/20 115370 

HWG I 8 GBH I M8 115379 

HWG I 10/12 GBH I M10 + M12 115376 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

• Absolutely secure anchoring of 

wood screws in masonry due to 

claw design 

• Can be used with bolt screws 

and shoulder screws as well as all 

screws with wood thread 

• Pilot drilling is unnecessary in G2 

gas concrete 

• Easy to insert and precise guidance 

of the screws due to the preformed 

thread 

• Can be used in accordance with 

TRGI (Technical Rules for Gas 

Installations) 

Claw anchors ® 

in plastic box 

Data 

Application areas: gas concrete, light concrete, Poroton, pumice masonry, lime sand 

brick, perforated brick, concrete, solid gypsum brick, wood 

Claw anchors ® , 

galvanised, in plastic 

box 

Anchor diameter 

[mm] 

Anchor length 

[mm] 

Screw diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

6 32 5.5–6.0 113709 400 

8 38 7.0–8.0 113715 300 

60 7.0–8.0 113718 200 

10 60 9.0–10.0 113703 

Anchor 

diameter 

[mm] 

Anchor 

length 

[mm] 

Drilling depth 

min. 1) 

[mm] 

Gas concrete 2) 

G2 

Drilled hole diameter [mm] 

Gas concrete G4 Gas concrete G6 Perforated brick Pumice 

6 32 37 – 3.5 4 8 6 

8 38 43 – 6.0 6 10 8 

60 65 – 6.0 6 8 – 

10 60 65 – 8.0 8 14 – 

1) If the length of the screw thread is greater than the min. drilling depth. the drilled hole depth should be increased accordingly. 

2) In the case of G2 gas concrete without pilot drilling. the anchor should be driven in till it is flush. 

Type 

diameter/length 

[mm] 

Load values 1) [N] 

Gas concrete G2 Gas concrete G4 Gas concrete G6 Perforated brick Pumice 

max. 

recommended 

load 

pull-out 

value 

max. 


load 

pull-out 

value 

max. 


load 

pull-out 

value 

max. 


load 

pull-out 

value 

max. 


load 

pull-out 

value 

6/32 130 900 240 1,700 290 2,000 210 1,500 170 1,200 

8/38 230 1,600 410 2,900 420 3,000 300 2,100 230 1,600 

8/60 270 1,900 540 3,800 670 4,700 310 2,200 – – 

10/60 300 2,100 660 4,600 790 5,500 325 2,300 – – 

1) 

Load values based on max. screw diameter. 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 


• Reduction of 25 % in fitting time 

per attachment point 

• Versatile use in concrete and other 

solid building materials 

• High security, no splaying effect 

– thus can be placed close to the 

edge and to other screws 

• High load capacity due to positive 

locking 

• Easy to withdraw, makes corrections 

easier during installation 

• No additional mounting or setting 

tools required 

• Approved by building-supervisory 

authorities for cracked and 


• Fire protection in concrete, lime 

sand brick and full brick 

• Suitable for the installation 

of gas line according to the 



Screw for concrete with panhead 

Multi-Monti system 

Screw for concrete with hexagonal 

head 

Data 


APPROVED 



certified F90 


concrete, lime sand brick, solid 

brick, clinker, natural stone 

various clamping thicknesses 

are allowed 


are allowed 

Thread 

diameter [mm] 

Length L 

[mm] 

Head 

diameter d K 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Screws for concrete with hexagonal head, galvanised 7.5 50 – 106521 100 

60 106522 

80 106523 

100 106520 

10 70 – 106518 

100 106516 

120 106517 

Screws for concrete with panhead, galvanised 7.5 60 14 139291 

50 17 106535 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

9/8 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Data 



Screws for 

concrete with 

hexagonal head, 

galvanised 

Screws for 

concrete with panhead, 

galvanised 

Thread 

diameter 

[mm] 

Length 

L 

[mm] 

Spanner 

width 

[SW] 

Clamping 

thickness 

t fix 

[mm] 

Head 

diameter 

d K 

[mm] 

Hole 

diameter 

d 0 

[mm] 

Drilling 

depth 

h 1 

[mm] 

Anchoring 

depth 

h nom 

[mm] 

7.5 50 13 5 – 6 55 45 

60 65 55 

80 25 

100 45 

10 70 16 5 – 8 75 65 

100 35 

120 55 

7.5 60 T-30 5 14 6 65 55 

50 17 55 45 

Screws for 

concrete with 

hexagonal head, 

galvanised 

Screws for 

concrete with panhead, 

galvanised 

Thread 

diameter 

[mm] 

Length 

L 

[mm] 

Head 

diameter 

d K 

[mm] 

Admissible loads acc. to 

ETA approval 1) 


[kN] 

uncracked 

concrete 

[kN] 


DIBt approval 2) 


[kN] 

uncracked 

concrete 

[kN] 

7.5 50 – – – 0.5 2 

60 2 3.1 – – 

80 

100 

10 70 – 3.7 4.9 – – 

100 

120 

7.5 60 14 2 3.1 – – 

50 17 – – 0.5 2 

1) The admissible loads apply for single anchors in concrete strength class ≥ B25 for axially applied tension, lateral load and inclined load at any 

angle. 

2) Determination according to measuring method B according to annex C of the guideline for European Technical Approval. 

Please refer to the "Technical information" chapter for additional installation data 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

• Reduction of 25 % in fitting time 

per attachment point 

• Versatile use in concrete and other 

solid building materials 

• High security, no splaying effect 

– thus can be placed close to the 

edge and to other screws 

• High load capacity due to positive 

locking 



• No additional mounting or setting 

tools required 

• Approved by building-supervisory 

authorities for cracked and 


• Fire protection in concrete, lime 

sand brick and full brick 

• Suitable for the installation 

of gas line according to the 



Screw for concrete with internal 

thread anchor 



Screw for concrete with stud 

Data 


concrete, lime sand brick, solid 

brick, clinker, natural stone 


APPROVED 



certified F90 


are allowed 


with stud, galvanised 


internal thread anchor, 

galvanised 

Thread 

diameter 

[mm] 

Size 

Length L 

[mm] 

Thread 

Thread 

length l 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

7.5 70 70 M8 14 106531 100 

80 80 106532 

100 100 106533 

10 80 80 M10 11 106529 

100 100 106530 

120 120 106528 

7.5 60 80 M8 10 139293 

10 85 110 M10 12 139294 

9/10 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Data 



Screws for 

concrete 


Screws for 

concrete internal 

thread anchor, gal- 

vanised 

Thread 

diameter 

[mm] 

Size 

[mm] 

Length 

L 

[mm] 

Spanner 

width 

[SW] 

Thread 

Drill 

diameter 

d 0 

[mm] 

Drilling 

depth 

h 1 

[mm] 

Anchoring 

depth 

h nom 

[mm] 

7.5 70 70 10 M8 x 14 6 55 45 

80 80 65 55 

100 100 

10 80 80 13 M10 x 11 8 65 55 

100 100 75 65 

120 120 

7.5 60 80 13 M8 x 10 6 65 55 

10 85 110 M10 x 12 8 75 65 

Screws for 

concrete 


Screws for 

concrete internal 

thread anchor, gal- 

vanised 

Thread 

diameter 

[mm] 

Size 

[mm] 

Length 

L 

[mm] 


ETA approval 1) 


[kN] 

uncracked 

concrete 

[kN] 


DIBt approval 2) 


[kN] 

uncracked 

concrete 

[kN] 

7.5 70 70 – – 0.5 2 

80 80 2 3.1 – – 

100 100 

10 80 80 – – 0.8 – 

100 100 3.7 4.9 – – 

120 120 

7.5 60 80 2 3.1 – – 

10 85 110 3.7 4.9 

1) The admissible loads apply for single anchors in cracked and uncracked concrete strength class C20/25 according to European technical approval 

(ETA) 05/0010 

2) The admissible loads apply for single anchors in concrete strength class >_ B25 and

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 


• The ideal anchor for secure and 

quick mounting of MPC support 

channels and other fastening elements 

such as wall hanger brackets, 

wall hanger supports, radiator 

mounting angles et c . 

• All components are matched to 

each other to form a system 

• Mistakes in mounting are almost 

excluded 

• Precise drilling depth due to headed 

drill – drills only as deep as necessary 

• The setting tool and the anchor to 

be driven-in are simply placed on 

the headed drill. The headed drill 

rotates within the setting tool and 

the MPC mounting anchor is driven 

into the structure by the blows 

of the hammer drill. This enables 

quick and efficient work. 

• Approved by the construction 

supervisory authorities and has 

F90 fire protection approval 




Data 


1 MPC mounting anchor kit consists 

of: 

–– 

200 MPC mounting anchors 

–– 

1 MPC headed drill 


APPROVED 



certified F90 


[mm] 

Drilling 

depth 

[mm] 


(anchoring of light, suspended 

ceilings and comparable static 

loads) 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


6 42 0.8 118167 100 

with external M6 thread, galvanised 

MPC mounting anchor kits 6 42 0.8 118170 1 

1) The admissible loads apply for concrete strength class ≥ B25 for axially applied tension, lateral load and inclined load and only when using the 

MPC headed drill. 


MPC Headed drills and setting tools 

Drill bit size 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Usable length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

MPC headed drills 6 120 42 106993 1 

MPC setting tools – 60 – 123084 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

9/12 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Mounting 

instructions 



Drill with the MPC headed drill 

Drill until the head is flush with the 

surface – do not drill through the element 

to be fixed. Clean out the hole 

after drilling 

Drive in the MPC mounting anchor 

Stick the element to be mounted, 

e. g. MPC support channel or other 

element up to a max. thickness of 

4 mm, and drive in with hammer drill 

or hand hammer and setting tool. 

Anchor and hanger must lie flush 

with the surface of the concrete. 

Attention: Do not dismantle nut 

and washer during the installation 

Note: when using support channels a minimum slot width of 15 mm is required, e. g. MPC support channels with 

27/18, 28/30 or 38/24 sections. 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 


• The ideal anchor for secure and 

quick mounting of MPC support 

channels and other fastening elements 

such as wall hanger brackets, 

wall hanger supports, radiator 

mounting angles et c . 

• For the suspension of air ducts by 

means of threaded rods 

• All components are matched to 

each other to form a system 

• Mistakes in mounting are almost 

excluded 

• Precise drilling depth due to 

headed drill – drills only as deep as 

necessary 

• The setting tool and the anchor to 

be driven-in are simply placed on 

the headed drill. The headed drill 

rotates within the setting tool and 

the MPC mounting anchor is driven 

into the structure by the blows 

of the hammer drill. This enables 

quick and efficient work. 

• Approved by the construction 

supervisory authorities and has 

F90 fire protection approval 




Data 


APPROVED 



certified F90 



with internal M8 thread, galvanised 

Connection 

thread 

Drill 

diameter 

[mm] 

Drilling 

depth 

[mm] 


(anchoring of light, suspended 

ceilings and comparable static 

loads) 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 6 42 0.8 118161 100 

1) The admissible loads apply for concrete strength class ≥ B25 for axially applied tension, lateral load and inclined load and only when using the 

MPC headed drill. 

MPC headed drills and setting tools 


[mm] 


[mm] 

Usable length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

MPC headed drills 6 120 42 106993 1 

MPC setting tools – 95 – 123088 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

9/14 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Mounting 

instructions 



Drill with the MPC headed drill 

Drill until the head is flush with the 

surface – do not drill through the element 

to be fixed. Clean out the hole 

after drilling 

Drive in the MPC mounting anchor 

Drive in the anchor using a hammer 

drill or hand hammer. Anchor must 

lie flush with the surface of the 

concrete 

Tightening the threaded rod 

Please note: do not apply too high 

a torque to the anchor after it has 

been driven home 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Universal expansion anchors 

• Deep anchoring, ideal for cracked 

concrete 

• Secure, uniform all-round expansion 

• High bending stiffness for large 

wall overhangs 

• Good spacing control in the hole 

due to graduated scale and crank 

spanner 

• Splaying increases with increasing 

load 

• Also suitable for radiator installation 

• Particularly suitable for fastening in 

light, hollow-block masonry 

Data 

Application areas: concrete, lime sand brick, solid brick, perforated brick, 

hollow block, natural stone 

Universal expansion 

anchors, galvanised 

Connection 

thread 

Length 

L 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Load values [kN] 

concrete strength ≥ B25 

max. recommended 

pull-out value 

load 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 90 13 3.4 17.0 114499 100 

120 13 3.4 17.0 114487 

160 13 3.4 17.0 114490 

190 13 3.4 17.0 114493 50 

240 13 3.4 17.0 114496 

9/16 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

• Special anchor for suspension 

from prestressed concrete hollowcore 

slab ceilings 

• Customisable applications in combination 

with threaded rods or 

hexagon head bolts 


• Secured in the hollow core and in 

the solid material 

• Quick and easy to fit 

• Approved by the Verband der 

Schadensversicherer, VdS (Assoc. 

of Damage Insurers) 


component 

• For minimum anchorageable material 

thicknesses of up to 50 mm 


type easy for anchoring in prestressed concrete 

hollow-core slab ceilings 

Top View 

Use of the hollow-core slab ceiling 

anchor in the hollow core of the prestressed 

concrete ceiling slab 

Use of the hollow-core slab ceiling 

anchor in the solid material of the 

prestressed concrete ceiling slab 

Data 


APPROVED 



certified F90 

Application areas: prestressed concrete hollow-core slab ceilings 

Hollow-core slab ceiling 

anchors 

Connection 

thread 

Sleeve 

length L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack 

size 

[piece] 

Drill 

diameter d 

[mm] 

Drilled hole 

depth h 

[mm] 

Max. allowable load1) in [kN] for 

material thickness 

25 

[mm] 

30 

[mm] 

40 

[mm] 

50 

[mm] 

M8 35 116773 50 12 55 0.7 0.9 2.0 3.6 

M10 40 116767 50 16 60 0.9 1.2 3.0 3.6 

M12 45 116770 25 18 70 1.0 1.2 3.0 4.3 

1)The approved loadings apply for single anchors in prestressed concrete hollow-core slab ceilings of strength class C45/55 for axially applied tension, 

lateral load and inclined load at any angle without the effect of axial and edge clearances. The safety coefficient according to ETAG is included. 

The construction approval of the building inspectorate DIBt shall be observed for all information relating to dimensioning. 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Cavity plugs 

• The ideal solution for attachment 

to thin-walled panels 

• Uniform all-round splaying ensures 

even load distribution at the 

attachment point 

• Large seating area for high loading 

capacity 

• Can even be used in small cavities 

• Available as a handy case with 

fitting tools and an assortment of 

plugs 

Data 

Application areas: cavity and and partition walls, plaster board, chip board, 

metal sheeting 

Cavity plugs, 

galvanised 

Type 

[M/L] 

Hole diameter 

b [mm] 

For wall thickness 

s [mm] 

B 

[mm] 

Matching tension 

bolt 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M4 x 35 8 3–14 13.0 M4 x 40 116997 100 

M4 x 45 16–20 13.0 M4 x 55 117000 

M5 x 35 12 6–12 16.0 M5 x 45 117003 

M5 x 50 3–16 16.0 M5 x 55 117009 

M5 x 60 16–32 16.0 M5 x 70 117015 

M6 x 16 12 1–5 16.0 M6 x 25 116994 

M6 x 50 3–16 17.5 M6 x 60 117021 

M6 x 60 16–32 17.5 M6 x 70 117030 

M8 x 50 13 3–16 17.5 M8 x 60 117036 

M8 x 60 16–32 17.5 M8 x 75 117042 

Maximum recommended tensile load [N] 

Type Plaster board Wood panels Cement fibre slabs 

M4 160 210 360 

M5 190 260 410 

M6 210 290 430 

M8 210 310 460 

9/18 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Tension bolts 

for cavity plugs 

Tension bolts, for 

cavity plugs, galvanised 

Size Screw For type Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M4 x 40 Oval head M4 x 35 128585 1 

M4 x 55 M4 x 45 128587 

M5 x 45 M5 x 35 128589 

M5 x 60 M5 x 50 128591 

M5 x 70 M5 x 60 128593 

M6 x 60 M6 x 50 128597 

M6 x 70 M6 x 60 128599 

M6 x 25 Pozidriv head M6 x 16 128595 

Installation pliers 

for cavity plugs 

for tension bolts from M4 to M8 

Part no. 


Installation pliers including tension bolts M4 to M8 118922 1 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Cavity plugs assortment cases 

• Assortment of the most commonly 

used sizes in a handy carrying 

case 

• Compartments in the case facilitate 

plug selection 

• Case is made of shock-resistant 

plastic 

• Compact case size of 

41 x 31 x 10 cm 

• Pliers for secure splaying of the 

plugs are included in the case 

Data 

M4–M6 Cases 

100 Cavity plugs M4 x 35 

100 Cylinder head screws M4 x 35 

1 Tension bolt M4 x 40 







1 Installation pliers 

M8 Cases 


100 Hexagon head screws M8 x 60 


100 Hexagon head screws M8 x 75 

1 Installation pliers 

For wall thickness 

[mm] 

Drilled hole diameter 

[mm] 

3–14 8 

3–16 12 

16–32 12 

3–16 13 

16–32 13 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

116944 1 

116946 1 

9/20 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Toggle plugs 

• The ideal solution for fixing to partition 

walls and ceilings 

• Ideal for the attachment of carriers, 

e. g. MPC support channels, 

to partition walls, cavity walls, 

service shafts or trapezoidal metal 

sheeting 

• Very good load distribution due to 

large seating area of the toggle 

• Variable due to the adjustable 

thread length 

• The M10/180 design gives very 

high load-bearing capacity, e. g. 

for the fixing of washbasins, wallmounted 

toilettes, boilers and all 

types of equipment M6 to M8 versions M10 version 

Sink fixture using an M10 toggle 

Data 

Application areas: partitions, cavity 

walls 

M 

H 

B 

D 

L 


M10 version 

Toggle plugs, 

galvanised 

Size Thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 


load 

Load values [N] 

Breaking 

strength under 

tensile load 


L H D B 

M6/100 M6 113112 100 500 1,500 100 70 30 14 

M8/70 M8 113118 650 1,950 70 74 36 15 

M8/100 113115 650 1,950 100 74 36 15 

M10/180 M10 113109 50 1,700 5,200 180 140 38 30 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Sink fasteners 

• Ready-made sets for sink fixtures 

• Sturdy, high load-bearing plugs 

and screws 

• Complete with washer to protect 

ceramics 

1 set consists of: 

–– 

2 Plastic plugs 

–– 

2 Bolt screws M10/140 

–– 

2 Protection washers 

for ceramics 

–– 

2 Steel nuts 

–– 

2 Washers 

Size Connecting thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Sink fasteners M10/140 M10 127579 1 10 

Contents 

[sets] 

Advantages 

Toilet fasteners 

• Ready-made set for 

toilet fixing 

• Sturdy, high load-bearing plugs 

and screws 

• Complete with washer to protect 

ceramics 

1 set consists of: 

–– 

2 Plastic plugs 

–– 

2 Hexagon wood screws 6 x 85 

–– 

2 Plastic protective rings 

–– 

2 Plastic cover caps 

Size 

Screw length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Toilet fasteners 6 x 85 85 127592 1 50 

Contents 

[sets] 

9/22 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Nylon plugs 

• Excellent screw guidance, no 

breaking out at the side 

• Design prevents premature splaying 

under impact 

• Plugs do not buckle 

• Staggered tooth profile gives high 

extraction force 

• High-quality nylon – no recycled 

material used 

• Also available in solid plastic case 

Data 

Application areas: concrete, lime sand brick, solid brick, natural stone 

(hard), solid gypsum block 

Nylon plugs 


Diameter D [mm] 

Anchor length L 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Nylon plugs 5 25 2.6–4.0 107366 100 

6 30 3.5–5.0 107367 

50 3.5–5.0 107374 

7 35 4.5–5.0 107369 

8 40 4.5–6.0 107370 

60 4.5–6.0 107375 50 

10 50 6.0–8.0 107359 

12 60 8.0–10.0 107361 25 

14 70 10.0–12.0 107363 15 

Nylon plugs 

in stackable plastic box 

with lid 

Type diameter D 

[mm] 


[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

6 30 3.5–5.0 107368 5,600 

8 40 4.5–6.0 107371 2,800 

10 50 6.0–8.0 107360 1,400 

12 60 8.0–10.0 107362 700 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Data 

Nylon plugs 


[mm] 


load 


concrete B25 solid brick ventilated brick lime-sand brick 

pull-out 

value 


load 

pull-out 

value 


load 

pull-out 

value 


load 

pull-out 

value 

5 260 1,800 210 1,500 190 1,300 210 1,500 

6 360 2,500 260 2,000 260 1,800 260 2,000 

7 460 3,200 430 3,000 310 2,200 430 3,000 

8 570 4,000 500 3,500 430 3,000 500 3,500 

10 930 6,500 570 4,000 470 3,300 570 4,000 

12 1,430 10,000 790 5,500 570 4,000 790 5,500 

14 1,740 12,200 860 6,000 – – 860 6,000 

1) Load values based on max. screw diameter acc. to table. 

9/24 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Ventilated-brick plugs 

• Particularly suitable for ventilated 

bricks and soft building materials 

(gas concrete, plaster etc.) 

• Can be used with wood screws or 

metric screws 


under impact when making a 

through-fitting 

• Side barbs prevent the plug rotating 

in hole when screw is driven in 

• The M-ridges keep the screw in 

the centre 

Data 

Application areas: ventilated bricks, gas concrete, plaster, other soft building 

materials 

Ventilated-brick 

plugs 

Type 

Plug/drill diameter 

D [mm] 


[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

10/90 10 90 7 114876 100 

10/120 10 120 7 114874 

14/90 14 90 10/M10 114883 

14/120 14 120 10/M10 114879 


[mm] 


ventilated brick Ventilated lime sand block Gas concrete G4 


load 

pull-out value max. recommended 

load 


load 


10 690 4,800 710 5,000 510 3,600 

14 790 5,500 890 6,200 710 5,000 

1) Load values based on screw diameter in the table. 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Multi-purpose plugs 

• Ideal for bolt screws, shoulder 

screws and other wood screws 

• Pointed end facilitates insertion 


of the plug under impact during 

insertion 

• Side barbs and pretensioning prevent 

the plug rotating in hole when 

screw is driven in 

• Secure knotting of the plug in cavity 

materials 

• Collar breaks off itself in a throughinstallation 

• Can be used for a variety of building 

materials 

• Also available in solid plastic case 

Data 

Application areas: concrete, plaster, gas concrete, solid brick, lime sand 

brick, ventilated brick, plaster board, etc. 

Multi-purpose 

plugs 

Plug/drill diameter D 

[mm] 


[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

6 45 3.0–4.0 119008 100 

8 50 4.5–6.0 119020 

10 60 6.0–8.0 118988 

12 70 8.0–10.0 118996 



Multi-purpose 

plugs 

in stackable plastic 

box with lid 

Plug/drill diameter D 

[mm] 


[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

6 45 3.0–4.0 119012 2,800 

8 50 4.5–6.0 119004 1,400 

10 60 6.0–8.0 118992 700 

12 70 8.0–10.0 119000 560 

9/26 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Data 


Plug diameter 

[mm] 

Load values [N] 

concrete B25 1) lime sand brick 1) gas concrete 1) plasterboard 2) chipboard 2) 

pull-out 

pull-out 

pull-out 

pull-out 

value 

value 

value 

value 

max. 


load 

max. 


load 

max. 


load 

max. 


load 

max. 


load 

pull-out 

value 

6 500 3,500 400 2,800 290 2,000 130 900 220 1,500 

8 860 6,000 570 4,000 400 2,800 150 1,000 250 1,700 

10 1,430 10,000 720 5,000 430 3,000 180 1,200 360 2,500 

12 2,140 15,000 930 6,500 690 4,800 – – – – 

1) 

Load values based on wood screws with max. screw diameter acc. to table. 

2) 

Load values based on chipboard screws with max. screw diameter acc. to table. 

Plasterboard plugs 

for pre-insert mounting 

without pre-drilling, can be simply screwed into plasterboard 

with a screwdriver 

Screw-Ø 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Plasterboard plug metal 3.9–4.5–M4 112024 100 

Plasterboard plug plastic 3.9–4.5 112022 100 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Nail plugs 

• For secure and time-saving 

through-installation e. g. for the 

fixing of pipe clips, sheet metal, 

wooden lathing, etc. 

• Long splay zone for optimum grip 

• Robust design of nail screw and 

plug withstands high impact forces 

• Countersunk design of nail allows 

surface-flush installation 

• Pozidriv nail head allows removal 

at any time 

• Delivered as pre-assembled, prevents 

nail loss 

Data 

Application areas: concrete, natural stone, plaster, lime sand brick, solid brick 

Plug diameter [mm] 

Plug length L 

[mm] 

Max. useful clamping 

thickness [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Nail plugs 6 35 10 119166 100 

50 25 119170 

60 35 119174 

70 45 119178 

8 80 45 119194 

100 60 119182 

120 80 119186 

Plug diameter 

[mm] 


concrete B25 Solid brick lime-sand brick 


load 


load 


load 


6 360 2,500 290 2,000 290 2,000 

8 460 3,200 430 3,000 430 3,000 

9/28 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

PHONEX ® anchors 

• Structure-borne noise isolation 

already integrated into the anchor 

• No additional construction space 

required for vibration control elements 

• Suitable for a variety of fastening 

arrangements on walls and floors 

• Sound level reduction by up to 

16 dB 

• Suitable for all types of wood 

screws, e. g. bolt screws and 

shoulder screws 

• The version with vibration collar 

prevents structure-borne noise 

transmission even with wallmounted 

objects 

• Excellent screw guidance, no 

breaking out at the side 

• Suitable for wall-mounted heaters 

Data 



concrete, natural stone, solid brick, 

lime sand brick, ventilated brick, 

wood 


with collar 


without collar 

Anchor 

diameter d 

[mm] 

Anchor length 

L 

[mm] 

Collar diameter 

x thickness 

D x H [mm] 

Wood screw 

diameter [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

10 30 22 x 5 3.5–5.0 120239 100 

12 40 30 x 5 4.5–6.0 120243 

14 50 34 x 6 6.0–8.0 120247 50 

16 60 42 x 7 8.0–10.0 120251 

18 70 42 x 7 10.0–12.0 120255 

10 30 – 3.5–5.0 120259 100 

12 40 – 4.5–6.0 120263 

14 50 – 6.0–8.0 120268 50 

16 60 – 8.0–10.0 120272 

18 70 – 10.0–12.0 120276 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Data 



d [mm] 

Vibration reduction 

[dB] 

Drilling depth 

T [mm] 

Screwing depth 

without collar 

[mm] 

Screwing depth 

with collar [mm] 


tensile 

load 



lateral 

load 

10 12.5 40 30 34 + S 150 350 

12 10.5 50 40 45 + S 300 500 

14 13.5 60 50 55 + S 500 1,000 

16 15.0 70 60 66 + S 800 1,200 

18 16.0 80 70 75 + S 1,200 1,400 

1) 

Loading values assume concrete strength class ≥ B25 according to max. screw diameter in the above table use of anchors according to the 

mounting instructions below (the recommended loads take a safety factor ν = 5 into account). 

Note: 

With all frictional and chemical plug and anchor connections, the load-bearing capability of the plug is influenced 

decisively by the cleanliness of the drilled hole. Residues such as drill dust reduce the effectiveness of the fixture. 

For this reason, blow or brush out the hole to free it from dust before inserting the plug (see drill hole cleaning kit). 

9/30 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Zykon steel hammerset anchors FZEA 

galvanised and stainless steel 

• Technical approval for cracked and 

non-cracked concrete 

• Positive locking in the undercut for 

additional security 

• Only requires shallow anchoring 

depth 

• Virtually splay-free function permits 

low axial spacing and edge 

spacing 

• Easy visual inspection for correct 

anchor set through impact embossing 

with the setting tool 

• Single-stage drilling procedure 

with simultaneous production of 

the undercut saves installation 

time 

• Also available in the highly corrosion-resistant 

material HCR (1.4529) 

Data 

APPROVED 

for M10–M12 


APPROVED 



certified F90 


Zykon steel 

hammerset 

anchors FZEA, 

galvanised 

V4A Zykon steel 

hammerset 

anchors FZEA 

Type 

Connection 

thread 

Part no. 

Pack 

size 

[pieces] 

Drill 

diameter 

D 

[mm] 

Anchoring 

depth 

h ef 

mm 

Screw-in 

depth 

e min 

[mm] 

Screw-in 

depth 

e max 

[mm] 

Admissible 

load 1) 

10x40 M8 M8 107868 100 10 40 11 17 1.5 

12x40 M10 M10 107871 100 12 40 13 19 1.5 

14x40 M12 M12 107872 50 14 40 15 21 1.5 

Type 

Connection 

thread 

Part no. 

Pack 

size 

[pieces] 

Drill 

diameter 

D 

[mm] 

Anchoring 

depth 

h ef 

mm 

Screw-in 

depth 

e min 

[mm] 

Screw-in 

depth 

e max 

[mm] 

[KN] 

Admissible 

load 1) 

10x40 M8 M8 107869 100 10 40 11 17 1.5 

12x40 M10 M10 107870 100 12 40 13 19 1.5 

14x40 M12 M12 107873 50 14 40 15 21 1.5 

[KN] 

1)The approved loadings apply for single anchors at concrete strength class > C20/25 (B25) for central pull, transverse load, and inclined pull at any 

angle. 

The DIBt technical approval requirements must be complied with when dimensioning. 


required. 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

• Special bit for the Zykon Steel 

Hammerset Anchor for drilling 

bores that conform to approval 

specifications 

• Easy and fast production of a bore 

with undercut 

• Carbide cutting edges for highperformance 

cutting in a variety of 

building materials 

Bits 

for Zykon hammerset anchor FZEA 

Data 

Bits for Zykon hammerset anchor 

FZEA 

Type Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

For hammerset 

anchor [size] 


D [mm] 

FZUB 10x40 106648 1 M8 10 

FZUB 12x40 106649 M10 12 

FZUB 14x40 106650 M12 14 

Advantages 

• For easy and fast setting of the 

hammerset anchor FZEA 

• Marked hammerset anchor with 

four imprints for checking the correct 

set 

Impact mandrels 

for Zykon hammerset anchor FZEA 

Before setting 

After setting 

Data 

Impact mandrels for Zykon 

hammerset anchor FZEA 


[pieces] 

For hammerset anchor 

[size] 

FZEB 10x40 M8 107556 1 M8 

FZEB 12x40 M10 107554 M10 

FZEB 14x40 M12 107555 M12 


required. 

9/32 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Chemical reaction anchors 

MKT chemical reaction anchor 

• Safety anchor for support of heavy 

loads 

• Anchoring, free of splaying pressure, 

enables low axial and edge 

distances when fastening 

• European Technical Approval for 

anchorings in uncracked concrete 

• Can also be used in damp concrete 

●• After hardening, homogenous 

secure connection between anchor 

rod and structural element 

• Anchor rods in other dimensions 

and stainless steel are also available 

on request 

Data 


certified F90 

Application areas: concrete, natural stone (hard), solid brick, lime sand brick 

Description Size for Drill diameter 

[mm] 

Mortar cartridges for chemical 

reaction anchor 

Diameter, mortar 

cartridge Dp 

[mm] 

Length, mortar 

cartridge Lp 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 10 9 80 135516 10 

M10 12 11 80 135517 

M12 14 13 95 135518 

M16 18 17 95 135547 

Description 

Anchor rods 

for Chemical Reaction 

Anchor 

Size 

(Thread) 

Length, anchor 

rod L [mm] 

Effective anchoring 

depth [mm] 

For mortar cartridgee 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 110 80 VBA M8 135521 10 

M10 130 90 VBA M10 135522 

M12 160 110 VBA M12 135523 

M16 165 125 VBA M16 135548 

Description Type Part no. 

of the mortar 

cartridge 

Chemical reaction 

anchors 

Part no. 

of the anchor rod 

Permissible tensile load 

in C20/25 (B25) 

[KN] 

M8 135516 135521 7.9 

M10 135517 135522 11.9 

M12 135518 135523 15.9 

M16 135547 135548 19.8 

1) The permissible loads apply for single anchors in concrete strength class C20/25 (B25) for axially-applied 

tension without the influence of axial spacing and edge spacing. The safety coefficient according to ETAG is 

included. All the specifications in the European Technical Approval must be complied with for dimensioning. 

See the European Technical Approval for additional installation and installation and anchor characteristic values. 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Data 

Chemical reaction anchors 

Description 

Temperature 

in the bore 

Dry concrete 

MKT chemical reaction anchor 

Hardening time [min] 

Moist concrete 

Chemical reaction anchors -5°C 300 600 

0°C 300 600 

+5°C 60 120 

+10°C 60 120 

+20°C 20 40 

+30°C 10 20 

+35°C 10 20 

Additional installation accessories 

Steel wire brushes 

chemical reaction anchor 

Size 

Suitable for 

drilled hole 

[mm] 

Diameter brush 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

10 10 11 135571 1 

12 12 13 135572 

14 14 16 135573 

18 18 20 135574 

Information: 


decisively by the cleanliness of the drilled hole. Residues such as drill dust reduce the effectiveness of the connection. 

For this reason, blow or brush out the hole with the steel wire brush to free it from dust before inserting the 

mortar cartridges and anchor rods. 

9/34 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

• Splay-free anchoring for perforated 

and solid masonry blocks 


for use in: 

• Solid brick ≥ Mz12 

acc. to DIN 105 

• Solid lime-sand brick ≥ Ls12 


• Vertically perforated brick 

≥ HLZ 4 acc. to DIN 105 

• Perforated lime-sand brick 

≥ KSL 4 


• Hollow blocks from 

light concrete ≥ Hcbb 2 

acc. to DIN 18 151 

• Hollow blocks from concrete 

≥ Hcbc 4 acc. to DIN 18 153 

• New type of sieve sleeve technology 

for uniform mortar distribution 

giving great holding power 

• Styrene-free 

• Uniform squeezing out of mortar 

and and hardener by using a double-cartridge 

Injection anchors XV 

injection system VMU, type MKT for solid and perforated blocks 

• Clean working and controlled 

mixing using the mixer (included, 

can also be ordered on its own if 

needed) 

• Exact dosing of injection mortar by 

means of graduated scale on the 

mortar cartridge 

• High-quality two-component mortar 

for many fixing applications 

Injection anchor XV with mixer 

Data 


certified F90 


APPROVED 


Application areas: solid brick (Mz), lime-sand brick (Ls), vertically perforated brick (Vpb), lime-sand perforated brick 

(Lsb), hollow blocks from light concrete (Hcbb), hollow blocks from concrete (Hcbc) 

Mortar cartridge content 

345 ml 


Storage 

at least +5 °C cool and dry 

Temperature range continuous –40 °C to +50 °C 

Temperature range short-term +80 °C 

Optimum processing temperature +20 °C 

Temperature in the anchoring foundation Processing time [min] Hardening time [min] 

≥ +5 °C 20 120 

≥ +20 °C 6 45 

≥ +30 °C 4 25 

≥ +40 °C 1.4 15 

Cartridge size 

[ml] 

Part no. 

Injection mortar XV incl. mixer, for injection anchor XV 345 117437 1 

Mixer, for injection anchor XV – 117460 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Data 


certified F90 


APPROVED 




Anchor rod M12 Type L 

Anchor rods for injection 

anchor XV, galvanised 

V4A anchor rods, for 

injection anchor XV 

Size 

Solid 

block 1) 

Cavity 

block 2) 

Outer thread 

M 

Clamping 

thickness 

tfix 

[mm] 


L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 x 10 x x M8 0–10 100 106277 10 

M8 x 40 x x M8 0–40 130 106281 

M10 x 10 x x M10 0–10 110 106253 

M10 x 50 x x M10 0–50 150 106257 

M10 x 65 x x M10 0–65 165 106259 

M12 x 15-V x M12 0–15 120 106263 

M12 x 15-L x M12 0–15 120 106261 

M8 x 10 x x M8 0–10 100 106276 

M8 x 40 x x M8 0–40 130 106280 

M10 x 10 x x M10 0–10 110 106252 

M10 x 50 x x M10 0–50 150 106256 

M10 x 65 x x M10 0–65 165 106258 

M12 x 15-V x M12 0–15 120 106262 

M12 x 15-L x M12 0–15 120 106260 

1) Anchor rod can be used for solid blocks without sieve sleeves. 

2) Anchor rod can be used for cavity blocks with sieve sleeves. 

9/36 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Data 


certified F90 


APPROVED 




Anchor rods with internal thread for 

solid blocks, for Injection anchor XV, 

galvanised 

V4A anchor rods with internal thread 

for solid blocks, for Injection anchor XV 

Size 

Inner thread 

M 


s 

[mm] 


L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8-V M8 8–20 93 106275 10 

106274 

Anchor rods with internal thread for 

cavity blocks, for injection anchor XV, 

galvanised 

V4A anchor rods with internal thread 

for cavity blocks, for injection anchor XV 

Size 

Inner thread 

M 


s 

[mm] 


L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8-L M8 8–20 93 106273 10 

106272 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Data 


certified F90 


APPROVED 




Size 

[mm] 

Drilled hole 

depth 

[mm] 

Drill hole diameter 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Perforated sleeves 

for injection anchor XV 

14 x 100 105 14 100 123379 10 

16 x 100 16 123383 

9/38 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

• Splay-free anchoring in uncracked 

concrete 

• European Technical Approval for 

galvanised and stainless steel 

types 

• Styrene-free 

• Uniform squeezing out of mortar 

and and hardener by using a double-cartridge 

• Clean working and controlled 

mixing using the mixer (included, 

can also be ordered on its own if 

needed) 

• Exact dosing of injection mortar by 

means of graduated scale on the 

mortar cartridge 

• High-quality two-component mortar 

for many fixing applications 

Mixer 


injection system VMU, type MKT for uncracked concrete 

Injection mortar with mixer 

Data 


certified F90 


Mortar cartridge content 

345 ml 


Storage 

at least +5 °C cool and dry 

Temperature range continuous –40 °C to +50 °C 

Temperature range short-term +80 °C 

Optimum processing temperature +20 °C 

Temperature in the anchoring foundation Processing time [min] Hardening time [min] 

≥ +5 °C 20 120 

≥ +20 °C 6 45 

≥ +30 °C 4 25 

≥ +40 °C 1.4 15 

Cartridge size 

[ml] 

Part no. 

Injection mortar XV incl. mixer, for injection anchor XV 345 117437 1 

Mixer, for injection anchor XV – 117460 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Data 


certified F90 



Anchor rods for injection anchor XV, galvanised 

Size 

Outer thread 

M 

Clamping 

thickness 

tfix 

[mm] 


L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M10 x 10 M10 0–10 110 106253 10 

M10 x 50 0–50 150 106257 

M10 x 65 0–65 165 106259 

V4A anchor rods, for injection anchor XV M10 x 10 0–10 110 106252 

Note: Further dimensions of anchor rods on request. 

M10 x 50 0–50 150 106256 

M10 x 65 0–65 165 106258 

9/40 


07/09

Anchor plugs 

Advantages 

Injection anchor XV assortment cases 

• All necessary components in one 

case; no single parts lying around 

loose 

• Compact size of case 

450 x 360 x 123 mm 

• Practical and robust plastic case 

for a long working life 

• Complete set including cartridge 

gun, hammer drill, nylon brush and 

test gauge for nylon brush 

Data 

Application areas: solid brick (Mz), lime-sand brick (Ls), vertically perforated brick (Vpb), lime-sand perforated brick 

(Lsb), hollow blocks from light concrete (Hcbb), hollow blocks from concrete (Hcbc) 


Note: The appropriate approvals for the particular application areas, European Technical Approval for the use in 

uncracked concrete, as well as the general construction supervisory approval for the use in cavity and sold blocks 

(see the section “Technical information”) are to be observed. 

Pack size 

Part no. 

[piece] 

Injection anchor XV assortment case 1 117431 

Contents: No. of pieces Part no. 

Cartridge guns for injection anchor XV 1 130594 

Injection mortar, 345 ml, for injection anchor XV 2 117437 

Mixer for injection anchor XV 5 117460 

Perforated sleeves 14 x 100 for injection anchor XV 10 123379 

Perforated sleeves 16 x 100 for injection anchor XV 20 123383 

Anchor rods, M8 x 10, for injection anchor XV 10 106277 



Nylon brushes for injection anchors 1 129080 

Hammer drills, Ø 14 mm, for injection anchors 1 114761 

Hammer drills, Ø 16 mm, for injection anchors 1 114785 

07/09 


Anchor plugs 

Further accessories 

Cartridge gun 

Cartridge gun profi 

Nylon brush 

Suitable for drilled hole 

[mm] 

Brush diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Cartridge guns for injection anchor XV – – 130594 1 

Cartridge guns profi for injection anchor XV 130595 

Nylon brushes for injection anchor XV 14–19 18 129080 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Note: 



For this reason, blow or brush out the hole with the nylon brush to free it from dust before inserting the sieve sleeve 

or the anchor rods. 

Advantages 

Drill hole cleaning kits 

• Combination kit for cleaning drilled 

holes 

• Suitable for dry and moist holes 

• A precondition for achieving the 

maximum anchor load-bearing 

capability of both frictional and 

chemical bonds 

Data 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[Set] 

Drill hole cleaning kits 106654 1 

Note: 



For this reason, blow or brush out the hole to free it from dust before inserting the plug. 

9/42 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


Plastic signs 10/1-10/3 

Laminated-plastic signs 10/4 

Mounting bases 10/5 

Universal nameplate supports 10/6 

ML fastening plates 10/7 

ML strap clamps 10/8 

ML clamping body 10/9 

ML clamping straps 10/10 

Clamping sets 10/10

Nameplates 

Advantages 

• Basic sign available in many colours 

• Your business card after the installation 

is completed 

• Ideal advertising medium for the 

company address or service telephone 

number 

• Sturdy and in a handy format of 

100 x 50 mm 

• Abrasion-resistant 

• As sign with high-quality waterproof 

print of company address 

and/or equipment nameplate texts 

Plastic signs 

full-area print 

Part no. 

Digitising your master (once only, with the first order) 107163 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Plastic signs, 

printed over the entire area, 

print area 100 x 50 mm 

Additional print of individual texts 

(for texts of less than 10 pieces per print run) 

Colour of the sign Part no. Pack size 

1-colour 2-colour 3-colour 4-colour 

[pieces] 

white 119636 119650 119667 119725 100 

blue 119621 119658 119663 119710 

red 119633 119642 119706 119722 

yellow 119625 119646 119698 119714 

green 119629 119654 119702 119718 

Special colours on request 

107355 1 

07/09 


Nameplates 

Data 

Plastic signs 

Printed header, plus a max. of 3 text strips to mount 

The front side has space for three text strips. If fewer than three lines of print 

are necessary, blank strips can be inserted to give the sign a uniform appearance. 

We can place your company imprint on each sign, above the three text 

strips (max. area 100 x 14 mm). 


for text strips, with 100 x 14 mm 

company imprint 

Colour of the 

sign 

Without 

print 

Part no. 


Pack size 

[pieces] 

white 119694 119512 119546 119581 119617 100 

blue 119670 119480 119515 119549 119585 

red 119686 119504 119538 119573 119609 

yellow 119679 119488 119522 119557 119593 

green 119761 119492 119525 119561 119597 


Printed header, with pre-mounted text strips 

Signs with everything already pre-mounted! 

We engrave the text strips with text supplied by you and mount the strips 

with the engraved text onto the signs. 


with pre-mounted text strips, 

with 100 x 14 mm company 

imprint 

Colour of the 

sign 

Without 

print 

Part no. 


Pack size 

[pieces] 

white 119968 119829 119865 119901 119937 100 

blue 119972 119797 119833 119869 119905 

red 119961 119821 119857 119893 119929 

yellow 119945 119805 119841 119877 119913 

green 119949 119809 119845 119881 119917 


10/2 


07/09

Nameplates 

Data 

Plastic signs 

Text strips 

Fitted with snap fasteners on the rear side, the text strips can be clicked into 

the recesses in the plastic sign. 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Text strips, engraved 121611 1 

Blank strips, white, for writing on, applying adhesive labels or filling out 114431 100 

Writing pens, indelible, for writing on blank strips 121326 1 

Welding pins 

for screw fixing to mounting bases, plain metal 


Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 110 106332 100 

07/09 


Nameplates 

Advantages 

Laminated-plastic signs 

• With engraved text supplied by 

you 

• Printed to your individually styled 

specification 

• High quality surface finish 

(approx. 500 N/mm 2 micro Vickers 

hardness) 

• Can be used outdoors 

• Water resistant 

• High resistance to chemicals 

• Behaviour in fire corresponds to 

fire class B2 (DIN 4102) 

• Light-fast 

• High gloss 

• 100 x 50 mm standard size, fits 

the mounting base with protective 

cover 

Terms and text, engraved 

We can engrave individual terms and 

text on the laminated plastic signs 

according to your wishes 

Completely printed as an alternative 

Equipment-specific text, in combination 

with your individual typeface in 

your company colours, are applied 

using a robust carrier film to the 

laminated plastic sign 

Data 

Temperature range long-term: -40 °C to +80 °C 

short-term: up to +180 °C 

Standard typeface height 

7 mm (max. 20 characters per line, max. of 4 lines) 

Laminated-plastic 

signs 

Colour of the 

sign 

Engraved signs Printed signs, part No. Pack size 

Colour of the 

engraving 

Part no. 1-colour 2-colour 3-colour 4-colour [pieces] 

white black 119361 119195 119223 119250 119278 1 

red 119341 

red white 119377 119187 119215 119242 119270 

green 119373 119179 119207 119234 119262 

blue 119369 119172 119199 119227 119254 

yellow black 119353 119175 119203 119230 119258 

silver 

119357 119183 119211 119238 119266 

grey 

black white 119381 119191 119219 119246 119274 


Part no. 

Pack size 

1-line engraving 2-line engraving 3-line engraving 4-line engraving 

Engraving of text lines 112841 112843 112845 112847 1 

A reproducible master of your company logo or typeface is necessary for the printing of the nameplates: 

Part no. 

Pack size 

Digitising your master (once only, with the first order) 107163 1 

Additional printing of individual texts (for texts that 

are less than 10 pieces per print run) 

107355 1 

10/4 


07/09

Nameplates 

Advantages 

Mounting bases 

• Versatile fixing by means of the 

multi-hole pattern in the mounting 

base 

• Versatile attachment possibilities, 

e. g.: 

• Can be fitted to any round, 

oval or rectangular crosssection, 

regardless of size, 

by means of universal nameplate 

support and mounting 

strap (see pages 7/8 for 

examples of attachments) 

• To the building structure 

using plugs, threaded 

pins or bolt screws 

• Fitting of a series to MPC 


• To pipes using pipe clamps 

• Adjustment pimples for exact 

alignment with MPC support channels 

and universal nameplate supports 

• Also available in the version with 

welding pins 

• Version also in stainless steel (V2A) 

for outdoor use 

Mounting base with welding pin 

Adjustment pimples on the rear side ensure exact alignment of the mounting 

bases when mounted in series on an MPC support channel 

Data 

Mounting base with threaded connection 

Mounting base with welding pin 

connecting thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Mounting bases with threaded connection, with protective cover, galvanised M8 112618 50 

Mounting bases with threaded connection, with protective cover, V2A M8 112620 

Mounting bases with threaded connection, 110 mm long, with protective cover – 112624 

Protective covers, for mounting bases – 105877 

07/09 


Nameplates 

Advantages 

Universal nameplate supports 

Mounting strap 

Universal nameplate support 

1. Cut the mounting strap from the 

roll, lay it tightly around the pipe and 

latch the strap ends onto the two 

pegs 

2. Insert the screw through the 

mounting base into the hole of the 

tensioning element and tighten 

3. Fix the plastic or laminated plastic 

sign together with protective cover 

to the mounting base 

Data 

Part no. 

Pack size 

Universal nameplate supports, complete with screw 130380 50 pieces 

Universal nameplate supports, complete with stainless steel (V2A) screw 130379 

Mounting straps, nickel plated 124940 15-metre roll 

Mounting straps, stainless steel (V2A) 124922 

10/6 


07/09

Nameplates 

Advantages 

• The ideal sign fixing for longdistance 

gas pipelines, local gas 

distribution pipework, fire-alarm 

and extinguishing systems, water 

supply lines and sewage systems 

according to DIN 

• Can be adapted to any size of 

post when combined with the 

clamping strap 

• Includes welded-on ML clamping 

body type 701 for M8 clamping set 

• Surface is hot-dip galvanised 

ML fastening plates 

for pipework signs according to DIN 

Installation with ML strap clamps For sections 38/24 to 40/120 

Data 


Type 801, hot-dip galvanised 





Area of application For DIN Size B x H 

[mm] 

Heating systems 

Long-distance gas lines 

Water 

Gas lines 

Long-distance gas lines 

Fire-fighting systems 

Water 

Waste water 

Gas lines 

4064 

4065 

4067 

4069 

4065 

4066 

4067 

4068 

4069 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

100 x 140 106473 1 

140 x 200 106474 

Fire-fighting systems 4066 250 x 200 106476 

07/09 


Nameplates 

Advantages 

ML strap clamps 

• For fixing all kinds of signs, e. g. 

traffic signs, street name signs, 

signals, posters, timetable display 

cases etc. 

• Suitable for posts of any shape 

and size 

• Simple, fast and rigid mounting 

• Weatherproof 

• High breaking strength up to 

16.9 kN 

• Can be dismantled at any time and 

re-used 

Mounting instructions 

Lay the steel strap around the unslotted 

screw. The length of the shorter 

end must be roughly equal to a 

third of the pipe circumference. Cut 

the long end of the strap to the size 

required and cut the end to a point. 

This length depends on the circumference 

of the mast. 

Strap clamp 

Clamping screws 

Direction of 

rotation of the 

clamping screw 

Insert the pointed end of the strap 

into the slotted screw, then turn the 

head anti-clockwise. The steel strap 

now winds around the clamping 

screw and the strap clamp is tightened. 

To prevent loosening, tighten 

the nut firmly. 

Note: The ML strap clamp consists of a hot-dip galvanised clamping body with a set of galvanised clamping 

screws and a stainless steel or galvanised mounting strap. 

10/8 


07/09

Nameplates 

ML clamping body No. 701 

without clamping set and clamping strap, hot-dip galvanised 

For clamping set 

Hole distance 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 60–80 124969 100 


without clamping set and clamping strap, hot-dip galvanised 

For clamping set 

Hole distance 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M10 70/100 124975 100 


without clamping set and clamping strap, for welding on, plain metal 

For clamping set Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M10 124993 100 

07/09 


Nameplates 

ML clamping straps 

in dispenser box 

Material 

Strap width x strap thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[rolls of 25 metres] 

ML clamping straps No. 706 Stainless steel (V2A) 29 x 0.6 118398 1 

ML clamping straps No. 707 galvanised 118402 

Clamping sets 

for ML clamping body No. 701, consisting of: 

• 1 Clamp screw M8 with slot 

• 1 Clamp screw M8 without slot 

• 2 M8 hexagon nuts 


[pieces] 

Clamping screws No. 708-1 M8/45 mm with slot 125034 100 

Clamping screws No. 708-2 M8/45 mm without slot 121155 

Hexagon nuts M8 105498 

Clamping sets 

for ML clamping body No. 702, consisting of: 

• 1 M10 clamp screw with slot 

• 1 Clamp screw M10 without slot 

• 2 M10 hexagon nuts 


[pieces] 

Clamping screws No. 709-1 M10/45 mm with slot 125037 100 

Clamping screws No. 709-2 M10/45 mm without slot 125040 

Hexagon nuts M10 105433 

10/10 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


Single bossed clamps 11/1–11/5 



Girder clamps 11/32 

MPC support channels 11/8–11/10 


MPC QUICK fasteners 11/11-11/12 


MPC hammer-head fasteners 11/13 



Threaded pins 11/35 

MPC clamp brackets 11/14 




DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pads 11/15 


DÄMMGULAST ® washers 

and steel washers 

11/15 


DÄMMGULAST ® channel sections 11/15 

Washers 11/15, 11/37 

MPC wall hanger brackets 11/16 





Hexagon wood screws 11/39 


Cylinder head bolts 11/39 

MPC saddle supports 11/20-11/21 



Hanger sockets 11/40 

Supporting angles 11/23 


Construction brackets 11/24-11/25 

Base plates 11/41 

MPC mounting angles 11/26–11/28 


Angle and connection plates 11/29 

Steel anchors (and setting tool) 11/42 

Cross channel connector 11/30 

Through anchors / 

BZ heavy-duty anchors 

11/43-11/44


Advantages 



clamp 




• Tightening bolts with cross-head 

convenient for power driver 


washers 




of the clamp 






Data 


certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 


V 

M 

Size 


[N] 


loading [N] 

3 /8"–2" 4,500 1,500 

D 

H 

H1 

70 mm–6" 9,500 3,166 

b1 

B 

Single bossed 

clamps, with DÄMM 

GULAST ® yellow 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range 

[mm] 



[pieces] 

V2A V4A B b1 H1 H V 

M8 3 

/8" 15–20 127928 127931 1 64 23 44 28 M6 

1 

/2" 21–26 127802 127805 71 23 51 31 

3 /4" 26–32 127916 127919 75 23 54 33 

1" 32–36 127772 127775 81 23 61 36 

1 1 /4" 40–44 127790 127793 91 23 71 41 

1 1 /2" 48–53 127781 127785 98 23 78 45 

57 mm 54–58 127955 127958 105 23 85 48 

2" 59–64 127886 127889 107 23 87 49 

70 mm 68–73 127974 127977 126 28 103 57 M8 

2 1 /2" 74–80 127898 127901 132 28 109 60 

83 mm 80–85 127987 127990 138 28 114 63 

3" 88–93 127907 127910 146 28 123 67 

102 mm 99–103 127823 127826 161 28 137 74 

110 mm 108–112 127832 127835 175 28 147 79 

4" 112–118 127937 127940 176 28 152 82 

125 mm 125–130 127850 127853 188 28 161 86 

133 mm 133–137 127859 127862 196 28 169 90 

5" 137–142 127946 127949 201 28 175 93 

160 mm 159–164 127871 127874 220 28 193 102 

6" 164–169 127416 127965 226 28 200 106 

07/09 



Data 

Vibration 


certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 

control 

Single 

bossed clamps 


Single bossed 


DÄMM GULAST ® 

yellow 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range 

[mm] 



[pieces] 


M10 3 

/8" 15–20 127332 127335 1 64 23 46 30 M6 

1 /2" 21–26 127096 127102 71 23 53 33 

3 

/4" 26–32 127314 127317 75 23 56 35 

1" 32–36 127056 127058 81 23 63 38 

1 1 /4" 40–44 127078 127081 91 23 73 43 

1 1 /2" 48–53 127066 127069 98 23 80 47 

57 mm 54–58 127401 127404 105 23 87 50 

2" 59–64 127231 127234 107 23 89 51 

70 mm 68–73 127437 127440 126 28 105 59 M8 

2 1 /2" 74–80 127252 127255 132 28 111 62 

83 mm 80–85 127449 127452 138 28 116 65 

3" 88–93 127302 127305 146 28 125 69 

102 mm 99–103 127111 127114 161 28 139 76 

110 mm 108–112 127126 127129 175 28 149 81 

4" 112–118 127353 127356 176 28 154 84 

125 mm 125–130 127138 127141 188 28 163 88 

133 mm 133–137 127147 127150 196 28 171 92 

5" 137–142 127380 127383 201 28 177 95 

160 mm 159–164 127195 127198 220 28 195 104 

6" 164–169 127419 127422 226 28 202 108 

212 mm 

219.1 mm 

244.5 mm 

267 mm 

273 mm 

315 mm 

323.9 mm 

355.6 mm 

... 

... 



11/2 


07/09


Advantages 



• Can be used a pipeline anchor 

point 

• The 2 tightening bolts allow adjustment 



• Tightening bolts with cross-head 

convenient for power driver 


washers 





b 

V 

M 

D 

B 

H 

H1 

Data 


certified 

3 /8"–6" ≥ M10 

Size 

Breaking strength under 

tensile load 

[N] 


loading 

[N] 

3 

/8"–70 mm 4,500 1,500 

2 1 /2"–6" 9,500 3,166 

Single bossed 



Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range 

[mm] 



[pieces] 


M8 3 

/8" 13–18 120827 120831 1 54 20 35 23 M6 

1 

/2" 20–23 120668 120672 59 20 39 25 

3 

/4" 25–28 120815 120819 64 20 44 28 

1" 31–35 120629 120633 71 20 51 31 

1 1 /4" 40–44 120657 120661 81 20 61 36 

1 1 /2" 48–50 120641 120645 87 20 66 39 

57 mm 54–58 120860 120864 93 20 73 42 

2" 58–61 120758 120762 98 20 78 45 

70 mm 68–72 120880 120884 107 20 87 49 

2 1 /2" 73–78 120774 120778 120 25 97 54 M8 

83 mm 80–84 120900 120904 126 25 103 57 

3" 85–90 120803 120807 132 25 109 60 

102 mm 100–104 120687 120691 146 25 123 67 

110 mm/4" 108–115 120703 120707 161 25 137 74 

125 mm 125–130 120727 120731 176 25 152 82 

5" 133–140 120847 120852 188 25 161 86 

160 mm 154–160 120746 120750 205 25 181 96 

6" 160–169 120868 120872 214 25 188 100 

07/09 



Data 


certified 

≥ M10, 3 /8"–6" 



Single 

bossed 


without liner 

Connecting 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range 

[mm] 



[pieces] 

V2A V4A B b H1 H V 

M10 3 /8" 13–18 120118 121713 1 54 20 37 25 M6 

1 /2" 20–23 119831 119835 59 20 41 27 

3 /4" 25–28 120102 120106 64 20 46 30 

1" 31–35 119779 119783 71 20 53 33 

1 1 /4" 40–44 119815 119819 81 20 63 38 

1 1 /2" 48–50 119795 119799 87 20 68 41 

57 mm 54–58 120194 120198 93 20 75 44 

2" 58–61 119998 120002 98 20 80 47 

70 mm 68–72 120237 124903 107 20 89 51 

2 1 /2" 73–78 120014 120018 120 25 99 56 M8 

83 mm 80–84 120269 124927 126 25 105 59 

3" 85–90 120082 120086 132 25 111 62 

102 mm 100–104 119848 119851 146 25 125 69 

110 mm/4" 108–115 119871 119875 161 25 139 76 

125 mm 125–130 119912 119915 176 25 154 84 

5" 133–140 120170 124849 188 25 163 88 

160 mm 154–160 119964 119970 205 25 183 98 

6" 160–169 120202 120207 214 25 190 102 

212 mm 

219.1 mm 

244.5 mm 

267 mm 

273 mm 

315 mm 

323.9 mm 

355.6 mm 

… 

… 



11/4 


07/09


Advantages 



area 

• Stronger tightening bolts for high 

load capacity 








Data 


certified 

up to 6" 


Size 

Breaking strength under 

tensile load 

[N] 


loading 

[N] 

1 1 /2"–2" 12,500 4,166 

2 1 /2"–4" 15,000 5,000 

133 mm–315 mm 20,000 6,666 

from 323 mm upwards 25,000 8,333 

Single bossed 


type with 

DÄMM GULAST ® 

yellow 

Connection 

thread 

Size 

Clamping 

range [mm] 



[pieces] 

V2A V4A b x s B b1 H1 H V 

M12 1 1 /2" 45–52 121907 121323 1 30 x 3 111 34 81 48 M8 

2" 56–64 122091 121339 30 x 3 123 34 93 54 

2 1 /2" 72–80 122103 121343 30 x 3 138 34 109 62 

3" 88–92 122258 121371 30 x 3 157 34 122 69 M10 

110 mm 110–114 121953 121327 30 x 3 178 34 143 79 

4" 112–116 122345 121387 30 x 3 183 34 147 81 

133 mm 133–137 122010 121331 40 x 4 203 46 168 92 

5" 137–145 122425 121391 40 x 4 210 46 175 95 

160 mm 159–165 122044 121335 40 x 4 230 46 195 105 

6" 164–170 122469 121394 40 x 4 235 46 200 108 

200 mm 193–203 122119 121346 40 x 4 270 46 235 125 

212 mm 208–214 122147 121350 40 x 4 282 46 247 131 

219 mm 217–224 122159 121354 40 x 4 289 46 254 135 

250 mm 244–254 122210 121358 40 x 4 320 46 285 150 

267 mm 267–273 122226 121362 40 x 4 337 46 302 159 

280 mm 278–282 122246 121367 40 x 4 350 46 315 165 

315 mm 313–318 122290 121375 40 x 4 385 46 350 183 

323 mm 320–326 122298 121379 50 x 5 415 56 360 188 M12 

355 mm 353–360 122321 121383 50 x 5 447 56 392 204 

407 mm 

419 mm 

508 mm 

… 

… 



07/09 



Advantages 


• Two-piece single bossed clamp 

with M8 connection nut 

• Manufactured to suit round air 

duct dimensions 

• Two tightening bolts allow adjustment 






of the clamp 

• Vibration damping liner 

DÄMMGULAST ® with orange identification 



Without lining 

With DÄMMGULAST ® Junior 

Data 


Nominal pipe 

diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. V2A 


Duct clamps M8 50 115606 115459 1 

63 115612 115264 

77 115618 115274 

80 115627 115280 

90 115633 115289 

100 115506 115115 

112 115512 115121 

125 115521 115128 

140 115533 115137 

150 115542 115146 

160 115548 115156 

180 115555 115168 

200 115560 115177 

224 115567 115186 

250 115576 115199 

280 115582 115209 

300 115585 115218 

315 115594 115227 

355 115600 115236 

400 115603 115245 

M10 450 115456 115091 

500 115461 115094 

560 115464 115097 

600 115467 115100 

630 115470 115103 

710 115476 115106 

800 115479 115109 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

11/6 


07/09


Data 



Max. recommended loading: 500 N 

Nominal pipe 

diameter 

[mm] 



b x s V B H H1 B b1 H H1 

Duct clamps 50 25 x 1.5 M6 95 39 66 104 28 43 75 

63 25 x 1.5 M6 108 45 79 117 28 50 88 

71 25 x 1.5 M6 116 49 87 125 28 54 96 

80 25 x 1.5 M6 125 54 96 134 28 58 105 

90 25 x 1.5 M6 135 59 106 144 28 63 115 

100 25 x 1.5 M6 146 64 117 152 28 69 126 

112 25 x 1.5 M6 158 70 129 164 28 75 139 

125 25 x 1.5 M6 171 77 142 180 28 81 151 

140 25 x 1.5 M6 186 84 157 195 28 89 166 

150 25 x 1.5 M6 196 89 167 205 28 94 176 

160 25 x 1.5 M6 206 94 177 215 28 99 186 

180 25 x 1.5 M6 226 104 197 235 28 109 206 

200 25 x 1.5 M6 246 114 217 255 28 119 226 

224 25 x 1.5 M6 272 131 247 279 28 136 256 

250 25 x 1.5 M6 298 144 273 305 28 149 282 

280 25 x 1.5 M6 328 159 303 335 28 164 312 

300 25 x 1.5 M6 349 170 324 356 28 174 333 

315 25 x 1.5 M6 364 177 339 371 28 182 348 

355 25 x 1.5 M6 404 197 379 411 28 202 388 

400 25 x 1.5 M6 449 220 424 456 28 224 433 

450 25 x 2.5 M8 515 245 474 521 28 248 480 

500 25 x 2.5 M8 565 270 524 571 28 273 530 

560 25 x 2.5 M8 625 300 584 631 28 303 590 

600 25 x 2.5 M8 665 320 624 671 28 323 630 

630 25 x 3.0 M8 696 335 655 702 28 338 661 

710 25 x 3.0 M8 776 375 735 782 28 378 741 

800 25 x 3.0 M8 866 420 825 872 28 423 831 

07/09 



Advantages 



pipe sections and runs 


air ducts 


front-wall installations and shelves 

in combination with extensive 








site 












Section 27/18 

Section 28/30 

Data 

Section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

MPC support channels 27/18 2,000 129907 129908 1 

V2A 

V4A 

6,000 129999 – 

28/30 2,000 118582 118586 

6,000 118976 118979 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

11/8 


07/09


Advantages 



pipe sections and runs 


air ducts 


front-wall installations and shelves 

in combination with extensive 








site 












Section 38/40 

Section 40/60 

Data 


certified 

Section 


[mm] 

Part no. 

MPC support channels 38/40 2,000 129914 129915 1 

V2A 

V4A 

4,000 129962 129963 

6,000 130006 130007 

40/60 6,000 130017 130018 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Data 



Section 

Available 

rail nuts 

Section 

weight 

Section 

crosssection 


capacity 



27/18 M8, M10 0.60 0.72 0.31 1.00 0.33 0.74 1.70 7 

28/30 M8, M10 1.16 1.42 1.52 2.16 0.99 1.54 2.50 12 

38/40 M8, M10 

M12 

40/60 M8, M10 

M12 


1.82 2.28 4.60 6.34 2.30 3.33 5.00 15 

3.50 4.62 19.10 14.07 6.36 7.03 8.30 23 


0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 

27/18 420 204 86 – 315 120 – – 210 86 – – 175 67 – – 

28/30 1,264 627 413 240 948 470 260 141 632 313 186 101 526 261 146 79 

38/40 2,939 1,463 967 718 2,204 1,097 725 440 1,469 731 483 315 1,224 609 403 248 

40/60 8,131 4,051 2,685 1,997 6,098 3,038 2,014 1,498 4,065 2,025 1,342 998 3,388 1,688 1,118 832 

Note: You will find max. load capacities of the sections 38/40 and 40/60 for larger spans in the “Technical information” 

chapter. 



11/10 


07/09


Advantages 



channel slot, even when retrofitted 

between existing pipe runs 

• Simple and secure handling: 

insert in the MPC support channels 

- turn - and the the QUICK 

fastener is fixed. No slipping, no 

falling out. 



channel 

• High quality and load capacity 

• Suitable for MPC support channel 

sections 38/40 and 40/60 

• Angle-mounting type for fast and 

efficient installation of brackets 


MPC QUICK fasteners with internal 

thread 

MPC QUICK fasteners for angle 

mounting 

Data 


certified 




for angle mounting 

For channel section Connecting thread Part no. 

V2A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

38/40 and 40/60 M8 120866 50 

M10 120830 

M8 120794 50 

M10 120786 

07/09 



Data 






[N] 


Max. recommended transverse 

load FQ 

(displacement) [N] 


torque of 

[Nm] 

38/40 M8 2,800 1,000 20 

M10 2,800 1,000 25 

40/60 M8 4,000 1,000 20 

M10 4,000 1,000 25 

11/12 


07/09


Advantages 


• For time-saving, efficient fixing 

of pipe clamps to MPC support 

channels 

• Practical assortment of lengths for 

the professional 

• For insertion at any point into the 

slot of channel support sections 

27/18 and 28/30 

• Lateral adjustment at any time, 

allows perfect alignment of the 

pipeline after installation 

• Various lengths and thread diameters 

can be combined within the 

same channel 

Data 


certified 

M10 

For Channel 

section 

Connecting 

thread 

Length 

[mm] 


[mm] 

V2A 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


fasteners 

27/18 and 

28/30 

38/40 and 

40/60 

M8 25 7 115134 115139 50 

30 15 115143 115148 

40 25 115157 115160 

50 35 115169 115172 

80 65 115184 115187 

M8 25 7 115050 115059 50 

35 20 115053 115077 

50 35 115098 115095 

M10 35 18 114978 114993 

M12 35 15 115008 115017 


channels 

Max. allowable channel 

point load capacity 

[N] 




[N] 





[N] 


torque of 

[Nm] 

27/18 1,700 M8 1,000 400 10 

28/30 2,500 M8 1,000 400 10 

38/40 5,000 M8 2,500 1,000 20 

M10 2,800 1,200 30 

M12 5,000 1,800 40 

40/60 8,300 M8 3,500 1,000 20 

M10 4,000 1,200 30 

M12 8,300 1,800 40 

07/09 




MPC protection caps 



[pieces] 

27/18 106000 100 

28/30 106002 

38/40 106006 50 

40/60 106008 25 



certified 

≥ M10 

For MPC support channels For thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

V2A 

V4A 

27/18 and 28/30 M8 114539 114536 100 

M10 114506 114509 

38/40 M8 114542 114545 

M10 114512 114515 

M12 114524 114527 

40/60 M8 114551 114548 

M10 114521 114518 

M12 114533 114530 

MPC rail nuts 



channels 

Thread 

Length x Width x Height 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

27/18 and 28/30 M8 (20.0 x 14.0 x 5) 120031 120035 100 

38/40 and 40/60 M8 (30.0 x 12.0 x 6) 118058 – 

(33.0 x 23.0 x 6) 118034 118037 

M10 (33.0 x 23.0 x 6) 117962 117965 

M12 (33.0 x 23.0 x 6) 117980 117983 

V2A 

V4A 

11/14 


07/09


DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pads 

for threaded rods M8 and M10 

Size 

[mm] 

V2A 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

40 x 11 107081 107082 25 

V4A 

DÄMM GULAST ® washers and steel washers 

for threaded rods M8 and M10 

For threaded rods 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

DÄMMGULAST ® washers M8 28 x 8.5 107089 100 

M10 34 x 10.5 107086 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Washers M8 30 x 8.5 127204 127207 100 

V2A 

V4A 

M10 35 x 10.5 127106 127112 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

DÄMMGULAST ® channel sections 





in 50 mm lengths 

Suitable for MPC support 

channels 

27/18 and 28/30 Channels with slot widths of 13–16 mm, 

M8 threaded rods 

38/40, 39/52, 

40/60, 38/80, 40/80 

and 40/120 

38/40, 39/52, 40/60, 

38/80, 40/80 

and 40/120 

Suitable for Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 





Contents 

107689 1 30-metre roll 

107690 

107691 1 Carton with 

300 

pieces 

07/09 



Advantages 


• Also ideal as cantilever support 





allow 

height adjustment of the bracket 

• Variety of lengths covers all construction 

requirements 




for fixing pipes in in shafts and 

ducts 


for air ducts and cable trays 

• Solid wall bracket for fittings and 

equipment 

Data 


certified 

from 38/40, up to 720 mm long 

MPC wall 

hanger 

brackets 

Section Bracket length Part no. 

Pack size 


L [mm] 

V2A V4A 

[pieces] 

H1 b s C V 

27/18 200 118570 118574 1 120 40 4 80 11 x 19 

300 118664 118668 120 40 4 80 11 x 19 

38/40 160 118522 118527 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

240 118612 118616 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

320 118708 118712 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

400 118794 118798 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

480 118860 118864 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

560 118912 118916 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

640 119010 119014 120 40 6 80 11 x 19 

40/60 560 118944 118948 200 100 8 155 13 x 30 


Bracket 

section 

Bracket 

Length L 

[mm] 

Max. allowable load [N] 

27/18 200 526 263 263 175 

300 350 143 175 116 

38/40 160 4,597 2,298 2,298 1,532 

240 3,062 1,531 1,531 1,020 

320 2,294 1,147 1,147 764 

400 1,832 916 916 610 

480 1,524 762 762 508 

560 1,304 612 652 434 

640 1,138 467 569 379 

40/60 560 3,613 1,806 1,806 1,204 



11/16 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC channel connectors 




channels 


• Problem-free fitting by sliding into 

the channel section 

Data 

Made in 

Germany 

b 1.4301 

40 40 40 

L 


Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Dimensions 

[mm] 

V2A V4A L b 

MPC channel connectors 27/18 and 28/30 120052 120056 1 150 25 

38/40 and 40/60 120064 120068 150 40 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC reinforcement angles 

• Ideal as support for wall hanger 

brackets 38/40 where transverse 

forces occur 

• Suitable for wall, ceiling or floor 

mounting 

• Provides further mounting facilities 

for angular fitting and junctions 


Suitable for: 

• Support of wall hanger bracket 

38/40 

• As angular fitting and junction support 

for all MPC support channels 

Application examples 

Data 

Part no. 

Pack size 

V2A 

V4A 

[pieces] 

MPC reinforcement angles 129798 129799 1 

11/18 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC channel support brackets 

• Ideal for the fixing of MPC support 

channels as cross members in 

shafts and ducts 

• For the right-angle connection 

• of two channels where the section 

slots do not have the same alignment 



the channel support bracket 

• Can be used as floor or ceiling 

mounting for vertical MPC support 

channels 

• Supplied with two clamping bolts, 

ready fitted 

Channel support bracket, crosswise 

Channel support bracket, lengthwise 

Data 

Channel support bracket, crosswise 

Channel support bracket, lengthwise 

MPC channel support 

brackets, crosswise 

MPC channel support 

brackets, lengthwise 


channels 

Part no. 

Pack size 


[pieces] 

V2A V4A b1 V L1 

27/18 and 28/30 129625 129626 1 24 11 x 19 50 

38/40 and 40/60 129628 129629 30 33 

27/18 and 28/30 129616 129617 24 2 

38/40 and 40/60 129619 129620 30 2 

07/09 



Advantages 

MPC saddle supports 


using MPC support 

channels 





flange 



connection 



Saddle support, crosswise 

Saddle support, lengthwise 

Data 


certified 

38/40, 40/60 

Saddle support, crosswise 

Saddle support, lengthwise 

Saddle 

supports, 

crosswise 

Saddle 

supports, 

lengthwise 

For MPC support Part no. 

Pack size 


channels 

V2A V4A 

[pieces] 


27/18 and 28/30 129650 129651 1 125 40 30 5 70 84 11 x 19 

38/40 and 40/60 129657 129654 136 50 42 6 90 95 13 x 25 

27/18 and 28/30 129634 129635 114 50 30 5 70 73 11 x 19 

38/40 and 40/60 129640 129641 144 70 42 6 90 103 13 x 25 

11/20 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC VARIO-saddle supports 

• The problem-solver when connecting 

MPC support channels to 

inclined surfaces outdoors or surfaces 

liable to corrosion 

• Variable angle adjustment possible 

during installation 

• Simple and quick installation due 

to pre-fitted double rail nut 

• Fixing to the slot in section 38/40 

of support channels is possible in 

all directions 

• Ideal for fitting to inclined roof 

trusses, vaults and in round cable 

shafts 

Fitting of a pipe run to a inclined roof 

truss 

Pipes installed on an MPC wall 

hanger with diagonal strut 

Installation of a support frame in 

vaults or round cable channels and 

shafts 

Data 

13 

25 

Completely pre-assembled, comprising: 

1 MPC VARIO-saddle support 

1 Double rail nut 

2 Hexagonal head nuts M10 

2 Steel washers 

4 

22 105 

42 

Made in Germany 

20 

12,5 

120 

151 

For MPC support channels Minimum angle Part no. 

V2A 

MPC VARIO-saddle supports 38/40 and 40/60 20° 129659 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Cantilever brackets 



channels 

• Can be fitted to ceiling, wall and 

floor, free-standing or in a shaft 

• Reinforces and increases the load 

capacity of sectional structures 

and cross-members 

• Even greater strength can be 

achieved by bolting two together 

cantilever brackets 

• The strong support bracket for 

water meters, distributor batteries, 

pumps and many other items 

Data 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Cantilever brackets, equal-sided, Type 1 200 x 200 x 4 113616 113619 1 

V2A 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

11/22 


07/09


Advantages 

Supporting angles 

• Angle element for heavy-duty 

mounting constructions 

• Fitted with the high-grade vibration 

control of the DÄMMGULAST ® 

resilient pad 

• For suspension of pipework from 

the side of reinforced concrete 

beams 

• As bracket for supporting heavy 

loads close to a wall 

• For supporting cross members in 

confined spaces 

• As substructure for the attachment 

of fittings such as water meters. 

Data 


Supporting angles with 

DÄMM GULAST ® resilient pad 

Supporting angles without 

DÄMM GULAST ® resilient pad 


loading [N] 


reduction of 

V2A 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1,000 17 dB(A) 127786 127783 1 

1,650 – 127795 127798 

07/09 



Advantages 



the construction of cross-members, 

frames and shelving systems 

• Great variety of mounting possibilities 


channels 

• Results in rigid junction and angle 

connections 

• For any arrangement of channel 

opening 

• For direct mounting on ceilings, 

walls and floors or for installation 

with MPC support channels as: 



• Floor supports 

• Junction brackets 

• Cross connections 

• Transverse support angles 

• Support angles 

• Connection elements 

• Angular brackets 

Data 

Size 

[mm] 


channels 

Part no. 

V2A 

Construction brackets, Type 2 280 x 164 x 4 38/40 and 40/60 113595 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

11/24 


07/09


Examples of 

installations 


Section 38/40 

As a cross-connection, also possible 

with continuous MPC support 

channels 

As transverse support for additional lateral rigidity 

As junction plate; as the mounting slot of the MPC support channels can be aligned in any position, guarantees a 

variety of mounting arrangements for an optimum solution to any problem 

As 45° support; installation with MPC support channels opening either inwards or outwards 

07/09 



Advantages 




air ducts 




ceilings and floors 









channels 



solutions 



Data 


V2A 

V4A 

[pieces] 

MPC mounting angles, 45° 27/18 and 28/30 118785 118789 1 

MPC mounting angles, 90° 118898 118902 

11/26 


07/09


Advantages 




air ducts 




ceilings and floors 









channels 



solutions 



Data 


V2A 

V4A 

[pieces] 

MPC mounting angles, 45° 38/40 and 40/60 118757 118773 1 

MPC mounting angles, 90° 118824 118858 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Creation of rigid structures without 

welding 

• High flexibility and easy mounting 

• Strong and economical connecting 

element for the construction of 

frames, shelves and supports for 

wall-mounted installations 

• Exact adjustment to the widths of 



short 

Data 


Part no. 

V2A 

Mounting angles short, 90° 38/40 and 40/60 118854 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

11/28 


07/09


Advantages 

Angle and connection plates 

• Simple and quick connection of 

angles and T-connections 

• Strong connection elements for 

frames and wall-mounted installations 

with the MPC system components 

• The mounting plates allow frame 

construction in one plane with the 

in which the channel slots have the 

same alignment 

• Good adaptation to channel 

widths; the corners remain free in 

frame constructions 

• Hole spacings allow through-bolt 

installation using the MPC support 

channels 

Angle plate 


Frame construction on the roof 

with MPC support channels and 

T-connection plates 

Data 

Angle plate 



Part no. 

V2A 

Angle plates 38/40 and 40/60 127843 1 

T-connection plates 130298 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Cross channel connectors 




using MPC support channels 










structure 



Data 


For 40/60 section 

Cross channel 

connectors 


channels 

Part no. 

Pack size 


[pieces] 

V2A V4A A H B C D L H1 

28/30 118228 118225 1 31 31 30 80 8.5 102 13 

38/40 118249 118268 41 41 40 88 10.5 116 18 

40/60 118292 118300 41 62 40 80 10.5 110 – 

11/30 


07/09


Advantages 

MPC girder cleats 

• The ideal solution for fixing MPC 


girders 


or drilling 



girder 






Data 

For channel section Thread Max. permitted load/pair 

27/18 and 28/30 M6 2,800 N 

38/40 and 40/60 M10 10,400 N 

MPC girder 

cleats 

For channel section Thread Part no. Pack size 


V2A V4A 

[pieces] 


27/18 and 28/30 M6 130282 130280 2 60 80 37 18 43.8 29 27.8 

38/40 and 40/60 M10 130271 130271 80 100 50 18.5 39.7 24.5 30.7 

07/09 



Advantages 


• For fixing pipework, air ducts and 

sprinkler systems to steel girders 


or drilling 

• Subsequent alignment on the 

girder is possible 

• For suspending threaded pins and 

threaded rods for the attachment 

of pipe clamps or cross-members 


• High load capacity 

• Quick, subsequent height adjustment 

of the threaded rods at the 

non-threaded through-hole 

Data 

For size 


loading 

[N] 

M8 1,200 

M10 2,500 

M12 3,500 

For size 

Clamping 

range [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


A B C D E H M 

Girder clamps, V2A M8 0–16 130246 1 21.5 21.0 38.0 9.0 34.0 41.5 M10 

M10 130235 11.0 

M12 130239 13.0 

Girder clamps, V4A M8 130245 9.0 

M10 130249 11.0 

M12 130254 13.0 

11/32 


07/09


Advantages 


• Easy-to-install suspension for air 

ducts 

• Integral highly-elastic vibrationisolating 

element 

• Excellent alignment and height 

adjustment via threaded rods 

• Professional design as angle and 

twin angle 

• Various fastenings to the duct 

using rivets or self-drilling screws 

• Direct attachment to building 

structure is possible 


17 dB(A) 


Duct fixing twin angle 


Data 


[N] 

Average vibration reduction of 

[dB(A)] 

Type I 230 16 

Type II 800 17 

Duct fixing angles, 

type I 

Duct fixing angles, 

type II 

Duct fixing twin angle, 

type I 

Duct fixing twin angle, 

type II 

V2A 

Part no. 

Duct fixing angles with isolator Type I 116626 116632 10 

V4A 

Type II 116651 116534 

Duct fixing twin angles with isolator Type I 116537 116540 

Type II 116561 116531 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

• For the professional attachment of 

installations to trapezoidal section 

sheet 

• Easy to adapt to different trapezoidal 

sheet sections due to predetermined 

bending points 

• Round holes in the ends of the 

legs enable a through-connection 

of M8 or M10 threaded rods 

approx. 100 

(variable bending angle) 

approx. 120 


with welded-on nut 

Data 

Max. recommended loading [N] 1,300 


with welded-on nut 

Nuts Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

V2A 

V4A 

M8 130198 130199 10 

M10 130196 130197 

Trapezoid-sheet pliers 

punching pliers for trapezoidal sheet 

Jaw opening 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Trapezoid-sheet pliers from 78 to 10 130206 1 

Punching pliers L from 100 to 10 130208 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Max. trapezoidal sheet thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Hole punches for trapezoid-sheet pliers 1.25 114886 2 

Punching stamps L for punching pliers L 1.20 114889 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

11/34 


07/09


Threaded pins 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 25 114160 114163 50 

30 114175 114181 

40 114202 114205 

50 114217 114220 

60 114235 114238 

70 114247 114250 

80 114256 114259 

90 114265 114268 

100 114105 114112 

120 114122 114125 

140 114131 114134 25 

M10 25 113756 113759 

30 113771 113774 

40 113798 113801 

50 113807 113810 

55 113816 113819 

60 113831 113834 

70 113846 113849 

80 113852 113855 

90 113864 113867 

100 113687 113690 

120 113708 113711 

140 113717 113720 

M12 25 113936 113939 

60 113986 113989 

80 113995 113998 

100 113873 113876 

110 113888 113891 

V2A 

V4A 

Threaded rods 

Thread 

Length 

[m] 

V2A 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 1 113594 113597 25 

M8 1 113621 113624 

2 113645 113648 

M10 1 113455 113458 10 

2 113476 113479 

M12 1 113501 113504 

2 113519 113522 5 

M16 1 113537 113540 

2 113555 113558 

07/09 



Round connectors 

for joining or connecting threaded items 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Outside Ø [mm] Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

V2A V4A V2A V4A 

M8 30 11 11 113262 113266 50 

40 11 11 113277 113280 

M10 30 13 13 113169 113172 

40 13 13 113178 113181 

M12 30 15 15 113199 113202 

M16 40 22 25 113227 113230 25 

Bolt screws 

for fastening to wooden ceilings or for use with nylon plugs 



[mm] 

Wood thread 

Wood thread 

length 

[mm] 

Metric thread 

length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

V2A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 50 H7 25 21 129713 100 

60 H7 34 22 129716 

80 H7 37 27 129723 

100 H7 43 40 129697 

120 H7 45 47 129701 

140 H7 45 49 129705 

160 H7 45 50 129707 

M10 60 H9 30 20 129677 

80 H9 48 22 129679 

100 H9 55 32 129665 

120 H9 55 42 129667 50 

140 H9 55 42 129669 

160 H9 55 42 129671 

180 H9 55 42 129673 

M12 80 H10 42 25 129684 

11/36 


07/09




V2A 

V4A 

[pieces] 

M6 105477 105479 100 

M8 105486 105488 

M10 105423 105425 

M12 105439 105441 

M16 105453 105455 

M20 105465 105467 25 

M24 105470 105472 

Washers 

DIN 125 

For thread 


[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M6 12 1.6 127301 127304 100 

M8 16 1.6 127313 127272 

M10 20 2.0 127269 127283 

M12 24 2.5 127280 127292 

M16 30 3.0 127289 127275 

V2A 

V4A 

Washers with larger outer diameter 

for fixing of MPC support channels 

For thread 


[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

V2A 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 25 2.0 127190 127199 100 

30 2.0 127204 127207 

M10 30 2.5 127097 127103 

35 2.5 127106 127112 

M12 40 3.0 127160 127163 

07/09 




Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 16 105754 105755 100 

20 105760 105761 

25 105765 105767 

30 105772 105774 

35 105778 105780 

45 105785 105786 

55 105791 105792 

M10 20 105553 105555 

25 105561 105562 

30 105568 105570 

35 105577 105579 

40 105586 105588 50 

55 105597 105598 

60 105601 105602 

80 105607 105608 

100 105541 105540 

M12 25 105618 105619 100 

30 105622 105624 

35 105627 105629 50 

50 105640 105641 

60 105644 105645 

70 105649 105650 

M16 30 105666 105667 

35 105669 105670 

40 105672 105673 

45 105674 105675 

M20 50 105708 105709 25 

M24 60 105717 105718 

V2A 

V4A 

Allen bolts 

with metric thread for the attachment of MPC support channels with steel anchors 

Thread 

Thread length 

[mm] 

Allen spanner width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

V2A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 16 6 121048 100 

M10 16 8 121010 

30 8 121033 

11/38 


07/09



Thread 


[mm] 

Wood thread 

length [mm] 

Spanner width Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

V2A 

V4A 

H8 50 33 13 105392 105394 100 

60 40 13 105398 105399 

70 45 13 105402 105403 

100 60 13 105378 105412 

H10 70 50 17 105334 105335 50 

80 60 17 105337 105393 


with slot 

Thread 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 25 121139 121142 100 

V2A 

V4A 

30 121147 121151 

Self-drilling screws 

with hexagonal head, for the attachment of air pipes, ducts, spiral-seam 

pipes, etc. 

G 

13 

S 

Sheet thread G [mm] 

Length 

[mm] 

Screw head Ø 

[mm] 

Spanner size 

S [mm] 

Artikel-Nr. 

V2A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

4.2 13 9 7 106660 500 

16 8.5 106699 

19 106664 

07/09 



Hanger sockets 

with round hole 

Thread 

Hole diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 8.5 106396 106590 25 

M10 11.0 106393 106588 

M12 13.0 106394 106589 

V2A 

V4A 

Distance angles 

Leg length L 

[mm] 

V2A 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

50 106029 106031 25 

11/40 


07/09


Base plates with nuts 

with two oblong holes 


[mm] 

Size 1 

(80 x 30 x 3) 

Size 2 

(120 x 40 x 4) 

Connecting nut 


[mm] 

Hole-centre spacing C 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 9 x 16 54 112405 112379 1 

M10 9 x 16 54 112393 112373 

M12 9 x 16 54 112399 112377 

M8 11 x 19 80 112465 112427 

M10 11 x 19 80 112449 112415 

M12 11 x 19 80 112457 112421 

M16 11 x 19 80 112461 112425 

V2A 

V4A 


with two oblong holes 


[mm] 

Size 2 

(120 x 40 x 4) 

Connection 

socket 


[mm] 

Hole-centre spacing C 

[mm] 

V2A 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1 /2" 11 x 19 80 112431 112411 1 

3 

/4" 11 x 19 80 112441 112413 

1" 11 x 19 80 112429 112409 

Punched tapes 

straight edges 

Tape width 

[mm] 

Hole diameter 

[mm] 

Hole distance 

[mm] 


[m] 

Part no. 

V2A 

17 6.5 11.5 10 114792 1 

Note: 50 m long rolls supplied in a practical dispenser case 

50 114795 

Pack size 

[rolls] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Steel anchors 

• Secure grip due to controlled 

splaying as the taper is driven in 

• Requires only small drilling depth 


material 

• Secure expansion force even when 

the mounting screw is loosened 





loads) 

Data 



certified F90 

APPROVED 

for M10–M16 

Connecting 

thread 

Anchor 

length L 

[mm] 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 


D 

[mm] 

Usable 

thread 

length 

L2 [mm] 

Multiple fixing of nonload-bearing 

systems 

ETA approval 

Drilled 

hole depth 

h1 

[mm] 

Approved 

load 1) 

[kN] 

Non-cracked concrete, 

centrally tensile loaded 

ETA approval 

Drilled 

hole depth 

h0 

[mm] 

Approved 

load 2) 

[kN] 

Steel M6 30 129086 100 8 13 33 0.5 30 3.3 3) 

anchors M8 30 129087 10 13 33 0.5 30 3.3 3) 

M10 40 129082 50 12 20 44 0.8 40 6.1 

M12 50 129083 15 18 54 0.8 50 8.5 

M16 65 129084 25 20 23 – – 65 12.6 

1) Use as multiple fixing of non-load-bearing systems. The overall safety coefficient according to ETAG is taken into consideration. The European 

Technical Approval shall be observed in dimensioning. 



3) Only for use in statically indeterminate systems. 

Note: Please refer to the “Technical information” chapter for additional anchor characteristic values. 

Setting tools for steel anchors 

For steel anchors 

connecting thread 

Part no. 

Setting tools, hardened M6 123117 1 

Setting tools 

M8 123104 

for check marking, hardened 

M10 123092 

M12 123096 

M16 123113 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

11/42 


07/09


Advantages 


• Quick handling: Simply insert and 

tighten 

• Practical through-fitting 

• Splaying controlled by the tightening 

torque 

• High security due to increasing 

splaying with increase in load 





loads) 

hs/hnom 

tfix 

Data 


certified F90 

M8–M16 

APPROVED 

for M10–M16 


APPROVED 




Clamping range tfix 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

St 8–45 M8 45 110 129518 100 

St 10-10 M10 10 85 129489 50 

St 10-20 20 85 129494 

St 10-50 50 125 129492 

St 12-65 M12 65 160 129504 25 

St 16-30 M16 30 150 129488 10 

Drill diameter D 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Lightweight ceiling cladding and false 

ceilings, DIBt approval 

Setting depth 

≥ hs 

[mm] 

Approved load 1) 

[kN] 

Non-cracked concrete, centrally tensile 

loaded, ETA approval 

Setting depth 

hnom 

[mm] 


[kN] 

St 8–45 8 65 55 0.8 55 5.7 

St 10-10 10 70 60 0.8 60 7.6 

St 10-20 

St 10-50 

St 12-65 12 90 – – 80 11.9 

St 16-30 16 110 – – 98 17.2 

1) The approved loading applies for single anchors in concrete strength class ≥ C20/25 (B25) for axially applied tension, lateral load and inclined load 

at any angle. The construction approval of the building inspectorate DIBt shall be observed in dimensioning. 



Note: Please refer to the “Technical information” chapter for additional anchor characteristic values 

07/09 



Advantages 

BZ heavy-duty anchors 

• Secure anchorage due to slit splaying 

sleeve with serrations 

• Force-controlled splaying due to 

tightening torque 

• Secure splaying due to taper with 

slide coating 

• European Technical Approval (ETA) 

for cracked and non-cracked concrete 

• Higher loading possible when used 

in the compression zone 

• Also available in the highly corrosion-resistant 

version HCR (1,4529) 

• Other diameters and lengths available 

on request 

Data 


certified F90 

M10–M16 

APPROVED 

for M10–M16 




tfix 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Anchor diameter D 

[mm] 

Part no. 

V4A 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

BZ 8/30 M8 30 95 8 116755 100 

BZ 8/50 50 115 116761 

BZ 10/10 M10 10 90 10 116690 50 

BZ 10/30 30 110 116696 

BZ 10/50 50 130 116703 

BZ 12/15 M12 15 110 12 116718 25 

BZ 12/50 50 145 116721 

BZ 12/85 85 180 116731 

Drill diameter D 

[mm] 


min. 2) 

h1 

[mm] 


[KN] 

non-cracked concrete 

Central tensile load 

ETA approval 


[KN] 


BZ 8/30 8 60 5.7 2.4 

BZ 8/50 8 60 5.7 2.4 

BZ 10/10 10 75 7.6 4.3 

BZ 10/30 10 75 7.6 4.3 

BZ 10/50 10 75 7.6 4.3 

BZ 12/15 12 90 9.5 5.7 

BZ 12/50 12 90 9.5 5.7 

BZ 12/85 12 90 9.5 5.7 



2) Insert the anchor in the drilled hole up to the setting depth. 

11/44 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


MONO 12/1 

A4 MONO 12/2 

DUPLO 12/3 

A2 DUPLO 12/4 

Securing clamps 12/5 

Reducing couplings 12/6

Pipe connectors 

Advantages 

MONO 

• For connecting cast iron (SML) 

pipes and fittings according to 

DIN 19522/EN 877 

• Simple visual check at the control 

slot* of when the required tightening 

torque has been reached 

• No torque spanner necessary 

• The optimum tightening torque 

can be achieved independently of 

variations in pipe size (within the 

tolerance) 

• The single-bolt pipe connector is 

easy to fit and easy to handle 

• The tightening bolt with hexagon 

socket head enables fast fitting to 

and removal from the pipe 

• Uniform tightening due to the wide 

central fastening 

• A double seam at the sealing collar 

guarantees a strong radial contact 

with the pipe and allows the quick 

pre-assembly of pipes and plain 

fittings 

• The strong fastening has a large 

adjustment range and so compensates 

for variations in pipe 

diameter 

• The generously dimensioned inlet 

sealing lip allows easy insertion of 

the pipe or fitting 

• Sealing collar in high-quality, boiling 

water resistant elastomeric 

material 

• Tested and approved by the material 

testing institute in North Rhine- 

Westphalia 

Before tightening the pipe connector: 

control slot open 

Visual check: 

After tightening the pipe connector: 

control slot closed 

Data 

Type 

Nom. SML 

pipe size 

[DN] 


diameter 

[mm] 

Fastener 

thread 

Allen bolt 

spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

MONO one-piece 50 58 M8 6 115244 50 

70 78 115253 

80 83 115262 

100 110 115223 

125 135 115229 25 

150 160 115235 10 

* The function of the MÜPRO control slot is a registered design. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

A4 MONO 

• Simple visual check at the control 

slot* of when the required tightening 

torque has been reached 

• No torque spanner necessary 

• The optimum tightening torque 

can be achieved independently of 

variations in pipe size (within the 

tolerance) 

• The single-bolt pipe connector is 

ready to fit and easy to handle 

• The tightening bolt with hexagon 

socket head enables fast fitting to, 

and removal from, the pipe 

• A wide central fastener allows a 

uniform tightening 

• A double seam at the sealing collar 

guarantees a strong radial contact 

with the pipe and allows the quick 

pre-assembly of pipes and plain 

fittings 

• The strong fastener has a large 

adjustment range and so compensates 

for variations in pipe 

diameter 

• The generously dimensioned inlet 

sealing lip allows easy slipping 

over the pipe or fitting 



Westphalia 

• Clamp, fastener and fastener bolts 

are in rustproof, acid-resistant 

stainless steel, material type 

1,4571 according to EN 10088 

• Especially suitable for applications 

outdoors and where greater 

demands on corrosion resistance 

are required 

• Coated bolts and nuts for secure 

and reliable tightening of the connector 

till the fastener is closed 

Data 

Nom. SML pipe 

size 

[DN] 


diameter 

[mm] 

Fastener thread 

Hexagon socket 

spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

A4 MONO 50 58 M8 6 115247 50 

70 78 115256 

80 80 115265 

100 110 115226 

125 135 115232 25 

150 160 115238 10 

* The function of the MÜPRO control slot is a registered design. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

12/2 


07/09


Advantages 

DUPLO 

• For connecting cast iron (SML) 

pipes and fittings according to 

DIN 19522/EN 877 

• two-screw pipe connector 

• Compact design enables fitting in 

the tightest of spaces 

• Wide tightening strap guarantees 

the distribution of the force over a 

wide area 

• Creased, dimensionally stable 

transition lip ensures uniform contact 

of the sealing collar on the 

pipe, even in the sealing region 

• Simple fitting due to combi head 

bolt with hexagon and slot 

• Uniform force distribution due to 

stable seal with large area pressure-plate(s) 

• Tightening bolts integrated into the 

pressure plate, no loose nuts 



Westphalia 

DN 50–DN 150 type, one-piece 

V2A type DN 400, two-piece 

Data 

Type 

Nom. SML 

pipe size 

[DN] 


diameter 

[mm] 

Fastener 

thread 

Allen bolt spanner 

width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

DUPLO one-piece 50 58 M8 10 115214 50 

70 78 115217 

80 83 130659 40 

100 110 115176 50 

125 135 115182 25 

150 160 115188 10 

two-piece 200 210 115194 5 

250 274 115200 4 

300 326 115205 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

A2 DUPLO 

• Clamp, fastener and fastener bolts 

are in rustproof, acid-resistant 

stainless steel, material type 

1,4301 according to EN 10088 

• The inner sealing collar is made of 

a high-quality, boiling water resistant 

elastomeric material 

• Especially suitable for applications 

outdoors and laid in the ground 

• Compact design enables fitting in 

the tightest of spaces 

• Wide tightening strap guarantees 

the distribution of the force over a 

wide area 

• Creased, dimensionally stable 

transition lip ensures uniform contact 

of the sealing collar on the 

pipe, even in the sealing region 

• The combi head bolt with hexagon 

and slot simplifies the fitting 

• The strong fastening with largearea 

pressure plate enables a uniform 

force distribution 

• Tightening bolts integrated into the 

pressure plate, no loose nuts 

Data 

Type 

Nom. SML 

pipe size 

[DN] 


diameter 

[mm] 

Fastener 

thread 


spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

A2 DUPLO one-piece 70 78 M8 10 115220 50 

100 110 115179 

125 135 115185 25 

150 160 115191 10 

two-piece 200 210 115197 5 

250 274 115202 4 

300 326 115208 1 

400 429 M10 17 115211 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

12/4 


07/09


Advantages 

Securing clamps 

• For longitudinal friction connection 

of cast iron (SML) pipes according 

to DIN 19522/EN 877 

• For pipe connections with high 

requirements, e. g. for use in backpressure 

and impact zones, or for 

deflections and diameter steps in 

downcomers 

• Especially strong flanges for 

absorbing large forces 

• Strong wrap-round grip gives the 

cast-iron pipe connection the optimum 

security 

• Retro-fitting to pipelines that are 

already laid can be made at any 

time 

• Tightening bolts with captive 

washers for simple and efficient 

fitting 



Westphalia 

DN 50–DN 150 type 

DN 200–DN 300 type, three-piece 

DN 400 type, four-piece 

Data 

Securing clamps, 

for MONO and 

DUPLO, galvanised 

Type 

Nom. SML 

pipe size 

[DN] 


diameter 

[mm] 

Fastener 

thread 

Max. 

internal 

pressure 

[bar] 


spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

two-piece 50 58 M8 10 6 123469 5 

70 78 10 123473 

80 83 10 123477 

100 110 M10 10 8 123453 

125 135 5 123457 

160 160 5 123461 

three-part 200 210 3 123465 1 

Securing clamps 

DUPLO, galvanised 

Type 

Nom. SML 

pipe size 

[DN] 


diameter 

[mm] 

Fastener 

thread 


spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

three-part 250 274 M12 19 123437 1 

300 326 123441 

four-piece 400 429 123445 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Reducing couplings 

• For the coupling of SML pipe 

systems according to DIN 19522/ 

EN 877 with other pipe systems 

according to DIN 19560 (PE-HD 

pipes) and DIN 19535 (PP pipes) 

as well as end caps in pipe systems 

• The end cap is simply removed by 

pulling on the tongue (with pliers, if 

necessary) – no cutting out of the 

coupling required, therefore: 

• Saving in time and money 

• No danger of damaging 

the sealing lip 

• Two sealing lips guarantee stable 

guidance of the pipe 

• A wide central fastener allows uniform 

tightening 

• Highly elastic material with a thick 

wall guarantees a long working life 

and permanent connection 

• High-stability reducing coupling 

due to the large insertion depth 

• Can be used with a pipe internal 

pressure of up to 0.5 bar 



Westphalia 


Data 


APPROVED 


Nom. size 

SML pipe 

[DN] 


diameter 

[mm] 

Spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

Reducing couplings 50 58 7 130317 10 

70 78 130318 

80 83 130319 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

100 110 130315 20 

125 135 130316 5 

12/6 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


MypoTHERM ® PE protection sleeves 13/3 

Pipe clips 13/23 

MypoTHERM ® insulation sleeves 13/4 

Installation plug sets 13/24 

MypoTHERM ® insulation wraps 13/5 

MypoTHERM ® insulation wraps, 

self-adhesive 

13/6 

MypoTHERM ® butt joint tapes 13/6 

MypoTHERM ® insulation tubes 13/7 

MypoTHERM ® insulation tubes, 

with red protecting film 

13/8 

MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor tubes 13/9 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc 13/10-13/11 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc, 





for chilled water pipes, in dispenser box 

13/12 

13/13-13/16 

13/17 

MypoTHERM ® solar caoutchouc 13/18 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® solar 

caoutchouc 

13/18 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc tapes 13/19 


jackets RG 80 

13/20 

Pure aluminium self-adhesive tapes 13/21 

Felt tapes 13/21 

Nails 13/22 

Setting tools 13/22 

Pipe clips for eccentric floor tubes 13/22

Insulation 

Selecting the insulation 

Making the right choice 

According to the applicable regulations, 

pipes and fittings for heating 

systems, service water and drinking 

water in all buildings have to be 

equipped with thermal insulation. 

To avoid heat losses, the energy 

saving decree (EnEV) prescribes 

the insulation thickness for heating 

and service water pipes for all heating 

systems with a nominal thermal 

rating of more than 4 kW. 

For drinking water pipes, DIN 1988, 

Part 2 indicates the corresponding 

insulation thicknesses for the protection 

of pipes against heating up, forming 

of condensation and corrosion. 

In addition to thermal insulation, the 

pipe insulating layer also reduces the 

radiation of structure-borne noise 

from the pipework and protects 

the pipes against acoustic bridges 

through plaster and mortar. 

The allocation of insulation thickness 

according to the installation circumstances 

of the pipes and the relevant 

regulations is shown in the following 

overview. 

Heating 

(according to the EnEV energy 

saving decree 2002) 

• In unheated rooms and cellars 

• In outer walls 

• In parts of buildings next to 

unheated rooms and soil 

• In shafts and channels 

• In parts of buildings between 

heated rooms if not fitted 

with isolating valve: e. g. pipe 

manifolds 

• In breakthroughs in walls and 

ceilings, in crossover regions 

of pipes, at pipe junctions, at 

central pipe network distributors 


heated rooms for various 

users 

Hot water 



• In unheated rooms and cellars 

• In outer walls 

• In parts of buildings next to 

unheated rooms and soil 

• In shafts and channels 


heated rooms if not fitted 

with isolating valve: e. g. pipe 

manifolds 

• In breakthroughs in walls and 

ceilings, in crossover regions 

of pipes, at pipe junctions, at 

central pipe network distributors 


heated rooms for various 

users 

Cold water 

(according to DIN 1988-2) 


100 % 

MypoTHERM ® insulation tube 

MypoTHERM ® foam pipe 

insulation 

MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor 

tube 

– 


50 % 


MypoTHERM ® foam pipe 

insulation 

MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor 

tube 

– 

07/09 


Insulation 

Selecting the insulation 

Heating 



Hot water 



Cold water 

(according to DIN 1988-2) 


13 mm 


MypoTHERM ® foam pipe insulation 

MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor tube 

– – • In channels, in wall cutouts, 

on concrete ceilings 

next to hot water 

pipes 

• Pipes in floor constructions 

between heated rooms for 

various users 



various users 

– 

Insulation 

thickness 

9 mm 





various users 



various users 

• For free pipe laying in 

heated rooms 

Insulation 

thickness 

4 mm 

MypoTHERM ® insulating wrap 

MypoTHERM ® insulation sleeve 

MypoTHERM ® PE protection sleeve 

– – • For free pipe laying in 

unheated rooms 

• In channels, in masonry 

slits on concrete ceilings, 

not adjacent to hot 

water supply pipes 

without 

requirements* 






MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor tube 

• Pipes that can be closed 

off in heated rooms or in 

parts of buildings between 

heated rooms of a user 

• Pipes up to an inside diameter 

of 22 mm without circulation 

and without trace 

heating in living areas 

– 

* Must be fitted with insulation, even without the EnEV requirement, for the following reasons: 

Corrosion protection, avoidance of cracking noises, structure-borne vibration in hot water pipes. 

In general, the following applies: the obligation to retro-fit for non-insulated, freely accessible pipes in old buildings. 




MypoTHERM ® solar foam pipe 

Insulation 

MypoTHERM ® foam refrigeration 

pipe insulation 

Waste water 

Solar collectors 

Refrigerant pipelines 

13/2 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® PE protection sleeves 

• For insulating straight or bent piping 

prior to its installation 

• The fast and cost-efficient solution 

for long pipe stretches 

• Very good dimensional stability 

• Closed-cell polyethylene 

• Tear-resistant and high strength 

due to the durable film covering 

• Reliable protection against condensation 

and corrosion 

• Inner sliding film guarantees easy 

pulling onto the pipe and prevents 

cutting into the insulation material 

• Prevents acoustic bridges through 

plaster and mortar 

• Economical due to efficient and 

low-cost application from the roll 

Data 

Temperature range -30 °C to +105 °C 


B2 


λ = 0.041 W/mK 

MypoTHERM ® PE 

protection sleeves with 

vapour and mortar barriers 

Insulation 

thickness 

[mm] 

Nominal size 

For pipe outer 

diameter [mm] 

Suitable up to 

connector 

diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

4 12 mm 12–15 17 122170 1 20 rolls, each 

3 

/8" 16–18 21 122189 

10 metres 

1 /2" 20–22 25 122162 

3 

/4" 25–28 31 122178 

1" 32–35 39 122134 10 rolls, each 

1 1 /4" 38–43 45 122150 

10 metres 

1 1 /2" 44.5–49 50 122142 

DN 50 58–63.5 64 122225 

DN 70 76.1–78 89 122237 

DN 90 88.9–100.0 105 122249 

DN 100 110–114.3 126 122197 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® insulation sleeves 

• For insulating straight or bent piping 

prior to its installation 

• The fast and cost-efficient solution 

for long pipe stretches 

• Made from high-quality 

MÜPROGON fibres, without chemical 

binders 

• 100 % synthetic 

• No aggressive adhesives used 

• Protects the pipes against corrosion 

• Vapour barrier protects against 

wetness and aggressive building 

materials 

• High strength and tear resistant 

• Protects the pipes against acoustic 

bridges through plaster and mortar 

• Easy to fit, even to tight bends, 

due to the high flexibility of the 

material 

Data 

Tearing resistance, lengthways 

25,500 N 

Tearing resistance, crosswise 

24,600 N 



B1 


λ = 0.037 W/mK 

MypoTHERM ® 

insulation sleeves 

with vapour and mortar 

barriers 

Insulation 

thickness 

[mm] 

Nominal size 


diameter 

[mm] 

Suitable up to 

connector diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

4 12 mm 12–15 17 111941 1 20 rolls, each 

3 /8" 16–18 21 111951 

12.5 metres 

1 

/2" 20–22 25 111937 

3 /4" 25–28 31 111945 

1" 32–35 39 111925 

1 1 /4" 38–43 45 111933 

1 1 /2" 44.5–49 50 111929 

DN 50 58–63.5 64 111959 

DN 70 76.1–78 89 111965 4 rolls, each 

12.5 metres 

DN 90 88.9–100.0 109 111967 2 rolls, each 

25 metres 

DN 100 110–114.3 126 111957 4 rolls, each 

12.5 metres 

13/4 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® insulating wraps 

• For insulating before, during and 

after pipe installation 

• Particularly suitable for wrapping 

to make different thicknesses 

• the problem-free solution for 

angles, bends, branches, fittings, 

manifolds and many more 



binders 

• 100 % synthetic 

• No aggressive adhesives used 



• Protects the pipework against corrosion 

• Noise dampening and reduces 

structure-borne vibration transfer 

in pipes laid in walls and floors 

Without vapour barrier 

With vapour and mortar barriers 

Data 

Tearing resistance, 

lengthways 

Tearing resistance, 

lateral 

Temperature range 


(DIN 4102) 


9,500 N 

8,700 N 

–60 °C to 

+200 °C 

B1 

λ = 0.036 W/mK 

Table of insulating wrap usage 

Pipe dimensions 

Insulation wrap usage, 70 mm width 

Nominal size [inch] Outside Ø [mm] 

per running metre of pipe [m] 

3 /8 17.2 2.0 

1 

/2 21.3 2.2 

3 /4 26.9 2.8 

1 33.7 3.4 

1 1 /4 42.4 4.2 

1 1 /2 48.3 4.6 

2 60.3 5.8 

The above table was calculated on the basis of a 50 % overlap of the insulating wrap. 

A wrap thickness of 2 mm therefore gives an insulation of 4 mm. 

Width 

[mm] 

Insulation 

thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

MypoTHERM ® insulating wraps without vapour barrier 70 2 112822 1 100 rolls of 5 metres each 

MypoTHERM ® insulating wraps with vapour barrier 70 2 112812 100 rolls of 5 metres each 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 


• For insulating before, during and 

after pipe installation 

• Particularly suitable for wrapping 

to make different thicknesses 

• the problem-free solution for 

angles, bends, branches, fittings, 

manifolds and many more 



binders 

• 100 % polyester 

• High corrosion protection 

• Self-adhesive film allows easy fixing 



materials 

• Flame resistant 

(fire classification B1 acc. to 

DIN 4102) 

• Temperature resistant up to 

+200 °C 

self-adhesive 

Data 


with vapour barrier, self-adhesive 

Width 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

70 2 112816 1 100 rolls of 5 metres each 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® butt joint tapes 

• Excellently suited to joining the 

butt joints and seams of pipe insulation 

sleeves 

• Suitable for Insulation Sleeves with 

and without vapour barrier 

• Self-adhesive 



binders 

• 100 % polyester 

• High corrosion protection 

• Easy to cut 



materials 

• Flame resistant 

(fire classification B1 acc. to 

DIN 4102) 

• Temperature resistant up to 

+200 °C 

Data 

Width 

[mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

MypoTHERM ® butt joint tapes 70 2 129745 1 10 rolls, each 10 metres 

13/6 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® insulation tubes 

• For the laying of hot water supply 

pipes 

• Protects heating pipes and hot 

water pipes against heat losses 

• Insulation thicknesses meet the 

requirements of the energy saving 

decree (EnEV) and DIN 1988, Parts 

2 and 7 

• Prevents undesirable condensation 

on cold water pipes 

• Closed-cell polyethylene 

• Retains its shape even when cut 

open 

• Resistant to building chemicals 

• Easily cut and worked 

• Reduces noise levels 

• Flame resistant, self-extinguishing 

(fire class B1) 



Data 


APPROVED 


Material 

closed-cell polyethylene 



λ = 0.040 W/mK 



B1 

MypoTHERM ® 

insulation tubes with 

red protective film 

for copper, steel and 

boiler pipes as well as 

pipes in plastic, composite 

materials and 

stainless steel 

2-metre-long tubular 

sections 

Insulation 

thickness 

[mm] 

9 

13 

20 

Acc. to 

EnEV 

50 % 

50 % 

25–27 100 % 

Nominal size 

[inch] 


diameter [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

1 /4 12–15 112241 1 380 

3 /8 16–18 112317 330 

1 /2 20–22 112370 250 

3 /4 25–28 112422 190 

1 32–35 112468 150 

1 /4 12–15 112229 256 

3 

/8 16–18 112307 220 

1 

/2 20–22 112360 180 

3 

/4 25–28 Fe 112410 140 

1 32–35 112460 120 

1 

/2 20–22 112364 108 

3 

/4 25–28 Cu 112416 96 

1 32–35 Fe 112466 70 

1 1 /4 38–43 Fe 112488 60 

1 /4 12–15 112235 90 

3 /8 16–18 112313 90 

1 /2 20–22 112368 70 

3 /4 25–28 Fe 112420 66 

Fe: Classification according to EnEV only valid for steel pipes. 

Cu: Classification according to EnEV for copper pipes. 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® insulation tube (200 ml), with brush 113215 1 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® insulation tubes 

• For the laying of hot water supply 

pipes 

• Protects heating pipes and hot 

water pipes against heat losses 

• Insulation thicknesses meet the 

requirements of the energy saving 

decree (EnEV) for the protection 

of cold pipes conforming to 

DIN 1988-2 

• Closed-cell polyethylene, stable 

shape even when the tubing is cut 

• Easily cut and worked 

• Reduces noise levels 



• Red polyethylene vapour barrier 

• Protects the pipes against 

mechanical damage, condensation 

and corrosion 

• Insulation contains no PVC 

with red protecting film 

Data 


APPROVED 


Material 

closed-cell polyethylene 



λ = 0.040 W/mK 



B1 

MypoTHERM ® 

insulation tubes with 

red protective film 

for copper, steel and 

boiler pipes as well as 

pipes in plastic, composite 

materials and 



4 mm: 

10-metre roll 


9–25 mm: 


sections 


[mm] 

4 

9 

13 

Acc. to 

EnEV 

50 % 

20 50 % 

25 

100 % 

Nominal size 

[inch] 


diameter [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

1 /4 12–15 112237 1 200 

3 /8 18 112335 180 

1 /2 22 112386 160 

3 /4 28 112442 140 

1 35 112482 110 

1 /4 15 112283 120 

3 

/8 18 112337 120 

1 

/2 22 112388 100 

3 

/4 28 112444 90 

1 35 112484 60 

1 1 /4 42 112514 48 

1 

/4 15 112277 100 

3 

/8 18 112331 96 

1 /2 22 112382 80 

3 /4 28 Fe 112436 64 

1 35 112476 48 

1 1 /4 42 112506 42 

3 /4 28 Cu 112438 40 

1 35 112478 32 

1 1 /4 42 Fe 112510 24 

1 /4 15 112279 40 

3 

/8 18 112333 38 

1 /2 22 112384 36 

3 /4 28 112440 30 

1 35 112480 26 

1 1 /4 42 112512 24 


Cu: Classification according to EnEV for copper pipes. 

13/8 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

• Saves in height, eccentric pipe 

insulation made of polyethylene 

• Wide and secure seating area due 

to the flattened cross-section 

• Floor/wall insulation with protecting 

film as vapour barrier 

• Good footfall acoustic insulation 

• Easy to work due to its flexibility – 

even around tight bends 

• Fire classification B1 acc. to 

DIN 4102 

• Environmentally friendly as it is 

free of CFCs and PVC 

MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor tubes 

eccentric 

Insulation tube: large floor height 

required 

Eccentric floor tube: low floor height 

required 

Data 


APPROVED 




λ = 0.040 W/mK 


MypoTHERM ® 

eccentric floor 

tubes 

2-metre-long 

tubular sections 

Insulation 

thickness 

(below the pipe) 

[mm] 

13 

Acc. to 

EnEV 


diameter 

[mm (inch)] 

Overall height 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

12–15 ( 1 /4) 37 106627 1 90 

13 16–18 ( 

50 % 

/8) 42 106631 80 

13 20–22 ( 1 /2) 45 106635 76 

13 25–28 ( 3 /4) 51 106639 60 

25 

12–15 ( 1 /4) 52 106629 60 

25 16–18 ( 

100 % 

/8) 53 106633 60 

25 20–22 ( 1 /2) 60 106637 50 

25 25–28 ( 3 /4) Fe 65 106641 44 

Fe: Classification according to EnEV only valid for steel pipes 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 


• Highly flexible, closed-cell insulating 

material on a synthetic rubber 

basis (elastomer) for insulating 

pipes in heating systems 

• Meets the requirements of the 

energy saving decree (EnEV) and 

DIN 1988, Parts 2 and 7 

• The material possesses enormous 

flexibility and form stability 

• Easy to work because of its 

smooth inner surface, especially 

in pipe bends and heavily twisted 

pipes 

• Closed-cell structure prevents the 

absorption of condensate, oil and 

other aggressive fluids 

• Good vibration damping properties 

prevent transmission of structureborne 

vibration and reduce flow 

and pressure noises in the pipe 



• Smooth and robust outer skin 

ensures a long working life 

• With general approval from the 

building inspectorate 

Data 


APPROVED 



certified 

F60 - F120 

Material 

closed-cell insulation material on a 

synthetic rubber basis 

Colour 

grey 

Temperature range up to +105 °C 


λ = 0.040 W/mK 


B1 

MypoTHERM ® 

caoutchouc for copper, 

steel and boiler 

pipes as well as pipes 

in plastic, composite 

materials and stainless 

steel 


sections 


[mm] 

9 

13 

20 

25–27 

36–38 

Acc. to 

EnEV 

50 % 

100 % 


Nominal size 

[inch] 


diameter [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

1 /4 12–15 112273 1 176 

3 

/8 16–18 112305 144 

1 /2 20–22 112356 126 

3 /4 25–28 112406 102 

1 32–35 112458 80 

1 1 /4 40–42 112500 70 

1 

/4 12–15 112251 112 

3 

/8 16–18 112287 108 

1 /2 20–22 112341 84 

3 

/4 25–28 Fe 112400 72 

1 32–35 Fe 112325 32 

1 1 /4 40–42 Fe 112448 28 

1 1 /2 45–48 Fe 112518 24 

1 

/4 12–15 112263 40 

3 /8 16–18 112301 40 

1 /2 20–22 112354 36 

3 /4 25–28 Fe 112404 32 

1 32–35 112452 16 

1 1 /4 40–42 112494 12 

Note: The annular gap between the rubber insulation and the surrounding penetration must be sealed in each case 

with mortar of mortar groups 2, 2a or 3. 

Minimum gap between the insulation of 200 mm. See the general technical test certificate for further information. 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc/caoutchouc plus see page 13/12. 

13/10 


07/09

Insulation 

Data 


Part no. Wall penetration Ceiling penetration 

Wall thickness 

Bmin 

[mm] 

Fire resistance 

duration 

acc. to 

DIN 4102-11 

for copper pipes 


duration 

acc. to 

DIN 4102-11 

for steel pipes 

Ceiling thickness 

Bmin 

[mm] 


duration 

acc. to 

DIN 4102-11 

for copper pipes 


duration 

acc. to 

DIN 4102-11 

for steel pipes 

112273 ≥ 150 R60 R120 ≥ 150 R120 R120 

112305 

112356 

112406 

112458 

112500 R90 R90 

112251 R120 R120 

112287 

112341 

112400 

112325 

112448 B min 

R90 

112518 

112263 R90 R120 

112301 

112354 

112404 

112452 

112494 

200 

RA 

Is 

200 

b 

B min 

B min 

200 

200 

250 250 

a 

Is 

Is 

200 

RA 

RA 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

c 

d 

Complete pipe isolation using 250 Install 250 250 situation for 250 the group arrangement 

of pipes 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc insulation 

a) Pipes of steel, stainless steel, 

copper or cast iron 

b) Pipe clamp with DÄMMGULAST ® 

lining fastened on a threaded rod 

and metal plug 

c) Walls of masonry, concrete, reinforced 

concrete or porous concrete 

slabs, ceilings of concrete, 

reinforced concrete or porous 

concrete 

d) Complete sealing with mortar of 

mortar groups 2, 2a or 3 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 


• Highly flexible, closed-cell insulating 


basis for insulating pipes in heating 

systems 

• Meets the requirements of the 

heating systems decree 






pipes 




• Good vibration damping properties 

prevent transmission of structureborne 

vibration and reduce flow 

and pressure noises in the pipe 






Data 

Material 

Colour 




closed-cell insulation material on a 

synthetic rubber basis 

grey 

up to + 105° C 

λ = 0.040 W/mK 

B1 


In dispenser box for copper, steel 

and boiler pipes as well as pipes 

in plastic, composite materials and 


Insulation 

thickness 

[mm] 

9 

13 

Nominal size 

[mm] 


diameter [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/box] 

12 13–14 112227 1 30 

15 15–17 112271 27 

18 17–20 112329 24 

22 20–22 112380 21 

28 28–30 112434 17 

12 13–14 112221 22 

15 15–17 112253 20 

18 17–20 112319 18 

22 20–22 112374 16 

28 28–30 112426 12 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® 

caoutchouc/caoutchouc plus 

Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc/caoutchouc plus (250 ml), with brush 113206 1 

13/12 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 


• Highly flexible, closedcell insulating 


basis (elastomer) for insulating 

pipe lines 






pipes 

• Low thermal conductivity 

and highly resistant to water 

vapour diffusion 

• Closedcell structure prevents 

the absorption of condensate, 

oil and other aggressive fluids 

• Flame resistant, selfextinguishing 

(fire class B1), dioxinfree in the 

event of fire 

• Free of CFC, HCFC, and formaldehyde 


Data 

Material 

closedcell insulation material on a synthetic 

rubber basis 

Colour 

black 

Vapour diffusion resistance µ > 10,000 

Building material class 

B1 acc. to DIN 4102 (flame resistant) 

For copper pipe: 


[mm] 

Nominal size 

[mm] 


RA 

[mm] 

Part no. 


[°C] 

Pack size 

[pieces] 


[W/mK] 

50 0.037 

40 0.036 

20 0.035 

0 0.033 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

7 4 6 137857 1 352 

6 8 137858 300 

8 10 137859 266 

10 12 137860 234 

10 15 137861 192 

15 18 137862 166 

20 22 137863 132 

20 25 137864 108 

25 28 137865 96 

25 30 137866 96 

32 35 137867 70 

32 38 137868 70 

40 42 137915 60 

13 4 6 136745 200 

6 8 137934 200 

8 10 136764 172 

10 12 137935 162 

10 15 137936 136 

15 18 137937 118 

20 22 137938 96 

20 25 137939 80 

25 28 137940 78 

25 30 137941 72 

32 35 136773 60 

40 42 136746 40 

07/09 


Insulation 

Data 



For copper pipes: 


[mm] 

For steel pipes: 

Nominal size 

[mm] 


diameter 

RA 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

19 8 10 137992 1 98 

10 12 136747 88 

10 15 137993 78 

15 18 137994 72 

20 22 137995 64 

20 25 137996 50 

25 28 137998 48 

25 30 138000 40 

32 35 136936 40 

40 42 138001 32 

25 15 18 138024 50 

20 22 138025 42 

25 28 138027 40 

32 35 138028 24 

40 42 138054 22 

32 15 18 138065 32 

20 22 138066 32 

25 28 138067 24 

32 35 138070 22 

40 42 136775 16 


[mm] 

Nominal size 

[mm] 


diameter 

RA 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

7 1 

/8 10.2 137859 1 266 

1 /4 13.5 137861 192 

3 

/8 17.2 137862 166 

1 /2 21.3 137863 132 

25.0 137864 108 

3 /4 26.9 137865 96 

30.0 137866 96 

1 33.7 137867 70 

38.0 137868 70 

1 1 /4 42.4 137915 60 

44.5 137916 56 

1 1 /2 48.3 137917 50 

54.0 137918 40 

57.0 137919 40 

2 60.3 137920 36 

63.5 137921 32 

70.0 137922 32 

2 1 /2 76.1 137923 24 

13/14 


07/09

Insulation 

Data 





[mm] 

Nominal size 

[mm] 


diameter 

RA 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

13 1 /8 10,2 136764 1 172 

1 

/4 13.5 137936 136 

3 /8 17.2 137937 118 

1 

/2 21.3 137938 96 

25.0 137939 80 

3 

/4 26.9 137940 78 

30.0 137941 72 

1 33.7 136773 60 

1 1 /4 42.4 136746 40 

44.5 137942 40 

1 1 /2 48.3 137943 40 

54.0 136699 32 

57.0 137944 32 

2 60.3 137945 32 

63.5 137946 28 

70.0 137948 28 

2 1 /2 76.1 137950 28 

19 1 /8 10.2 137992 98 

1 

/4 13.5 137993 78 

3 /8 17.2 137994 72 

1 

/2 21.3 137995 64 

25.0 137996 50 

3 /4 26.9 137998 48 

30.0 138000 40 

1 33.7 136936 40 

1 1 /4 42.4 138001 32 

44.5 138002 28 

1 1 /2 48.3 138003 24 

54.0 138004 24 

57.0 138005 20 

2 60.3 138006 20 

63.5 138007 18 

70.0 138008 16 

2 1 /2 76.1 138009 16 

25 3 /8 17.2 138024 50 

1 /2 21.3 138025 42 

3 /4 26.9 138027 40 

33.7 138028 24 

1 1 /4 42.4 138054 22 

1 1 /2 48.3 138055 18 

54.0 138056 16 

2 60.3 138057 12 

63.5 138058 12 

70.0 138059 12 

2 1 /2 76.1 138060 10 

07/09 


Insulation 

Data 




[mm] 

Nominal size 

[mm] 


diameter 

RA 

[mm] 

Part no. 


Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

32 3 /8 17.2 138065 1 32 

1 /2 21.3 138066 32 

3 

/4 26.9 138067 24 

1 33.7 138070 22 

1 1 /4 42.4 136775 16 

1 1 /2 48.3 138073 12 

54.0 136776 12 

2 60.3 138075 10 

63.5 138076 10 

70.0 138078 8 

2 1 /2 76.1 138079 8 

13/16 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

• Flexible rubber insulation material 

for the insulation of refrigerant 

pipes 

• Low thermal conductivity and high 

vapour diffusion resistance 

• Rolled as an endless tube, 

no 2-metre remainders 

• Save on working time due to fewer 

glued joints 

• Cutting to length is made easier by 

measuring scale on the carton 

• Space-saving, tidy storage in the 

dispenser box 

• Easy transport in any vehicle 

• Carton dimensions 

50 x 50 x 20 cm 



Data 

Material 

Colour 

black 



see table on the right 

Water vapour diffusion resistance µ > 7,000 

Fire classification (DIN 4102) B1 

closed-cell insulation material on a synthetic rubber basis 


[°C] 


[W/mK] 

40 0.039 

20 0.038 

0 0.036 

–20 0.034 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc for 

chilled water pipes 

In dispenser box 


[mm] 

6 

9 

13 


[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/box] 

6 112542 1 50 

8 112554 48 

10 112212 46 

12 112225 40 

15 112265 38 

18 112327 30 

22 112378 23 

28 112432 20 

6 112154 40 

8 112192 37 

10 111981 34 

12 112012 31 

15 112041 27 

18 112059 23 

22 112073 19 

28 112091 14 

6 112150 26 

8 112152 26 

10 111979 23 

12 112008 18 

15 112035 17 

18 112051 15 

22 112063 14 

28 112081 10 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® solar caoutchouc 

• Flexible rubber insulation for use at 

high-temperatures 

• Time-saving installation due to 

highly flexible synthetic rubber; can 

be easily slid around bends 

• UV resistant if the surface is given 

a protective coating 

• Free from PVC and CFCs 




• Low thermal conductivity and high 

vapour diffusion resistance 

• For the insulation of system parts 

or pipework whose operating 

temperature goes up to +150 °C 

(max. +175 °C) 

• Application areas: 

• Solar technology 

• Hot gas and steam pipes 

• Ship building 

Data 

Material 

closed-cell, highly flexible soft foam on a synthetic 

rubber basis 

Colour 

black 


–40 °C to +150 °C (short-term to +175 °C) 


λ = 0.040 W/mK 

Water vapour diffusion resistance µ ≥ 5,000 


B2 

MypoTHERM ® solar caoutchouc 

for copper, steel and boiler pipes as 

well as pipes made of plastic, composite 

materials and stainless steel 

2-metre-long tubular sections 

Insulation 

thickness 

[mm] 

13 

19 

Nominal size 

[inch] 


diameter [mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

1 /4 12–15 112257 1 136 

3 /8 16–18 112291 118 

1 

/2 20–22 112350 98 

1 /4 12–15 112394 78 

3 /8 16–18 112297 72 

1 

/2 20–22 112348 64 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® 

solar caoutchouc 

Part no. 

Adhesive for MypoTHERM ® solar caoutchouc (250 ml), with brush 113212 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

13/18 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc tapes 

• Easy to work and good fixing due 

to self adhesive surface 

• Especially suitable for the insulation 

of fittings, valves and pipe 

branches 

• For insulation after the pipes have 

been installed 

• For the additional protection of 

butt joints and seams in foam 

insulation sleeves 





• Various thicknesses can be built 

up by winding around the pipe 

Data 

Material 

closed-cell insulation material on a synthetic 

rubber basis (elastomer) 

Colour 

grey 

Temperature range up to +105 °C 


B1 

Thickness 

[mm] 


[m] 

Width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc tapes 3 15 50 112927 1 1 roll 

MypoTHERM ® caoutchouc tapes for 

3 15 50 113133 

chilled water pipes 

MypoTHERM ® solar caoutchouc tapes 3 15 50 112979 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 

• Pre-formed concentric mineral 

wool jacket for pipe insulation 

• Tear-resistant aluminium facing 

• Slit on one side for simple and 

quick fitting onto the pipe 

• Jacket is simply fastened in place 

by a self-adhesive flap 


• Strongly water-repellent and 

odourless 


jackets RG 80 

with aluminium facing 

Data 

Material 

mineral wool pre-formed jacket with aluminium foil facing 


Thermal conductivity λ(40 °C) = 0.037 W/mK 

Fire classification (DIN 4102-1) A2 


max. 250 °C on the wool side 

max. 100 °C on the aluminium facing 

Melting point ≥ 1,000 °C 

Length of jacket section 1 metre 

MypoTHERM ® mineral 

wool pipe jackets, with 

aluminium facing 

13/20 

Nominal size 

[inch] 


diameter [mm] 


[mm] 

Part no. 


Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[m/carton] 

15 20 129809 1 

3 

/8 18 129812 

42 

1 /2 22 129818 36 

25 129815 

3 

/4 28 129825 

30 

33 129822 

1 35 129834 

25 

38 129829 

1 1 /4 42 129832 20 

1 1 /2 48 129838 

54 129842 

16 

57 129847 15 

2 60 129850 12 

1 1 /4 42 25 129833 16 

15 30 129807 

/8 18 129811 

25 

1 /2 22 129814 

25 129817 

20 

3 /4 28 129820 

33 129823 

1 35 129827 

16 

38 129830 15 

1 1 /4 42 129835 12 

1 1 /2 48 129839 11 

54 129843 

57 129848 

9 

2 60 129851 

07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

• Pure aluminium adhesive tape for 

mineral wool pipe jacket with aluminium 

facing 

• Good adhesion to aluminium foils 

and facings 

• Good adhesion even at low ambient 

temperatures up to 0 °C 

• Can be taken simply and quickly 

from the roll 

Pure aluminium self-adhesive tapes 

for mineral wool pipe jacket with aluminium facing 

Data 

Material 

pure aluminium self-adhesive tape 

Thickness 30 µm 


B1 


up to 100 °C in the short term 

Storage 

20–25 °C max. 65% air humidity 

Vapour barrier permeability 

< 1 g/m 2 in 24 hours 

Adhesive force (steel 

8 N/cm 

Tearing strength 

12 N/cm 

Tear expansion 2 % 

Width 

[mm] 

Length 

[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Pure aluminium self-adhesive tapes 50 50 113551 1 5 

75 100 113554 1 2 

Contents 

Felt tapes 

self-adhesive 

Width 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 


[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

20 3 10 108835 1 1 Roll 

24 3 10 108837 

30 3 10 108839 

40 3 10 108840 

70 3 10 108841 

100 3 10 108834 

07/09 


Insulation 

Nails 

for pipe clips 

Shank length 

(setting depth, max.) 

[mm] 

Max. thickness of 

fixing material 

[mm] 

Part no. 

200 pieces Carton with 

3,000 pieces 

Nails, hardened 14 2 107886 107887 

18 6 107890 107891 

22 10 107893 107894 

Setting tools 

for nails 

Part no. 

Setting tools for nails 123137 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Pipe clips 

for fixing MypoTHERM ® eccentric floor tube 

Installation height of 

Eccentric Floor Tube 

[mm] 

Fixing hole diameter 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Pipe clips, galvanised 37 6.1 115108 100 

42 6.1 115111 

45 6.1 115114 

51 6.1 115117 

13/22 


07/09

Insulation 

Advantages 

Pipe clips 

• For practical direct mounting of 

pipelines on concrete floors under 

screeds 

• Time-saving, easy installation 

• The use of hardened nails for pipe 

clips makes time-consuming drilling, 

plugging and screwing unnecessary 

• All you need is the setting tool and 

a hammer 

Data 

Pipe clips, 

galvanised 

Type 

For pipe outer Ø 

[mm] 

Mounting hole Ø 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Single 15–16 6.1 114941 100 

17–18 6.1 114953 

19–20 6.1 114965 

21–22 6.1 114980 

23–24 6.1 114989 

27–28 6.1 115004 

34–35 6.1 115016 

39–40 6.1 115025 

Double 15–16 6.1 115054 

17–18 6.1 115060 

19–20 6.1 115066 

21–22 6.1 115072 

23–24 6.1 115078 

27–28 6.1 115084 

34–35 6.1 115090 

39–40 6.1 115096 

07/09 


Insulation 

Advantages 

• Plastic installation plugs for the 

simple and quick installation of 

tube-type insulation 

• Many different uses e. g. for foam 

pipe insulation, PE insulation tube 

or protection sleeves 

• Tapered shaft to compensate for 

variations in pipe diameter 

• The designation for the pipe size 

is stamped on the side for easy 

identification and allocation of the 

plugs 

• Made from a lightweight, wearresistant 

polypropylene material 

Installation plug sets 

for insulation tubing 

Data 

Contents (set) 

Size 

[mm] 

No. of pieces 

35 2 

28 

22 

18 

15 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[set] 

Installation plug sets 118741 1 

13/24 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


Silicone S 14/1 

Silicone N 14/2 

Silicone sprays 14/3 

Acrylic joint sealers A 14/4 

Mounting adhesives 14/5-14/7 

Construction adhesives, PU-based 14/8 

PU foams 14/9 

PU cleaners 14/9 

Color-marker 14/10 


Spray adhesives 14/11 

Instant adhesives 14/12 

Zinc sprays 14/12 

Textile tapes 14/13 

Mounting adhesive tapes 14/14 

PVC self-adhesive tapes 14/15

Sealing and protection materials 

Advantages 

Silicone S 

• High-quality, ready-to-use sealant 

for many applications 

• Suitable for sealing and connections 

in bathrooms, kitchens, 

damp rooms, cool rooms and in 

industrial areas 

• Also suitable for sealing building 

joints and joints around air ducts 

• Excellent adhesive properties even 

on glass, glazed tiles, enamel, porcelain 

and ceramics 

• Excellent temperature resistance 

• Remains permanently elastic for 

joints up to 30 mm 

• Acetic acid reticulating 

Data 


Break expansion (DIN 53504) 650 % 

Joint width min./max. 

4 mm/25 mm 

Painting properties 

not to be painted 

Working temperature +5 °C to +40 °C 

Frost resistant (during transport) till -15 °C 

Skin over time (23 °C/55 % RF) 

10 min. 

Colour 

Filling 

cartridge [ml] 

Part no. 

Silicone S transparent 310 123548 6 

white 310 123552 

grey 310 123540 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Silicone N 

• Neutral reticulating, high-quality 

sealant 

• Acid-free, almost odourless 

• Fungus-inhibiting additive 

• Very suitable for sealing and 

connections in bathrooms, e. g. 

basins, bathtubs, shower tubs and 

shower partitions 

• Also suitable for damp rooms. cool 

rooms and kitchens 

• Suitable for sealing building joints, 

tile grouting, joints between window 

frames and masonry and 

many more 

• Remains permanently elastic over 

a wide temperature range 

• Excellent adhesion even to galvanised 

steel, stainless steel, brass 

and plastics such as PVC, polyester, 

ABS and polystyrene 

• High UV resistance 

Data 



Joint width min./max. 

4 mm/25 mm 

Painting properties 

not to be painted 




6 min. 

Silicone N 

neutral reticulation 

Colour 

Filling 


Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

transparent 310 123528 6 

white 310 123532 

grey 310 123524 

14/2 


07/09


Advantages 

Silicone sprays 

• Universal implementation 

• For indoor and outdoor use 

• Anti-seize agent, separating agent 

and lubricant 

• Long-lasting lubricating effect 

• Insulates, protects, treats, and 

lubricates rubber, metal, plastic, 

wood 

• Impregnating effect 

• Anti-static 

• Grease-free 

• Water-resistant 

Data 


-10 °C to +200 °C (short-term +220 °C) 

Working temperature 0 °C to max. +160 °C 

Contents 

[ml] 

Part no. 

Silicone sprays 400 123556 6 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Acrylic joint sealers A 

• For sealing connection joints in the 

building between wood and metal, 

concrete and masonry 


• Can be painted over 

• Not corrosive relative to metal 

Data 





5 min. 

Joint movement capability ±12.5 % 


Joint dimensions 

min. width 4 mm to max. width 25 mm 

Colour 

Filling 


Part no. 

Acrylic joint sealers A white 310 108986 6 

grey 310 108985 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

14/4 


07/09


Advantages 

Mounting adhesives transparent 

• Shore 41 (ductile-elastic) 

• Combines sealing and bonding – 

permanently elastic bond 

• Universal implementation – enamel, 

glazed surfaces, epoxy, polyester, 

hard PVC, metal, painted 

wood, concrete, stone masonry 

• Moisture curing 

• Paint-compatible 

• Vibration-resistant 

• Impact-resistant 

• Non-corrosive 

• Non-aging 

• Good chemical resistance 

• Highly tear resistant 

• Silicone-free and solvent-free 

Data 

Basis 

1-K copolymer 


-40 °C bis +80 °C (after curing) 

Working temperature from +5 °C to max. +40 °C 

Open time 

approx. 3-5 min. at normal climate 

(+23 °C / 50 % relative humidity) 

Through hardening 

approx 2.5 mm in 24 hours; 

approx 4.0 mm in 48 hours at normal climate 

Permissible elongation 

±10 % of the joint width 

Tensile strength ca. 2.5 N/mm 2 (acc. to DIN 53504 S2) 

Break expansion ca. 400 % (acc. to DIN 53504 S2) 

Colour 

Filling 


Part no. 

Mounting adhesives transparent transparent 310 118441 12 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Mounting adhesives white 

• Shore 45 (ductile-elastic) 

• Combines sealing and bonding – 

permanently elastic bond 

• Universal implementation – 

connection joints in concrete 

construction, construction bonding 

of wood, combination bonding 

with metals, ceramic, stone, 

plastic, wood strips, decorative 

panels 

• Compatible with natural stone 

• UV-resistant, salt water resistant, 

weather-resistant, non-aging 

• Good chemical resistance 

• Vibration-resistant – impact resistant 

• Paint compatible (except alkyd 

resin varnish) 

• Non-corrosive 

• Highly tear resistant 


Data 

Basis 

1-K polyurethane 


-40 °C to +90 °C (after curing) 


Open time 

approx. 35 min. at normal climate 



ca. 4 mm in 24 Stunden bei Normalklima 

Curing after 60 min. approx. 70%, after 90 min. 100% 

for surface bonding (with 1mm adhesive thickness) 

with the addition of moisture 

Permissible elongation 

±5 % of the joint width 

Tensile strength 1.5 N/mm 2 

Break expansion > 1000 % (acc. to ISO 8339 (min. >80 %)) 

Colour 

Filling 


Part no. 

Mounting adhesives white white 310 118446 12 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

14/6 


07/09


Advantages 

Mounting adhesives SL 1K 

• Universal implementation – connections 

of wood, metal, plastic, 

aluminium, stone, concrete, plasterboard 

• For fastening cable channels, 

decorative strips and skirting, door 

trim and thresholds, as well as wall 

cladding 


• Weather-resistant, non-aging, and 

UV-resistant 

• Skin forms quickly 

• High initial bonding strength 

• Can be painted over 

• No volume shrinkage 

• Contains solvent 

Data 

Basis 

neoprene-based synthetic rubber 



Open time 

1 min. at normal climate 



up to 3 mm per day 

Endfestigkeit 

after 4-5 days 

Colour 

Filling 


Part no. 

Mounting adhesives SL 1K beige 310 118434 12 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Construction adhesives, PU-based 

• Universal implementation – connection 

of wood, particle board, 

fibreboard, MDF, laminated panels, 

metals, aluminium, natural stone, 

concrete, marble, ceramic, plastics, 

plasterboard, polystyrene, 

hard foam, insulation 


• Compatible with natural stone 

• Can be painted, painted over, sanded, 

and pickled 

• Cures quickly 

• Joint filling 

• Frost proof 

• Solvent-free, virtually odourless 

Data 

Basis 

polyurethane moisture curing 



Working temperature ab +5 °C to max. +40 °C 

Open time 

4 min. at normal climate 


Curing 

mounting strength after approximately 20 min. 

Colour 

Filling 


Part no. 

Construction adhesives, PU-based beige 310 113589 12 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

14/8 


07/09


Advantages 

PU foams 

• The ideal PU foam for filling, insulating 

and installation 

• Environmentally friendly, singlecomponent 

foam, hardens on contact 

with moisture, CFC-free 

• Excellent suited to the filling of 

pipe lead-throughs and hollow 

spaces in walls, ceilings and floors 

• Also ideal in the fitting of door and 

window frames 

• Good adhesion qualities and adhesive 

strength to all building materials 

• Easy to work, and it hardens 

quickly 

• Low water absorption due to 

largely closed-cell foam 

• Very good thermal insulation qualities 

• Fire classification B2 acc. to DIN 

4102 

• When used with a hand gun, the 

PU foam can still be used without 

any problem after the cartridge has 

been opened (use PU cleaner to 

clean the nozzle) 

Data 

Temperature range Permanent: –40 °C to +100 °C 

Short-term: –40 °C to +130 °C 


0.04 W/m K 

Water absorption 

0.03 vol.% 


B2 

Applying not sticky after 10 min 

can be cut after 40 min 

Cleaning 

Remove fresh foam with PU cleaner 

Contents 

[ml] 

Expanded volume 

[cm 3 ] 

Part no. 

PU foams 750 approx. 40 124004 6 

PU foams for hand gun 750 approx. 40 124008 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Advantages 

PU cleaners 

• For the removal of fresh spatters 

of PU foam 

• For the cleaning of not-yet-hardened 

PU foam from tools 

• Also suitable for the removal of 

wax, grease, oil and paint spatterings 

• With a combi-adapter for cleaning 

the PU hand gun 

Contents 

[ml] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

PU cleaners 500 122492 1 

07/09 



Advantages 

• Universal implementation on 

asphalt, concrete, wood, and soil 

• Easy hand operation 

• Fast and clean application, thanks 

to safety twist cap 

• Safety catch prevents unintentional 

spraying 

• Dries quickly, does not agglomerate 

• High-yield application thanks to a 

high proportion of pigment 

• Bright colour, highly visible 

• Environmentally friendly, CFC-free 

and CHC-free, without toluene 

• Minimum shelf life: Approx. 4 years 

• Protect from direct sunlight and 

temperatures in excess of 50°C 

Color-marker 

marking spray 

Colour 

Contents Part no. Pack size 

[ml] 

[pieces] 

Color-marker Luminous yellow 591 136321 12 

Advantages 

Cartridge guns 

• Handy, lightweight PU gun 

• Adjustment screw on the gun 

allows accurate foam feed control; 

no dripping afterwards 

• For the clean and cost-efficient 

application of PU foam 


[pieces] 

Cartridge guns DPS 16 PU 130601 1 

14/10 


07/09


Advantages 

Spray adhesives 

• Universal implementation – bonds 

together fabric, foam rubber, 

leather, vinyl, textile, cardboard, 

plastic linings, insulation mats, 

and rubber, as well as painted and 

unpainted wood 

• Optimal dosing 

• Fast bonding of large surfaces 

• Immediate high bonding strength 

• Specific local application thanks to 

adjustable spray can 

• Moisture-resistant, water-resistant, 

and temperature-resistant 

• Short flash-off time – dries quickly 

• CFC-free and CHC-free, 

Data 



Working temperature from -25 °C to max. +60 °C 

(optimal from +15 °C to +25 °C) 

Consumption 

approx. 150 to 250 g/m 2 (applied on both 

sides) 

Contents 

[ml] 

Part no. 

Spray adhesives 300 126636 6 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 



Advantages 

Instant adhesives 

• Extremely high bonding strength 

• Ideally suited for combination 

bonds 


• Temperature-resistant and 

UV-resistant 

• Easy handling thanks to practical 

twist dosing catch 

• Bonds a wide variety of material – 

wood, leather, paper, cork, rubber, 

metal, aluminium, hard foam, plastics, 

ceramic, tile 

• Gel form enables clean work – 

does not flood or drip 

• For smooth and absorbent substrates 

Data 


Open time 

approx. 1 to 2 min. 

Setting time 

after 10 to 60 seconds (depending on the 

material) 

Final strength 

after 24 hours 

Contents 

[g] 

Part no. 

Instant adhesives 20 123072 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Advantages 

Zinc sprays 

• Ideal for the touching-up of zinc 

coatings 

• Suitable as zinc protection for 

welds 

• Layer thicknesses of up to 120 µm 

per working pass gives excellent 

corrosion protection 

• Effective corrosion protection due 

to over 90 % zinc percentage in a 

dry film 

• Also suitable for coating hot parts 

up to a temperature of 300 °C 

• Approved as meeting DIN 50976 

Contents 

[ml] 

Part no. 

Zinc sprays 400 128579 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

14/12 


07/09


Advantages 

• Can be worked in a supple manner 

• High initial adhesive force, even on 

rough surfaces 

• High mechanical strength due to 

textile reinforcement 

• Waterproof due to PE coating 

• Easy to tear off 

Textile tapes 

textile reinforced 

Data 


+66 °C for short periods 

Working temperature not below +5 °C 

Textile tapes textile 

reinforced 

Colour 

Width 

[mm] 

Length 

[m] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[rolls] 

grey 48 50 111906 1 24 

red 50 111908 18 

07/09 



Advantages 

Mounting adhesive tapes 

• Double-side installation tape for 

the most rigorous requirements, 

with outstanding final bonding 

strength 

• Particularly suited for metals, 

glass, hard PVC, polycarbonate 

and ABS 

• Weatherproof 

• Plexiglas-compatible 

• Resistant to softening agents 

• Compatible with mirror lacquer 

Data 

Carrier 

PE foam 

Adhesive 

pure acrylate 



Colour 


[m] 

Width 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Part no 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Mounting adhesive tapes white 10 19 1 118450 1/68 

white 10 25 1 118454 1/52 

14/14 


07/09


Advantages 

PVC self-adhesive tapes 

• Versatile – can be used for fixing 

and insulating 

• Prevents contact corrosion 

between pipe and clamps without 


• Can be used as an aid in installation 

work 

• Suitable for electrical insulation work 

• Fire classification B1 according to 

DIN 4102, non-flammable and selfextinguishing 

• Usable temperature range from 

–10 °C to +90 °C 

• Largely resistant to dilute acids 

and alkalis 

Data 

PVC self-adhesive 

tapes 

Colour 

Width 

[mm] 


[m] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Contents 

[rolls] 

ivory 19 10 0.15 123464 10 32 

25 123484 24 

30 123497 20 

50 123509 12 

black 19 123476 32 

25 123492 24 

30 123505 20 

50 123517 12 

grey 30 123501 20 

50 123513 12 

red 50 123521 12 

07/09 


Notes 

14/16 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 


ProfiDrill 15/1 

Chisels/adapters for SDS chucks 15/28 

ProfiLight 15/2-15/3 

Cutting-off and rough scrub wheels 15/29 

CompactHammer 15/4 

Recipro-saw blades 15/30 

ProfiHammer 15/5-15/7 

Hammer/sledge hammer 15/31-15/32 

ProfiCut 15/8-15/9 

Screwdrivers 15/31 

ProfiSprint 15/10 

Shearing pliers/wire lattice pliers 15/31 

ProfiVacuum 15/11 

Nail pullers 15/32 

Arreto 15/12 

Pointed chisels/flat chisels 15/32 

Pipe cutters 15/13-15/15 

Wire brushes 15/32 

Threaded rod cutters 15/16 

Knifes and replacement blades 15/33 


Manual fixing tools 15/33 

Hole punches 15/17 

Allen keys 15/33 


Disposable protective coveralls, 

fine dust masks, gloves 

15/34–15/35 

Ratchet boxes 15/18 

Protective goggles 15/34 

Socket spanners 15/19 

Protective ear plugs/muffs 15/34, 15/35 

Double-ended ring spanners 


15/19 

Hand protection cremes, 

hand washing pastes 

15/36 



15/20 

Garbage bags 15/36 

Heaxagon head chucks 15/20 

Paper rolls 15/37 

Quick-change adapters 15/21 

Straps 15/37 

Screw-in chucks 15/21 

Plastic cases 15/38-15/41 

Screwdriver bits 15/21-15/22 

Polyboxes 15/42 

Hammer drills, concrete and rock drills, 

metal twist drills 

15/23-15/27 

Craftsman boxes/ 

Rotary stacking containers 

15/43

Tools 

Advantages 

• Powerful cordless drill with compact 

design and low weight for 

medium-size to large screw and bit 

diameters 

• Lithium-ion battery technology 

• Battery weight reduced by up to 

40% relative to NiCd and NiMH 

devices, ensures fatigue-free 

work in continuous operation 

• No memory effect. The battery 

can be charged at anytime 

without reducing the charging 

capacity 

• No self-discharge if the battery is 

not used for an extended period; 

the battery is always ready for 

use 

• Digital electronics with soft startup, 

overheating and overload 

protection, as well as deepdischarge 

protection ensure 

longer service life for battery and 

motor 

• Fast charge time. After just 20 

min. charge time the battery has 

reached 70% of its capacity 

• Environmentally-friendly li-ion 

cells without heavy-metal content 

Data 

• Quick-change chuck system for 

lightning fast chuck change with 

automatic spindle arrest 

• Direct screwdriver bit receptacle 

in the spindle for driving screws 

without a chuck 

• 2-speed epicyclic gearing 

• Robust cast aluminum gearbox 

housing 

• 21-stage torque adjustment for 

consistent screw-driving results 

• Rotates in both directions 

• High-intensity LED for optimal illumination 

of the work area on the 

battery 

• Electronic switch for variable 

speed adjustment 

• Quick stop for flush screws 

• LED battery capacity display 

• Soft handle and rubberised electronics 

for secure hold and fatiguefree 

work 

• Belt hook with integrated bit holder 

for simple transport of device and 

bits directly on the belt 

ProfiDrill 

MAS 1800 

Battery 

No-load speed 1st gear 

No-load speed 2nd gear 

Width across corners 

Chuck width 

Drilling in wood to Ø 

Drilling in steel to Ø 

Driving screws in wood to Ø 

Max. torque (hard) 

Max. torque (soft) 

Charge time at 100% 

Machine weight without chuck 

Machine weight with chuck 

Dimensions without chuck 

Dimensions with chuck 

18 volt / 2.6 Ah li-ion 

0 to 360 rpm 

0 to 1,500 rpm 

30 mm 

1.5 – 13 mm 

45 mm 

13 mm 

12 mm 

60 Nm 

40 Nm 

30 min. 

1.7 kg 

2.0 kg 

172 x 58 x 231 mm 

224 x 58 x 231 mm 

ProfiDrill 

Type Scope of supply Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Cordless 

drill/driver 

MAS 1800 

Quick fit chuck Ø 13 mm, 

Second battery pack 

Quick charger with cable compartment 

Belt hook with integrated bit holder 

Protective cap for gearbox 

Click box professional carrying case 

Batteries for ProfiDrill MAS 1800 Li-Ion - 139348 

Chargers for ProfiDrill MAS 1800 18,0 V - 139349 

139070 1 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

• High performance flashlight for the 

professional 

• Swivel head can be rotated in two 

directions 

• Swivel head allows rotation of up 

to 300° in the horizontal and 180° 

in the vertical direction 

• Extra-bright light bulb 

• Wide-angle light beam 

• Spare bulb under the lens cap 

• Fold-out hook and integral carrying 

strap make it easier to work with 

both hands 

• Supplied with fast charger and 

high-power 12 V battery 

ProfiLight 

ML 12 

Vertical rotation 

Horizontal rotation 

Data 

Supply voltage 

Battery capacity 

Battery type 

Battery charging 

time 

Weight 

12 V 

1.3 Ah 

Ni-Cd 

1 hour 

(automatic switch-off) 

0.9 kg 

ProfiLight 


[pieces] 

Cordless flashlight 

ML 12 

Quick charger (1 hour) 

spare bulb 

Batteries for ProfiLight Ni-Cd – 106200 

Chargers for ProfiLight 12 V – 114327 

121351 1 

15/2 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

• High performance flashlight for the 

professional 

• Swivel head allows rotation of up 

to 300° in the horizontal and 180° 

in the vertical direction 

• Newest LED technology supplies 

light for up to 240 minutes 

• Wide-angle beam thanks to 

21 LEDs 

• High-power Ni-MH battery can 

also be used for the ProfiDrill 

• Fold-out hook and integral carrying 

strap make it easier to work with 

both hands 

• LED lamp also available without 

the battery 

ProfiLight 

ML 19 LED 

Horizontal rotation 

Vertical rotation 

Data 

Supply voltage 

Battery capacity 

Battery type 

Battery charging 

time 

Weight 

19.2 V 

2.0 Ah 

Ni-MH 

1 hour 

(automatic switch-off) 

0.59 kg 

ProfiLight 


[pieces] 

Cordless flashlight 

ML 19 LED 

Quick charger (1 hour) 121359 1 

Ni-MH battery 2.0 Ah 

Without battery and charger 121363 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

• Compact, light machine for hammer 

drilling, drilling and driver work 

• 6-stage speed preselector on the 

switch 

• Quick-action sleeve chuck for tool 

changing 

• Screwdriving and withdrawing due 

to dual-direction rotation 

• Hammer function can be switched 

off to give drilling only 

• Practical casing design for good 

handling 

• Permanent-running lock is fully 

integrated in the grip 

• Adjustable front grip with click-in 

positions 

• Depth control rod 

• Practical carrying case 

CompactHammer 

MBK 600 

Switch between hammer drilling and 

pure drilling operations 

6-stage speed preselector on the 

switch 

Data 

Power consumption 

No-load speed 

Max. speed loaded 

No. of hammer blows 

Chuck capacity 

Max. drill Ø in 

stone 

steel 

wood 

Weight 

600 W 

0–2,600 rpm 

0–1,700 rpm 

25,500 per minute 

1.5–13 mm 

16 mm 

13 mm 

25 mm 

1.35 kg 

CompactHammer 


[pieces] 

Hammer drill 

MBK 600 

Carrying case, additional 

front grip, depth rod 

107040 1 

15/4 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

• Best power to weight ratio in the 

500 watt hammer drill class 

• Combination of maximum impact 

energy and dissipated torque at 

lowest weight 

• High-power 550 watt motor, full 

ball-bearing support guarantees 

high load capacity 

• Low machine weight enables 

fatigue-free work, particularly for 

overhead tasks 

• Magnesium metal gearbox guarantees 

optimal impact capacity and 

long service life 

• Thermal contact protection for 

continuous heavy-duty use 

• Optimised speed for low drill wear 

• Single button change-over from 

drilling to hammer drilling 

• Impact stop for normal drilling and 

driving screws 

Data 

• Brush change-over enables maximum 

torque in right-hand or lefthand 

rotation 

• Control electronics for touch-sensitive 

drilling 

• Safety non-slip coupling protects 

the user 

• SDS Plus tool receptacle with 

automatic closure 

• Soft handle and rubberised switch 

element for fatigue-free work 

• Power cord with quick lock and 4 

m rubber supply line 

ProfiHammer 

MHK 550 


No-load speed 

Rated speed 

Number of impacts 

Number of impacts at rated load 

Impact energy 

Recommended bore range 

hammer drilling to Ø 

Drilling in concrete to Ø 



Collar of the hand drill Ø 

Machine weight 

550 W 

0 to 1450 rpm 

900 rpm 

5,790 per min 

4,010 per min 

1.7 joule 

4-12 mm 

4-12 mm 

18 mm 

13 mm 

25 mm 

43 mm 

1.7 kg 

ProfiHammer 


[pieces] 

Hammer drill 

MHK 550 

2-component soft handle 

Bit depth gauge 


139076 1 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

• High-power 800 watt motor with 

integrated direction of rotation 

switch 

• Angled design with spade grip for 

optimal handling and precise pressure 

point work 

• Optimal motor and gearbox cooling 

for long service life 

• Rotates in both directions 

• Control electronics for touch-sensitive 

drilling 

• Synchronised single-button change-over 

from drilling to chipping 

• Rotation stop with spindle arrest 

for light chipping work 

• Impact stop for normal drilling and 

driving screws 


the user 

• SDS Plus tool receptacle with 

automatic closure 

• Soft handle and rubberised switch 

element for fatigue-free work 

• Power cord with quick lock and 

4 m rubber supply line 

ProfiHammer 

MHK 800 

Data 


No-load speed 1st gear 


Impact energy 



Drilling in concrete to Ø 



Collar of the hand drill Ø 


800 W 

0 to 1000 rpm 

4,900 per min 

3.2 joule 

18 mm 

18 mm 

26 mm 

13 mm 

40 mm 

43 mm 

2.9 kg 

ProfiHammer 


[pieces] 

Hammer drill 

and chisel 

MHK 800 


Bit depth gauge 


139081 1 

15/6 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

ProfiHammer 

MHK 1100 

• Vibration damping system in the 

handle area ensures vibration-free 

work 

• Robust impact mechanism for 

optimal drilling and chipping performance 

• SDS Max tool receptacle 

• Control electronics for precise 

spot-drilling and precise chipping 

performance 

• Rubberised handle for extended 

periods of fatigue-free work 


the user 

• Synchronised change-over from 

drilling to chipping 

• Rotation stop with spindle arrest 

for heavy chipping work 

• Switch-off carbon brush to protect 

the motor 

• Supplemental anti-vibration handle 

for vibration-damped work 

• Service cover for easy carbon 

replacement 

• Variable chisel fixation in 16 positions 

• Supplemental handle can be rotated 

360° - thus the drill is also suitable 

for left-handers 

• Robust power cord with 4 m rubber 

supply line 

Data 


No-load speed 


Impact energy 



Drilling capacity in concrete to Ø 

Drilling capacity with hollow 

annular bits to Ø 


ProfiHammer 

1,100 W 

0 to 600 rpm 

0 to 4,300 rpm 

10 joule 

20-35 mm 

20-35 mm 

45 mm 

125 mm 

5.9 kg 


[pieces] 

Hammer drill 

and chisel 

MHK 1100 

Supplemental handle 

Drill bit depth gauge 

Professional carrying case 

139077 1 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

• High-power 1200-watt motor for 

faster work progress 

• Slim-line design for ideal ergonomics 

and efficient handling 

• Armoured motor winding keeps 

dust particles out for a long service 

life 

• Full-wave control electronics for 

constant performance and rpm 

enables optimal work results 

• Soft start-up and starting current 

limiter offers maximum user protection 

• Cast aluminum gearbox housing 

for a long service life and reduced 

weight 

• Spindle arrest for fast abrasive 

disc change guarantees a high 

level of operating convenience 

• Electronic overload protection prevents 

the motor from overheating 

• Protected hood adjustment to 300° 

• Gearbox with special spiral 

toothing and recoil-free gearbox 

bearing for quiet operation 

• Easy-to-replace carbon brushes 

• Toolless pivoting protective cover 

• Ergonomic 2-component soft 

handle for fatigue-free, vibrationdamped 

work 

• Power cord with quick lock and 

4 m rubber supply line 

ProfiCut 

MWK 1200 

Data 


1,200 W 

No-load speed 

3,000 to 10,000 rpm 

Abrasive disc Ø 

125 mm 

Work spindle thread M 14 

Disc receptacle bore 

22.2 mm 


1.8 kg 

ProfiCut 


[pieces] 

Angle grinder 

MWK 1200 


Pin spanner 


(without cutting-off disc) 

139075 1 

15/8 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

• High-power 2500 watt motor for 

faster work progress 

• Start-up current limiter for userfriendly 

switch-on 

• Armoured motor winding keeps 

dust particles out and enables a 


• Rotating handle for optimal, fast 

adaptation to any application case 

• Safety switch ensures maximum 

work safety 

• Spindle arrest for fast grinding disc 

change guarantees a high level of 

operating convenience 

• Flat and robust aluminium gearbox 

housing for working in confined 

spaces 

• Switch-off carbon brush to protect 

the motor 

• Service cover for easy carbon 

brush replacement 

• Supplemental anti-vibration handle 

for vibration-damped work 

• Power cord with 4 m rubber supply 

line 

ProfiCut 

MWK 2500 

Data 


2,500 W 

No-load speed 

6,600 rpm 

Abrasive disc Ø 

230 mm 

Work spindle thread M 14 

Disc receptacle bore 

22.2 mm 


5.0 kg 

ProfiCut 


[pieces] 

Angle grinder 

MWK 2500 

Supplemental handle 

Pin spanner 

Professional carrying case 

139072 1 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

• Powerful and compact metal portable 

circular saw 

• Practical and light design for safe 

and low-fatigue working 

• Powerful motor for burr and distortion-free 

cutting 

• Practical chip collector for clean 

and low-spark cutting 

• Easy setting of the cutting depth 

using an easy-to-read scale 

• Can be used on the building site 

as well as in the workshop 

• Cermet tipped blade included in 

supply 

ProfiSprint 

MMK 1400 

Scale fir setting the cutting depth 

Ergonomic hand grip for guidance 

during the cut 

Data 


No-load speed 

Saw blade diameter 

Maximum cutting 

depth 

Maximum cutting 

width 

Weight 

1,400 W 

3,800 rpm 

192 mm 

65 mm 

7 mm 

5.0 kg 


[pieces] 

ProfiSprint Portable circular saw Saw blade 

Side guide 

121389 1 

15/10 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

• Powerful wet and dry vacuum 

cleaner for professional use 

• Large stainless steel drum and 

stout metal frame for protection 

against knocks 

• A switchable on/off automatic for 

the connection of additional electrical 

tools 

• Washable felt filter element for 

long working life and good filtering 

performance 

• 8-stage suction force control for 

appropriate suction performance 

• Tippable suction drum for easy 

emptying 

• Large, stable rollers to prevent tilting 

when being moved 

• Comprehensive accessories package 

ProfiVacuum 

MIK 1250 

Tippable suction drum for easy emptying 

Well laid out controls 

Data 


Connection capacity of 

power tool socket 

Max. air throughput 

Drum 

Dimensions 

Weight 

1,250 W 

2,000 W 

2,330 litres/min 

40-litre stainless 

steel 

73 x 56 x 50 cm 

20.0 kg 

ProfiVacuum 


[pieces] 

Industrial vacuum Accessories package 121393 1 

cleaner 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

Arreto 

• The robust pipe holder in cast iron 

for the screwing together of pipe 

sections and fittings 

• Pipe fixing without screwing movement, 

pipe sections engage simply 

• Safety gripping teeth of the clamp 

jaws ensure a secure hold on the 

pipe 

• One-hand operation for fixing and 

releasing the pipe 

• Quick and secure fixing of various 

pipe diameters from ½" to 2" 

by means of self-adjusting clamp 

jaws 

• Ideal for installation work in confined 

spaces 

• Hardened steel clamp jaws are 

easily replaced 

• A cross hole in the shaft enables 

additional support with pipe sections 

for use on uneven surfaces 

• Fixing slots in the foot allow 

screwing to work surfaces 

• Easy and space-saving to transport 

Data 

For pipe sizes Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Arreto ½"–1¼" 106344 1 

1¼"–2" 106343 

15/12 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

• Pipe cutter for plastic and composite 

pipes 

• Quick to adjust to the pipe diameter 

using the ratchet facility of the 

spindle 

• Quick-opening due to the springloaded 

release function of the 

spindle 

• Precise cut due to the exact pipe 

guidance 

• Integrated pipe deburring 

• Rotary, metal grip with large diameter 

for handy setting 

• Robust, support rollers with 

grooves for cuts close to the 

flange 

Pipe cutters 

MRS 1 

Quick adjustment of the spindle Guide rollers with groove Integral pipe deburring knife MRS 1 

Data 

Pipe cutters MRS 1-67 6–67 

Plastic pipes, composite pipes 



Cutting wheels for 

pipe cutter MRS 1-67 


pipe cutter MRS 1-140 

For pipes Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

6–67 


50–140 


115164 

115167 

120590 

120587 

1 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

• Pipe cutter for plastic and composite 

pipes 

• Handy pistol form 

• Low force required at handle due 

to ratchet conversion ratio 

• Quick retraction of the cutting 

blade 

• Precise pipe seating for square cut 

• Cutting knife guidance on both 

sides 

• Cutting knife easy to replace 

• Rugged metal housing for hard 

use 


MRS 2 

Ratchet conversion ratio Quick-retraction head 2 screws for replacing cutting knife 

Data 

Pipe cutters MRS 2 6–35 


Cutting blades for 

pipe cutter MRS 2 


[pieces] 

6–35 


115161 

120576 

1 

15/14 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

• Pipe cutter for copper, aluminium 

and thin-walled stainless steel 

pipes 

• Innovative ratchet mechanism 

• For cutting pipes when little space 

available – even when the pipe is 

already fitted 

• Feeding the cutter using the nonslip 

hand wheel 

• Easy-to-replace cutting wheel 

• Integrated pipe deburring 


MRS 3 

Opened pipe cutter Start of cutting Ratchet mechanism 

Data 


Copper, aluminium, stainless steel 


Copper, aluminium, stainless steel 


pipe cutter MRS 3 


[pieces] 

115158 

115155 

Copper, aluminium, stainless steel 120594 2 

1 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

Threaded rod cutters 

• Very simple cutting of threaded 

rods on site 

• Cuts galvanised steel threaded 

rods in the qualities 4.6 and 5.8 

• No reworking of the threaded rods 

necessary 

• Clean cut allow the nuts to be 

screwed on directly 

• Cutting without electric power 

• Easy to transport 

Data 

For threaded rods Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Threaded rod cutters M8 113681 1 

M10 113678 

Cutter inserts M8 130216 1 

M10 130214 

Advantages 

Trapezoid-sheet pliers 

• Punching pliers for trapezoidal 

sheet up to 1.25 mm thickness 

• For screwing on trapezoidal sheet 

hangers 

• Jaws open up to 100 mm 

Data 

Jaw opening 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Trapezoid-sheet pliers from 78 to 10 130206 1 

Punching pliers L from 100 to 10 130208 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

15/16 


07/09

Tools 

Hole punches 

for trapezoid-sheet pliers 

For pliers type 

Trapezoidal sheet 

thickness 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Hole punches Trapezoid-sheet pliers 1.25 114886 2 

Hole punches L, with spring Punching pliers L 1.20 114889 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Cartridge guns, HPS 12 

• The handy, open cartridge gun 

• Easy to handle due to low weight 

• Suitable for all 310 ml cartridges 


[pieces] 

Cartridge guns HPS 12 130600 1 

Cartridge guns, DPS 12 S 

• Heavy-duty, open cartridge gun 

• Feeding rod with end-position locking 

• Simple cartridge replacement 



[pieces] 

Cartridge guns DPS 12 S 130598 1 

Cartridge guns, DPS 14 

• Professional, open cartridge gun 

• Excellent handling due to central handle 

• Secure, easily controlled application 

• Feeding rod with end-position locking 

• Highly efficient gearing reduces hand pressure required 



[pieces] 

Cartridge guns DPS 14 130599 1 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

Ratchet boxes 

• 96-piece ratchet box with highquality 

chrome-vanadium steel 


• Massive professional ratchet spanner 

enables tightening with the 

highest torques 

• Ergonomic anti-slip hand grip for a 

secure hold 

• Socket ejection at the press of a 

button 

• One-finger switchover between 

tightening and unscrewing 

• Comprehensive accessories package 

• Robust and well laid-out plastic 

case 

Data 

Scope of supply 

1 /4" 1 x Reversible ratchet 

1 x Universal joint 

1 x 100 mm extension with T-adapter 

1 x Screwdriver with socket fitting 

1 

/2" 1 x Reversible ratchet 

1 x Universal joint 

1 x Clamping ring holder for bits SW 10 

1 x 125 mm extension 

1 x 250 mm extension with T-adapter 

Bits (SW10) 2 x Cross PZ 3 + PZ 4 

2 x Cross PH 3 + PH 4 

3 x Slot 8–12 

Bits ( 1 /4") 2 x Cross PZ 1 + PZ 2 

2 x Cross PH 1 + PH 2 

1 x Slot 6.5 

1 x Clamping ring holder for bits 1 /4" 

8 x Socket SW 4–SW 9 

8 x Long socket SW 6–SW 13 

7 x Socket with Torx E 4–E 11 

16 x Socket with hex SW 10–SW 32 

5 x Long socket SW 14–SW 22 

7 x Socket with Torx E 12–E 24 

3 x Torx with internal hole T 50–T 60 

2 x Sparking plug socket SW 16 + SW 21 

2 x Hex 6 + 8 mm 

2 x Torx with internal hole T 40 + T 45 

2 x Hex 4 + 5 mm 

6 x Torx T 10–T 30 

6 x Torx with internal hole T 10–T 30 

Scope of supply Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Ratchet boxes 96 pieces, carrying case 124505 1 

15/18 


07/09

Tools 

Socket spanners 

½" 

Socket spanners 

½" 


[pieces] 

SW8 129572 1 

SW10 106525 

SW12 129564 

SW13 106526 

SW16 106527 

SW17 129567 

SW18 129568 

SW19 129569 

SW21 129570 

SW24 129571 



Double-ended ring spanners, 

acc. to DIN 838, chrome-vanadium steel 

Length 

[mm] 

Spanner width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

176 6 x 7 107261 1 

190 8 x 9 107262 

206 10 x 11 107252 

220 12 x 13 107253 

236 14 x 15 107254 

250 16 x 17 107255 

271 18 x 19 107256 

291 19 x 22 107257 

291 20 x 22 107258 

331 24 x 27 107259 

371 30 x 32 107260 

07/09 


Tools 



Double-ended ring spanners, 

acc. to DIN 3110, chrome-vanadium steel 

Length 

[mm] 

Spanner width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

125 6 x 7 107238 1 

140 8 x 9 107239 

155 10 x 11 107225 

162 10 x 13 107226 

172 12 x 13 107227 

188 14 x 15 107229 

205 13 x 17 107228 

205 16 x 17 107230 

220 17 x 19 107231 

220 18 x 19 107232 

235 19 x 22 107233 

235 20 x 22 107234 

248 21 x 23 107235 

265 24 x 27 107236 

300 30 x 32 107237 

Hexagon head chucks 

with magnet 

for screwing in hexagon head screws and shoulder screws with hex head 

Spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

7 106572 1 

8 106573 

10 106569 

12 106570 

13 106571 

Hexagon head chucks 

for screws in concrete 

Spanner width 

[SW] 

Connection Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Hexagon head chucks 10 1 /4"-hex 106550 

13 106551 

1 

15/20 


07/09

Tools 

Quick-change adapters 

for screwdriving tools with hexagonal head or socket 

Connection Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Hexagon 6 mm 120978 1 

Screw-in chucks 

for power driver to tighten bolt screws and shoulder screws 


[pieces] 

M6 107841 1 

M8 107842 

M10 107840 

Screwdriver bits 

¼"-hex 

Screwdriver bit 

¼"-hex 

Size/Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

PZ1/50 121349 10 

PZ2/50 121353 

PZ3/50 121357 

“Pozidriv” screwdriver bits 

for screws with cross-head 


[pieces] 

1 106584 5 

2 106585 

3 106586 

07/09 


Tools 


for screws with hex socket head 

Spanner width 

[SW] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

5 106553 5 

6 106552 

Screwdriver bits „TX“ 

for screws with TX-drive 


[pieces] 

TX10/25 121365 10 

TX15/25 121373 

TX20/25 121380 

TX25/25 106580 

TX27/25 121396 

TX30/25 106581 

TX40/25 106582 

TX10/70 121369 

TX15/70 121376 

TX20/70 121384 

TX25/70 121392 

TX30/70 121404 

TX40/70 121412 


for screws with slotted head 

Size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1.0 x 7.0 106554 5 

15/22 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

Hammer drills 

with keyway 

• SDS hammer drill bits in proven 

MÜPRO quality 

• High-quality hard-metal cutting 

edges 

• For fitting in SDS plus chucks 

Data 


Ø [mm] 


[mm] 

Usable length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

5 110 60 114845 1 

160 110 114848 

6 110 60 114851 

160 110 114854 

210 160 114857 

7 160 110 114860 

8 110 60 114863 

160 110 114866 

210 160 114869 

260 210 114872 

9 160 110 114875 

210 160 114878 

10 110 60 114713 

160 100 114716 

210 160 114719 

260 210 114722 

350 300 133236 

460 410 114728 

11 160 110 114731 

12 160 100 114734 

210 160 114737 

260 210 114740 

460 410 114743 

600 550 114746 

13 160 110 114749 

210 160 114752 

260 210 114755 

14 160 110 114758 

210 160 114761 

260 210 114764 

310 260 114767 

460 410 114770 

15 160 110 114773 

260 210 114776 

450 400 114779 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 


Tools 


Ø [mm] 


[mm] 

Usable length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

16 160 110 114782 1 

210 160 114785 

250 200 114788 

300 250 114791 

450 400 114794 

600 550 114797 

18 200 150 114800 

300 250 114803 

450 400 114806 

20 200 150 114809 

310 260 114812 

450 400 114815 

600 550 114818 

22 250 200 114821 

450 400 114824 

24 250 200 114827 

25 250 200 114830 

450 400 114833 

26 250 200 114836 

28 250 200 114839 

450 400 114842 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Advantages 

• Hammer drill set in heavy-duty 

metal case 

• SDS hammer drill bits in proven 

MÜPRO quality 

• High-quality hard-metal cutting 

edges 

• For fitting in SDS plus chucks 

• Case with the sizes 

5, 6, 8 x 110 mm and 

6, 8, 10, 12 x 160 mm 

Hammer drill sets 

SDS plus 

Data 

Drill bit sizes 

(Ø x overall length in mm) 

Hammer drill sets SDS plus, 7-piece 5, 6, 8 x 110 

6, 8, 10, 12 x 160 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

114960 1 

15/24 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

Hammer drills SDS max 

• Four-cutting-edge drill bit for good 

centring in the drill hole 

• Good removal of drill dust due to 

the generously dimensioned helix 

• Minimised friction in the hole due 

to the optimised helix 

• Two secondary cutting edges protect 

the main cutting edge against 

contact with steel reinforcements 

• Strong heat-treated steels for rapid 

drilling in concrete, masonry and 

natural stone 

• Four-cutting-edge head for 16 mm 

and larger 

Four-cutting-edge head 

Hammer drill 

Data 

Diameter 

[mm] 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Hammer drill bits SDS max 12 340 114881 1 

14 340 114884 

15 340 114887 

16 340 114890 

18 340 114893 

18 540 114896 

20 320 114899 

20 520 114901 

22 320 114904 

22 520 114907 

24 320 114910 

24 520 114913 

25 320 114916 

25 520 114919 

28 370 114922 

28 570 114925 

30 370 114928 

30 570 114931 

32 370 114935 

32 570 114939 

35 370 114942 

35 570 114945 

38 370 114948 

38 570 114951 

40 370 114954 

40 570 114957 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

07/09 


Tools 

Concrete and rock drills 

Concrete and rock drills 

similar to DIN 8039 


Ø [mm] 


[mm] 

Usable length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

4.0 70 35 106507 1 

5.0 80 40 106508 

5.0 150 90 106509 

6.0 100 50 106510 

6.0 150 90 106511 

8.0 120 65 106513 

8.0 200 150 106512 

10.0 120 70 106505 

12.0 120 70 106506 

15/26 


07/09

Tools 

Metal twist drills HSS 

• Bit with long service life 

• Right-hand cutting 

• For steel and cast steel 

Metal twist drills HSS, 

DIN 338 


Ø [mm] 


[mm] 

Usable length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

1.0 34 12 126330 10 

1.5 40 18 126332 

2.0 49 24 126354 

2.5 57 30 126356 

3.0 61 33 126358 

3.1 65 36 126360 

3.2 65 36 126362 

3.3 65 36 126364 

3.4 70 39 126366 

3.5 70 39 126368 

3.8 75 43 126370 

4.0 75 43 126372 

4.1 75 43 126374 

4.2 75 43 126376 

4.5 80 47 126378 

4.8 86 52 126380 

4.9 86 52 126382 

5.0 86 52 126390 

5.1 86 52 126384 

5.2 86 52 126386 

5.5 93 57 126388 

6.0 93 57 126394 

6.5 101 63 126392 

7.0 109 69 126396 

7.5 109 69 126398 

8.0 117 75 126402 5 

8.5 117 75 126400 

9.0 125 81 126404 

9.5 125 81 126406 

10.0 133 87 126334 

10.5 133 87 126336 

11.0 142 94 126338 

11.5 142 94 126340 

12.0 151 101 126342 

12.5 151 101 126344 

13.0 151 101 126346 

14.0 160 108 126348 

15.0 169 114 126350 1 

16.0 178 120 126352 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

Chisels for SDS chucks 

• Chisel made from high-quality 

heat-treated steel 

• Special hardening process for 

good durability 

• Low notch sensitivity 

• For working in concrete, masonry 

and natural stone 

Pointed and flat chisels 

Data 

Shaft 

Width 

[mm] 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pointed chisels SDS max – 400 126436 1 

Flat chisels SDS max 25 400 108854 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Advantages 

Adapters for SDS chucks 

• Adapter for shaft extension with 

SDS max quick coupling 

• Use of short drill bits and chisels 

saves on costs 

• Can be used with drilling diameters 

of 32 mm and above for wall 

penetrations 

• Can be used with smaller drilling 

diameters and chisels as an ergonomic 

working extension 

Shaft extension and connection 

adapter. 

Data 

Shaft 

Diameter 

[mm] 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Connecting adapters SDS max 30 190 127367 1 

Shaft extensions SDS max 18 320 117716 

SDS max 18 750 117719 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

15/28 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

Cutting-off and rough scrub wheels 

• Long lifetime 

• High resistance to fracture and 

side loading 

• Low heating up of the material 

• High cutting performance 

• Max. peripheral speed 80 m/sec 

• Manufactured according to 

EN 12413 

Application 

Cutting-off disc for metal 

Rough grinding disc for metal 

Diamond cutting-off disc 

Formed steel, cast iron, pipes, steel sheet 

Chamfering, rough and smooth grinding of 

grey cast iron, welding seams, non-alloyed 

steel, steel castings surfaces 

For general masonry work e. g. B. floor tiles, 

brickwork, artificial stone slabs 

Data 

Dimensions 

[mm] 


[pieces] 

For material 

Cutting-off discs 115 x 1.0 x 22 straight 130221 25 metal 

115 x 2.5 x 22 offset 130223 

130226 metal and stone 

125 x 1.0 x 22 straight 130220 metal 

125 x 2.5 x 22 offset 130222 

180 x 3.0 x 22 straight 130224 

230 x 3.0 x 22 130225 

Rough grinding discs 115 x 6.0 x 22 offset 122009 10 

125 x 6.0 x 22 122005 

230 x 6.0 x 22 122013 

Diamond cutting-off discs 230 x 2.1 x 22 straight 107141 1 stone 

07/09 


Tools 

Recipro-saw blades 

bi-metallic 

for sheet metal, steel and non-ferrous metals up to 8 mm thick 

Application Type Teeth/inch Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Steel and non-ferrous metals from 3 to 8 mm P-04911 14 150 113416 5 

P-04927 14 200 113419 

Sheet metal and sectional steel from 1.2–2 mm P-04896 24 100 113410 

P-04905 24 150 113413 

Steel, non-ferrous metals and sections up to 1 mm P-04955 32 150 113422 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Recipro-saw blades 

bi-metallic 

hardened teeth 

Application Teeth/inch Length 

[mm] 

Thickness 

[mm] 

Width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

All steel types 24 300 0.6 13 117323 10 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Machinist‘s hammer 

Bevel and hardened handle protection sleeve as prescribed, that safely protects 

the handle for mis-strikes, and that exceed the target pull-off forces, as 

specified by DIN 1193, by more than five times 

Length of handle 

[mm] 

Weight 

[g] 

Part no. 

Machinist‘s hammer 280 200 120327 1 

300 300 120331 

320 500 120335 

350 800 120338 

360 1.000 120323 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Sledge hammer 

• Securing plate of the head is firmly bolted to the handle = reduced accident 

hazard! 

• Carefully hardened and tempered, black powder coating 

• Bare polished faces 

• Bevel and hardened handle protection sleeve as prescribed that safely protects 

the handle for mis-strikes, and that exceed the target pull-off forces, 

as specified by DIN 1193, by more than five times 

Length of handle 

[mm] 

Weight 

[g] 

Part no. 

Sledge hammer 260 1.000 108570 1 

260 1.250 108571 

280 1.500 108572 

300 2.000 108573 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

15/30 


07/09

Tools 

Plastic hammer 

recoil-free 

Plastic hammer, 

recoil-free 

Head size 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

32 115352 1 

Screwdrivers 


[pieces] 

with slot 121264 1 

with cross-head 121256 

Shearing pliers 

for the fitting of threaded steel band suspensions 

for the cutting of Fix threaded steel band 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

117884 1 

Wire lattice pliers 

Wire lattice pliers, 

DIN 9242, insulated handle, tool steel 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

220 124258 1 

250 124262 

280 124266 

07/09 


Tools 

Nail pullers 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Nail pullers 600 119202 1 

800 119206 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Pointed chisels 

DIN 7256 

Length 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pointed chisels, DIN 7256 300 126434 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Flat chisels 


Flat chisels 

acc. to DIN 6453, can be resharpened 

Length 

[mm] 

Width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

150 18 108850 1 

200 25 108851 

250 25 108852 

300 26 108853 

Wire brushes 

removes rust, fouling, and paint residue 

Part no. 

Wire brushes 107325 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

15/32 


07/09

Tools 

Universal knifes 

and cutter knifes 

Length [mm] Blade width [mm] Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Universal knifes 130 19 130374 1 

Cutter knifes 130 9 107065 

Replacement blades 

Length [mm] Blade width [mm] Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Replacement blades for universal knife, 50 19 130189 10 

trapezoid 

Replacement blades for universal knife, 50 19 114295 

hook 

Replacement blades for Cutter knife 85 9 108012 

Manual fixing tool 

for screwing in bolt screws, shoulder screws and threaded pins 

for thread Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

M8 115367 1 

M10 115361 

Allen keys 


[pieces] 

6 117220 1 

8 117223 

07/09 


Tools 

Disposable protective coveralls 

One-way overalls, white with hood, 

arm and leg seal, with rubber strap, zipper, 

size XXL 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

107938 1 

Protective goggles nylon 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Protective goggles nylon 122029 1 

Protective work goggles 

Protective work goggles, 

full view, suitable for wearers of glasses 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

122025 1 

Protective ear plugs 

material: polymer foam 

Protective ear plug, 

34 dB 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

111794 10 

15/34 


07/09

Tools 

Ear muffs 24 dB 

Part no. 

Ear muffs 24 dB 111792 1 

Fine dust masks 

FFP1 

• In accordance with EN 149-2001 

• Without breathing valve 

• Protection against solid and aqueous particles up to 4x the MAK value 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Fine dust masks FFP1 108596 15 


FFP2 with breathing valve, FFP3 with breathing valve 


• Protects against toxic fine dust, smoke and aerosols up to 30x the MAK 

value 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Fine dust masks FFP2 with breathing valve 108598 10 

Fine dust masks FFP3 with breathing valve 108599 

Protecting mask without breathing valve 119032 50 


FP2 without breathing valve 


• Protection against solid and aqueous particles up to 10x the MAK value 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Fine dust masks FFP2 without breathing valve 108597 20 

Disposable gloves 

Disposable gloves, elastic, tear-resistant, 

interior surface lightly powdered 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

107935 100 

07/09 


Tools 

Work gloves 

Work gloves, with rubber pads, cotton/ 

polyester, knitted glove, sure-grip, non-slip 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

106340 12 

Work gloves 

Hand protection cremes 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Work gloves, leather 106341 12 

Part no. 

Hand protection cremes 115417 1 

Hand washing pastes 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Hand washing pastes, 500 ml 115438 1 

Garbage bags 

• Volume approx. 120 litre 

• 25 bags on the roll 

• 70 x 120 cm 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Garbage bags, 38 µ 118978 1 Roll 

Garbage bags, 41 µ 118982 1 Roll 

15/36 


07/09

Tools 

Paper rolls 

• Extremely absorbent material 

• Tear-resistant 

• Absolutely solvent-resistant 

• Lint-free 

• Soft material 

• 2-ply, perforated 

• Sheet format: L 37 cm x W 32 cm 

• Length approx. 400 m 

• Colour: White 

Part no. 

Paper rolls 120121 1 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

Straps 

Straps, 

ratchet strap, polyester strap 

Permissible 

tensile force (kp) 

Length 

[m] 

Width 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

700 4 25 124951 1 

1.000 6 25 124954 

2.000 8 35 124957 

4.000 8 50 124960 

4.000 10 50 124948 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

Plastic cases S1 

• Compact case dimensions 105 x 

400 x 300 mm, case type S2 

• Robust practical plastic case for 


• Ideal safe transport and long-term 

packaging 

• Click closure for connecting multiple 

cases together 

• Ideal case also for tools, 

machines, and accessories 

• Easy fitting and removal of the 

inlays 

Plastic case S1 

Tool insert – versatile placement 

Angle grinder insert – practical storage 

for angle grinders to 125 mm 

and accessories 

Hammer drill insert – suitable 

for ProfiHammer MHK 550 or 

CompactHammer MBK 600 

Data 

Floor padding with cross cut-out 

Lid padding, dimpled – thus maximum 

interior damping 

Height [mm] Width [mm] Depth [mm] Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

Plastic cases S1 105 400 300 133203 1 

Accessories: (Inserts and padding must be ordered separately) Part no. Pack size [pieces] 

Floor padding with cross cut-out for S1 + S3 106625 1 

Lid padding, dimpled for S1 + S3 107126 

Tool insert for S1 + S2 131979 

Angle grinder insert for S1 131981 

Hammer drill insert for S1 131976 

15/38 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

Plastic cases S3 

• Compact case dimensions 210 x 

400 x 300 mm, case type S3 




packaging 

• Click closure for connecting multiple 


• Ideal case also for tools, 

machines, and accessories 


inlays 

Plastic case S3 (with floor padding) 

Floor padding with cross cut-out 



Data 

Height 

Width 

Depth 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[pieces] 

Plastic cases S3 210 400 300 133204 1 

Accessories: (Inserts and padding must be ordered separately) Part no. Pack size 

[pieces] 

Lid padding, dimpled for S1 + S3 107126 1 

Floor padding with cross cut-out for S1 + S3 106625 

Tool insert for S1 + S3 131979 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

Plastic cases M1 


268 x 171 mm, case type M1 




packaging 

• Click closure to connect multiple 


• Up to five cases can be stowed in 

the S3 plastic case 


inlays 



Plastic case (with lid padding, dimpled) 

2-layer deep-draw element for bits 

and compass saw blades – for organised 

storage 

Universal insert 8-compartment for 

small parts and a wide variety of 

tools 

Cubic padding, hard – for cut-out 

and design of individual inserts, versatile 

adaptation possibilities 

Data 

Height 

Width 

Depth 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[pieces] 

Plastic cases M1 70 268 171 133201 1 


[pieces] 


2-layer insert bits etc. for M1 + M2 106583 

Universal insert 8-compartment wall thickness 1.5 mm for M1 + M2 131978 

Cubic padding, hard 38 mm for M1 + M2 128550 

15/40 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

Plasic cases M2 


268 x 171 mm, case type M2 




packaging 

• Click closure to connect multiple 


• Up to four cases can be stowed in 

the S3 plastic case 


inlays 



Plastic case (with lid padding, dimpled) 

2-layer deep-draw element for bits 

and compass saw blades – for organised 

storage 

Universal insert 8-compartment for 

small parts and a wide variety of 

tools 

Cubic padding, hard – for cut-out 

and design of individual inserts, versatile 

adaptation possibilities 

Data 

Height 

Width 

Depth 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[pieces] 

Plastic cases M2 87 268 171 133202 1 


[pieces] 


2-layer insert bits etc. for M1 + M2 106583 

Universal insert 8-compartment wall thickness 1.5 mm for M1 + M2 131978 

Cubic padding, hard 38 mm for M1 + M2 128550 

07/09 


Tools 

Advantages 

Polyboxes 

• Robust, dimensionally stable plastic 

box for long service life 

• Flexible application thanks to different 

sizes 

• For organised storage of your products 

• Easy filling and fast removal 

• Stackable – space saving 

• Smooth inner walls for easy cleaning 

• Unique identification via label 

insert strip 

Data 

Length 

[mm] 

Width 

[mm] 

Height 

[mm] 

Part no. 

Polyboxes large 500/450 300 180 121019 1 

medium 350/300 200 150 121031 5 

small 230/200 140 130 121027 10 

Pack size 

[pieces] 

15/42 


07/09

Tools 

Advantages 

Craftsman boxes 

• Dimensionally stable and robust 

craftsman box for storage and 

transport of materials and tools 

• The box sizes correspond to 

europallet sizes and are ideally 

suited for stacking 

• Suitable for roller conveyors 

• Flexible application thanks to 

removable lid 

• Hinged cover with slide closure 

• Made of polypropylene; satisfies 

the requirements of the German 

Food Law 

Data 

Height 

[mm] 

Width 

[mm] 

Depth 

[mm] 


[pieces] 

Outside Inside Outside Inside Outside Inside 

Craftsman boxes, 5 l 145 133 300 252 200 152 138147 1 

Craftsman boxes, 20 l 210 200 400 356 300 255 138146 1 

Advantages 

Rotary stacking Drehstapelbehälter 

containers 

• Dimensionally stable and robust 

plastic trough for storage and 

transport of materials and tools 

• Reinforced edge as perimeter carrying 

grip 

• Flexible application 

• Easy filling and quick emptying 

• Thanks to 180° rotation, stackable 

inside each other or on top of each 

other, thus they save space 

• Smooth inner walls; easy to clean 

Data 

Rotary stacking 

containers 

Height 

Width 

Depth 

Part no. 

Pack size 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[mm] 

[pieces] 

250 600 400 138605 1 

15/43 


07/09

Notes 

15/44 


07/09

0. MÜPRO 















15. Tools 



Maximum recommended support spacings for pipelines with 

single bossed clamps and DÄMMGULAST ® vibration control lining 

DN 

[NW] 

Pipelines 

pipe weights and distances between supports 

Steel piping DIN 2448 Pipe weights Maximum 

spacing 

[m] 

DN 

[inch] 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 

Water-filled 

[kg/m] 

Water-filled + insulated 

[kg/m] 

10 3 /8 17.2 0.68 0.83 1.5 1.4 

15 1 

/2 21.3 0.95 1.19 2.0 1.6 

20 3 

/4 26.9 1.40 1.79 2.7 1.9 

25 1 33.7 1.99 2.64 3.7 2.2 

32 1 1 /4 42.4 2.69 3.90 5.2 2.6 

40 1 1 /2 48.3 2.93 4.39 6.3 2.7 

46 51.0 3.10 4.76 6.8 2.8 

50 57.0 3.87 5.93 8.1 3.1 

50 2 60.3 4.11 6.44 8.8 3.1 

57 63.5 4.33 6.95 9.4 3.2 

65 2 1 /2 76.1 5.24 9.12 12.0 3.6 

76 82.5 6.26 10.81 14.7 3.8 

80 3 88.9 6.76 12.11 16.3 3.9 

94 101.6 8.70 15.70 20.5 4.3 

100 108.0 9.27 17.25 22.3 4.4 

100 4 114.3 9.83 18.84 24.2 4.6 

127.0 12.13 23.26 29.3 4.9 

125 133.0 12.73 25.00 31.4 5.0 

125 5 139.7 13.39 27.01 33.8 5.1 

152.4 16.41 32.57 40.0 5.5 

150 159.0 17.15 34.82 42.7 5.6 

150 6 168.3 18.18 38.11 46.6 5.7 

177.8 21.31 43.43 52.5 6.0 

193.7 25.08 51.35 61.4 6.0 

200 8 219.1 31.02 64.78 76.7 6.0 

267.0 40.50 91.34 107.0 6.0 

250 10 273.0 41.44 94.70 110.9 6.0 

Threaded piping DIN 2440 Pipe weights Maximum 

spacing 

[m] 

DN 

[inch] 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 

Water-filled 

[kg/m] 


[kg/m] 

1 /4 13.5 0.65 0.71 1.3 1.2 

3 /8 17.2 0.86 0.99 1.7 1.4 

1 

/2 21.3 1.22 1.42 2.2 1.7 

3 

/4 26.9 1.58 1.96 2.8 1.9 

1 33.7 2.44 3.03 4.1 2.2 

1 1 /4 42.4 3.14 4.16 5.4 2.6 

1 1 /2 48.3 3.61 4.99 6.9 2.8 

2 60.3 5.10 7.31 9.6 3.2 

2 1 /2 76.1 6.52 10.24 13.1 3.7 

3 88.9 8.47 13.61 17.8 4.1 

4 114.3 12.19 20.90 26.3 4.7 

5 139.7 16.13 29.41 36.1 5.3 

6 165.1 19.17 38.14 46.4 5.8 

Note: Any relevant information from the pipe manufacturer is to be taken into account. 

07/09 



Maximum recommended support spacings for pipelines 

with single bossed clamps and DÄMMGULAST ® vibration control lining 


Pipe weights and distances between supports 

Copper piping DIN 1786 and 1754 bare Pipe weights Maximum 

spacing 

[m] 

DN 

[NW] 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 

Water-filled 

[kg/m] 


[kg/m] 

10 10 0.25 0.30 0.4 0.6 

12 12 0.30 0.39 0.5 1.0 

15 15 0.39 0.52 0.8 1.1 

18 18 0.47 0.68 1.0 1.3 

22 22 0.58 0.90 1.3 1.3 

28 28 1.10 1.59 2.4 1.5 

35 35 1.39 2.20 3.1 1.6 

42 42 1.68 2.88 4.4 1.7 

54 54 2.88 4.84 7.3 2.0 

64 64 3.43 6.26 9.8 2.0 

70 70 3.76 7.19 12.9 2.0 

76 76 3.98 7.83 13.5 2.0 

80 80 4.31 8.85 14.7 2.0 

104 104 5.64 13.50 25.5 2.5 

125 125 10.12 21.25 33.5 2.5 

131 131 10.62 22.89 35.0 2.5 

Cast iron (SML) drainage pipes with graphite in 

lamella form 

DN 

[NW] 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 

Pipe weights 

Water-filled 

[kg/m] 

Maximum 

spacing 

[m] 

50 58 4.3 6.4 1.5–2.0 

70 78 5.9 9.9 

Manufacturer 

specifications 

80 83 6.1 10.6 

state that each 

100 110 8.4 16.7 

pipe section 

125 135 11.8 24.5 

must be supported 

at least 

150 160 14.1 32.2 

twice. 

200 210 23.1 54.5 

250 274 33.3 87.6 

300 326 43.2 120.6 

DN 

[NW] 

Drain pipes GA DIN 19500 Pipe weights Maximum 

spacing 

[m] 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 

Water-filled 

[kg/m] 

50 60 5.30 7.51 0.6 

70 80 7.10 11.29 0.8 

100 112 10.30 18.80 1.2 

125 137 13.70 26.77 1.4 

150 162 17.30 35.45 1.6 

200 212 32.70 64.12 2.0 


16/2 


07/09


Maximum recommended support spacings for pipelines with 

single bossed clamps and DÄMMGULAST ® vibration control lining 


Pipe weights and distances between supports 

PE Drain pipes (GEBERIT) Pipe weights Spacings acc. to 

DN 

[NW] 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 

Water-filled 

[kg/m] 

manufacturer 10 x Ø 

[m] 

25 32 0.27 0.81 0.32 

32 40 0.35 1.26 0.4 

40 50 0.45 1.97 0.5 

50 56 0.50 2.47 0.56 

57 63 0.57 3.13 0.63 

70 75 0.68 4.43 0.75 

80 90 0.96 6.37 0.9 

100 110 1.44 9.52 1.1 

125 125 1.86 12.29 1.25 

125 140 2.09 15.41 1.4 

150 160 3.01 20.13 1.6 

200 200 3.79 31.44 2.0 

250 250 5.96 49.12 2.5 

300 315 9.44 77.98 2.5 

PP drain pipes DIN 8077 (HT pipes) Pipe weights Reference values for 

DN 

[NW] 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 

Water-filled 

[kg/m] 

spacings 

[m] 

40 40 0.23 1.26 0.8 

50 50 0.29 1.91 1.0 

70 75 0.49 4.37 1.2 

100 110 0.97 9.48 1.5 

125 125 1.30 12.37 1.6 

150 160 2.16 20.34 1.8 

Pressure piping of unplasticised PVC 

DIN 8062 

DN 

Outer Ø 

[NW] 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 


Water-filled 

[kg/m] 

Reference values for 

spacings 

[m] 

40 50 0.42 2.12 0.8 

50 63 0.56 3.32 1.0 

70 75 0.78 4.77 1.2 

100 110 1.64 10.24 1.5 

125 125 2.13 13.22 1.6 

150 160 3.44 21.64 1.8 

Pressure pipes: PP pipes DIN 8077 

PE pipes DIN 8072 

DN 

Outer Ø 

[NW] 

[mm] 

Empty 

[kg/m] 


Water-filled 

[kg/m] 


spacings 

[m] 

12 16 0.10 0.20 0.6 

15 20 0.16 0.30 0.7 

20 25 0.25 0.47 0.8 

25 32 0.42 0.77 0.8 

32 40 0.64 1.21 0.9 

40 50 1.01 1.88 1.0 

50 63 1.59 2.98 1.2 

63 75 2.26 4.23 1.3 

80 90 3.25 6.08 1.4 

90 110 4.87 9.08 1.6 

100 125 6.29 11.73 1.7 


07/09 



Maximum recommended pipe clamp spacings for composite 

and plastic pipes 

Outer Ø 

[mm] 

Composite pipes 


spacings 

[m] 

14 1.2 

VPE (PE-X) pipes 

DIN 16892 


spacings 

[m] 


pipe weights and distances between supports 

PB pipes 

DIN 16968 


spacings 

[m] 

PVC-C 

DIN 8080 

Guidance values for 

spacings 

[m] 

16 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.8 

18 1.5 

20 1.5 0.9 0.6 0.95 

25 1.5 1.0 0.7 1.05 

26 1.5 

32 1.5 1.0 0.8 1.2 

40 1.5 1.2 1.0 1.3 

50 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5 

63 1.5 1.2 1.4 1.7 


16/4 


07/09



linear expansion 

Expansion chart for various pipe types 

Metals and plastics contract with cold and expand with heat. This must be taken into account particularly with 

pipes in heating systems where thermostat control causes continual temperature fluctuations. Appropriate pipe 

supports should be used that are able to swing or slide and so avoid such stresses. 

Temperature difference DT [K] 

Linear expansion DL [mm] 

Example: 1 Copper pipe, Cu, length of the pipe 

section 30 m 

Temperature difference DT = 50 K 

Linear expansion DL = 24.75 mm 

2 PVC pipe, length of pipe section L = 40 m 

Temperature difference DT = 40 K 

Linear expansion DL = 128 mm 

! 

Attention! 

In the case of plastic pipes (PE, PP, PVC) the 

linear expansion reading from the chart has to 

be multiplied by a factor of 10. 

Linear expansion DL [mm] 

Equation for calculating linear expansion 

DL = L · DT · α 

[mm] [m] [K] [mm/m K] 

DL = linear expansion 

L = length of the pipeline/pipe section 

DT = Temperature difference 

α = linear expansion coefficient 

07/09 



Swivel hanger 

expansion take-up and displacement 

Swivel Hanger 

∆ 

∆ 

Axial and lateral pipeline expansion or displacement 

will cause a height change in suspension hangers. 

The magnitude of this change can be be taken from 

the chart below. 

Expansion take-up DL [mm] in all directions 

140 

130 

120 

110 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

Hanger length x in mm 

Height change h in mm 

16/6 


07/09


Weights of air ducts in kg/m without insulation 

Air ducts 

standard values for air duct weights 

Sheet thickness 0.88 mm 

Duct dimensions width x height in mm 

280 315 355 400 450 500 

280 9.5 10.1 10.7 11.5 12.3 13.2 

315 10.6 11.3 12.1 12.9 14.7 

355 12.0 12.8 13.6 14.4 

400 13.5 14.4 15.2 

450 15.2 16.1 

500 16.9 



560 630 710 800 900 1,000 

560 21.5 22.8 24.4 26.1 28.0 30.0 

630 24.2 25.7 27.5 29.4 33.4 

710 27.3 29.0 30.9 32.8 

800 30.7 32.6 34.6 

900 34.6 36.5 

1,000 38.4 



1,120 1,250 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 

710 39.7 42.5 45.8 50.1 54.5 58.8 

800 41.7 44.5 47.7 52.1 56.4 60.7 

900 43.8 46.6 49.9 54.2 58.6 62.9 

1,000 46.0 48.8 52.1 56.4 60.7 65.1 

1,120 48.6 51.4 54.7 59.0 63.4 67.7 

1,250 51.4 54.2 57.5 61.8 66.2 70.5 

1,400 54.7 57.5 60.7 65.1 69.4 73.8 

1,600 59.0 61.8 65.1 69.4 73.8 78.1 

1,800 63.4 66.2 69.4 73.8 78.1 82.4 

2,000 67.7 70.5 73.8 78.1 82.4 86.8 

2,240 72.9 75.7 79.0 83.3 87.7 92.0 

2,500 78.5 81.4 84.6 89.0 93.3 97.6 

2,800 85.0 87.9 91.1 95.5 99.8 104.1 

3,150 92.6 95.5 98.7 103.1 107.4 111.7 



2,240 2,500 2,800 3,150 3,350 3,550 

710 82.6 89.9 98.3 108.1 113.7 119.3 

800 85.1 92.4 100.8 110.6 116.2 121.8 

900 87.9 95.2 103.6 113.4 119.0 124.6 

1,000 90.7 98.0 106.4 116.2 121.8 127.4 

1,120 94.1 101.4 109.8 119.6 125.2 130.8 

1,250 97.7 105.0 113.4 123.2 128.8 134.4 

1,400 101.9 109.2 117.6 127.4 133.0 138.6 

1,600 107.5 114.8 123.2 133.0 138.6 144.2 

1,800 113.5 120.4 128.8 138.6 144.2 149.8 

2,000 118.7 126.0 134.4 144.2 149.8 155.4 

2,240 125.4 132.7 141.1 150.9 156.5 162.1 

2,500 132.7 140.0 148.4 158.2 163.8 169.4 

2,800 141.1 148.4 156.8 166.6 172.2 177.8 

3,150 150.9 158.2 166.6 176.4 182.0 187.6 

Note: The above weights [kg/m] are approximate values for guidance. The weights may deviate from these depending 

on the material thickness and the type of flange. 

07/09 



Spiral-seam pipes 

standard values for pipe weights 

Nominal diameters and dimensions according to DIN 24145 

Nom. size 

[mm] 

d2 

[mm] 

Sheet thickness S1 

[mm] 

Weight 

[kg/m] 

71 71 0.4 0.77 

80 80 0.4 0.87 

90 90 0.4 0.98 

100 100 0.6 1.69 

112 112 0.6 1.89 

125 125 0.6 2.11 

140 140 0.6 2.36 

160 160 0.6 2.70 

180 180 0.6 3.07 

200 200 0.6 3.38 

224 224 0.6 3.78 

250 250 0.6 4.22 

280 280 0.6 4.73 

315 315 0.8 7.09 

355 355 0.8 7.99 

400 400 0.8 9.00 

450 450 0.8 10.13 

500 500 0.8 11.25 

560 560 0.8 12.60 

630 630 1.0 17.70 

710 710 1.0 19.97 

800 800 1.0 22.50 

900 900 1.0 25.32 

1,000 1,000 1.2 34.42 

1,120 1,120 1.2 38.55 

1,250 1,250 1.2 43.03 

1,400 1,400 1.5 55.10 

1,600 1,600 1.5 62.90 

1,800 1,800 1.5 70.80 

2,000 2,000 1.5 78.60 

16/8 


07/09


Cantilever bracket 

Allowable loading values 

(taking the fixing screws into account) 

max. load capacities 

Cantilever bracket, equal-sided 

(4 mm and 6 mm material thickness) 

L = 180 mm L = 140 mm L = 100 mm L = 60 mm 

4 mm 2.0 kN 3.5 kN 5.0 kN 7.0 kN 

6 mm 3.3 kN 6.0 kN 

Cantilever bracket, equal-sided, double 

L = 180 mm 

L = 100 mm 

4 mm 4.4 kN 5.5 kN 

6 mm 6.7 kN 7.0 kN 

Cantilever bracket, equal-sided, with a single 

MPC support channel 38/40 section 

L = 330 mm 

4 mm 1.35 kN 

Cantilever bracket, equal-sided, double with a 

MPC support channel 38/40 section 

L = 180 mm L = 350 mm L = 470 mm 

4 mm 4.4 kN 1.5 kN 1.2 kN 

07/09 



Bracket structures 

Allowable loading values 

(taking the fixing screws into account) 


Bracket structures assembled form MPC support channel 38/40 section 


L = 140 mm 

L = 280 mm 

3.9 kN 1.7 kN 

Bracket structures assembled form MPC support channel 38/40 section 


L = 250 mm L = 470 mm L = 125 mm 

3.9 kN 1.4 kN 2.4 kN 

16/10 


07/09


Construction bracket 


Size 

[mm] 

L1 

[mm] 


load F 

[N] 

Type 1 200 x 125 x 4 180 1,500 

Type 2 280 x 164 x 4 225 1,000 

Size 

[mm] 

L1 

[mm] 


load F 

[N] 

Type 1 200 x 125 x 4 130 1,000 

Type 2 280 x 164 x 4 170 750 

07/09 



MPC saddle support 

Max. recommended load F [N] 2,000 

MPC channel support bracket 

Max. recommended load F [N] 1,750 

Base plates 

Size 

Dimensions 

[mm] 



Metric thread 1 80 x 30 x 3 M8 1,900 

M10 2,200 

M12 3,000 

2 120 x 40 x 4 M8 1,900 

M10 2,000 

M12 2,800 

M16 2,800 

1 80 x 30 x 3 M8/M10 2,200 

Pipe thread 1 80 x 30 x 3 1 /2" 4,600 

2 120 x 40 x 4 1 /2" 5,000 

3 /4" 5,500 

3 100 x 60 x 4 1 /2" 6,300 

3 /4" 8,300 

1" 8,300 

16/12 


07/09


MPC girder cleat 

For channel section Thread Max. permitted load 

F/pair 

[N] 

27/18 and 28/30 M6 2,800 

38/24 and 38/40 M8 5,400 

40/60 M8 6,000 

38/40, 39/52 and 40/60 M10 10,400 

38/80, 80/40 and 40/120 M10 8,750 

Girder clamp 

For size 

Max. allowable load F [N] 

M8 1,200 

M10 2,500 

M12 3,500 

Securing lug 

21881 

Supporting angle 


with DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pad 1,000 

without DÄMMGULAST ® resilient pad 1,650 

MPC VARIO-saddle support 

Directly mounted 


Friction fit with double rail nut 

(tightening torque 50 Nm) 

Tensile force Fz 7,500 2,500 

Compression 

7,500 2,500 

FD 

07/09 



MPC QUICK fastener 

MPC support channels Connection thread Max. recommended 


[N] 

MPC QUICK fastener 



(displacement) [N] 

At tightening torque 

[Nm] 

38/40 M8 2,800 1,000 20 

M10 25 

38/60 M8 3,000 800 25 

M10 30 

40/60 M8 4,000 20 

40/80 M10 25 

40/120 M8 20 

M10 25 

16/14 


07/09


Threaded rods/threaded pipes 

Max. allowable bending load for threaded rods 

Example: Length l = 100 mm 

M12 threaded rod 

Allowable/read-off load F = 150 N 

Maximum deflection: fmax = L/150 

Admissible stress in steel: σadm = 160 N/mm 2 (threaded 

rods) 

Connecting 

Distance L to pipe axis [mm] 

thread 50 100 150 200 250 300 

Max. allowable bending load F [N] 

M8 85 36 16 9 6 4 

M10 171 85 41 23 15 10 

M12 301 150 86 49 31 22 

M16 782 391 260 174 111 77 

Max. allowable bending load for threaded pipes 

Example: Length l = 250 mm 

threaded tod 1 /2" 

Allowable/read-off load F = 434 N 

Maximum deflection: fmax = L/150 

Admissible stress in steel: σadm = 160 N/mm 2 

(threaded rods) 

Connecting 

Distance L to pipe axis [mm] 

thread 50 100 150 200 250 300 

Max. allowable bending load F [N] 

1 /2" 1,223 611 408 306 239 166 

3 /4" 2,151 1,075 717 538 430 358 

1" 4,277 2,139 1,426 1,069 855 777 

07/09 



Fasteners with VdS approval 

Overview of approved fasteners for sprinkler systems 

A 

B 

C D E 

Approved 

connecting thread 

For nominal diameter 

[DN] 

Pipe diameter 

[DN] 

M8 – up to 50 

M10 > 50 up to 100 

M12 > 100 up to 150 

M16 > 150 

Note: All MÜPRO components approved to VdS (corresponding approval reports are available) can be combined 

into the various arrangements shown above. 

Reference to the VdS approval can be found on the respective catalogue pages. 

A 

Trapezoidal sheet hanger 

with welded-on nut and 

threaded rod M8 for up 

to DN 50 

Trapezoidal sheet hanger 

with clearance hole and 

threaded rod M8 or M10 

for up to DN 50 

B 

Through anchor M8, M10 

Heavy duty anchor BZ 

M8, M10, M12 or M16 

Gas concrete under cut 

anchor 

porous concrete plug type 

M8, M10 

C 

Girder cleat M8 + MPC 

support channel 38/40 + 

hammer head 

fastener M8 

Girder Ccleat M8 or M10 

+ MPC support channel 

40/60 + hammer head 

fastener M8 

or 

hammer-head bolt M8, 

M10 or M12 

D 

Girder clamp with M8 or 

M10 internal thread (for 

DN 65 and larger with 

securing lug) + 


Girder clamp with clearance 

hole for M8, M10 or 

M12 (for DN 65 and larger 

with securing lug) + 

threaded rod M8, M10 

or M12 

E 

Girder clamp with joint 

M8 or M10 

+ 


Filbow clamp, pear-shaped DN 25–DN 200 

or single bossed clamp, heavy-duty type, DN 10 –DN 150 

16/16 


07/09


Fasteners with FM approval 

Overview of approved fasteners for sprinkler systems 

A 

B 

C 

Single bossed clamp, heavy-duty type 


Approved connection 

thread 

for nominal diameter/pipe 

diameter 

M10 3 

/4"–4" 

M12 3 /4"–6" 

Filbow clamp (pear-shaped) 

Approved connection 

for nominal diameter/pipe diameter 

thread 

M10 

3 

/4"–4" (steel anchor, girder clamp) 

M10 

3 /4"–101.6 mm (girder cleat) 

M12 

> 4"–6" (= 168.3 mm) 

Note: All MÜPRO components approved to FM (Factory Mutual – corresponding approval reports are available) can 

be combined into the various arrangements shown above. 

Reference to the FM approval can be found on the respective catalogue pages. 

A 

Steel anchor M10 or M12 


with 

filbow clamp, pear-shaped 

3/4"–4" 

or 

Single bossed clamp, heavy-duty type without Lining 

M10 or M12 

3/4"–4" 

B 

Girder clamp with M10 internal thread 

or 

girder clamp with clearance hole 

for M10 or M12 


with 


3/4"–4" 

or 

single bossed clamp, heavy-duty type without Lining 

M10 or M12 

3/4"–4" 

C 

Girder clamp with Joint M10 

threaded rod M10 

with 


3/4"–4" 

or 

single bossed clamp, heavy-duty type without Lining 

M10 

3/4"–4" 

Steel anchor M12 


with 


> 4"–168.3 mm 

or 

single bossed clamp, 

heavy-duty type without lining, M12 

> 4"– 6" 

Girder clamp with clearance hole 

for M12 


with 


> 4"–168.3 mm 

or 

single bossed clamp, 

heavy-duty type without lining, M12 

> 4"–6" 

07/09 



Load chart 

for PHONOLYT ® pipe anchor points dB 27 with pipe clamps 

PHONOLYT ® pipe anchor points, single 

kit dB 27. 

PHONOLYT ® pipe anchor points, 

double kit dB 27. 

Lf 

L 

Da 

Faxial 

– Threaded pin free length 

– Threaded pin length 

– Ordering size L = Lf + thread depth at top + thread depth at bottom 

– Pipe outside diameter 

– Axial force 

Double kit 

Readingoff 

examples: 

1 With a free threaded pin length of 60 mm, the maximum 

allowable total axial force Faxial is 570 N for the single kit 

and 1,140 N for the double kit. 

2 For a total axial force of Faxial = 300 N, the max. free 

threaded pin length in the single kit is 112 mm. 

Note: 

The threaded pin must be fully screwed into the threaded hole of the 

PHONOLYT ® pipe anchor kit. 

Single kit 

Lf [mm] free threaded pin length 

L [mm] overall 

threaded pin length 

L [mm] overall 


Single kit 

Double kit 

16/18 


07/09


Load chart 

for PHONOLYT ® pipe anchor points dB 40 with pipe clamps 

PHONOLYT ® anchor point for pipes 

single kit dB 40. 

PHONOLYT ® pipe anchor points, 

double kit dB 40. 

Lf 

L 

Da 

Faxial 

– Threaded pin free length 

– Threaded pin length 

– Ordering size L = Lf + thread depth at top + thread depth at bottom 

– Pipe outside diameter 

– Axial force 

Double kit 

Reading-off 

examples: 

1 With a free threaded pin length of 30 mm, the maximum 

allowable total axial force Faxial is 2,000 N for the single 

kit and 4,000 N for the double kit. 

2 For a total axial force of Faxial = 500 N, the max. free 

threaded pin length in the single kit is 147 mm. 

Note: 

The threaded pin must be fully screwed into the threaded hole of the 

PHONOLYT ® pipe anchor kit. 

Single kit 

Lf [mm] free threaded pin length 

L [mm] overall Single kit 


L [mm] overall Double kit 


07/09 



Characteristic values for MPC mounting anchors 

with external thread M6 

Permissible loads, characteristic values, and component dimensions for anchoring 

lightweight false ceilings as well as comparable static loads for concrete strength class 

≥ B25 in accordance with DIN 18168 


MPC mounting anchor set 

Permissible loads [kN] 0.8 0.8 

Permissible loads per plug pair or per plug 

group [kN] -1.5 -1.5 

Headed drill MPC headed drill SDS 2 MPC headed drill SDS 2 

Drill diameter [mm] 6 6 

Drilled hole depth [mm] 42 42 

Anchoring depth [mm] 40 40 

Axial spacing a for single plugs [mm] 200 200 

Spacing between 

two plugs 

for plug pairs [mm] 60 60 

for groups of four 

plugs 

[mm] 

100 100 

Edge spacing ar for single plug [mm] 100 100 

Component thickness d [mm] 100 100 

Max. effective length [mm] 4 4 

Plug arrangement and component dimensions 

Permissible loads (strength class ≥ B25) for anchoring lightweight false ceilings and 

comparable static loads under fire stress 

Type Setting tool Associated 

headed drill 

MPC mounting anchor MPC setting tool MPC headed drill 

SDS 2 


set 

MPC setting tool 

MPC headed drill 

SDS 2 

Anchoring depth 

[mm] 

Fire resistance in 

min. 

Perm. load 

[kN] 

40 90 0.35 

40 90 0.35 

16/20 


07/09


Characteristic values for mounting anchors, galvanised 


certified 


APPROVED 


Permissible loads under fire stress in accordance with DIN 4102-2 in concrete, strength 

class C20/25 to C50/60, in the intermediate ceiling area of lightweight ceiling cladding 

and false ceilings 

Plug (size) Dim. M8 M10 

Fire resistance class For all load directions 

R 30 Permissible load Fperm [kN] 0.35 0.80 



R 120 Permissible load Fperm [kN] - - 

Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 100 115 

R 30 to 120 

Minimum axial spacing smin ≥ [mm] 200 200 

Minimum edge spacing cmin ≥ [mm] 100 100 

All information specified in the DIBt general technical approval must be complied with for dimensioning. 

See general technical approval Z-21.1-47 for additional installation and plug characteristic values. 

07/09 



Characteristic values for MPC mounting anchors 

with internal thread M8 

Permissible loads, characteristic values, and component dimensions for anchoring 

lightweight false ceilings as well as comparable static loads for concrete strength class 

≥ B25 in accordance with DIN 18168 


Permissible loads [kN] 0.8 

Permissible loads per plug pair or per plug group 

[kN] 

Headed drill MPC headed drill SDS 2 

Drill diameter [mm] 6 

Drilled hole depth [mm] 42 

Anchoring depth [mm] 40 

Axial spacing a for single plugs [mm] 200 

Spacing between For plug pairs [mm] 60 

two plugs 

For groups of four plugs [mm] 100 

Edge spacing ar for single plug [mm] 100 

Component thickness d [mm] 100 


Permissible loads (strength class ≥ B25) for anchoring lightweight false ceilings and 

comparable static loads under fire stress 

Type Setting tool Associated headed 

drill 


IG M8 

MPC setting tool 

MPC headed drill 

SDS 2 


[mm] 

Fire resistance in 

min. 

Perm. load 

[kN] 

40 90 0.22 

16/22 


07/09



certified F90 

Plug characteristic values for 

chemical reaction anchor 

Type MKT chemical reaction anchor V for anchoring in non-cracked concrete 

Permissible loads of single plugs in non-cracked concrete, concrete strength class 

(C20/25 (B25) in accordance with ETA Approval ETA-05/0231 

Characteristic values 

Galvanised, 

steel 5.8 

Galvanised, 

steel 5.8 

Galvanised, 

steel 5.8 

Galvanised, 

steel 5.8 

Plug, thread Dim. M8 M10 M12 M16 

Permissible tensile load perm. N KN 7.9 11.9 15.9 19.8 

Permissible transverse load perm. V KN 5.1 8.0 12.0 22.3 

Permissible bending moment perm. M KN 10.9 21.1 37.1 94.9 

Effective anchoring depth h ef 

mm 80 90 110 125 

Characteristic axial spacing s cr, N 

mm 240 180 220 250 

Characteristic edge spacing c cr, N 

mm 120 90 110 125 

Minimum axial spacing s min 

mm 40 45 55 65 

Minimum edge spacing c min 

mm 40 45 55 65 

Minimum component thickness h min 

mm 110 120 140 160 

Loads are for single plugs without the effects of axial and edge spacing. 

The safety coefficient in accordance with ETAG 001 is included (γ M 

and γ F 

). 

Installation and plug characteristic values 

Dim. M8 M10 M12 M16 

Drilled hole depth h o 

mm 80 90 110 125 

Nom. drill diameter d o 

mm 10 12 14 18 

Bit cutting diameter d cut 

mm 10.5 12.5 14.5 18.5 

Torque when anchoring (tightening torque) T inst 

Nm 10 20 40 80 

Spanner width SW mm 13 17 19 24 

Spanner width hexagon insert bit SW HEX 

mm 5 6 8 12 

Clearance hole in the add-on part d f 

mm 9 12 14 18 

Brush diameter D mm 11 13 16 20 

See the European Technical Approval for additional installation and plug characteristic values. 

07/09 



Plug characteristic values for injection anchor XV 


certified F90 

Permissible loads of single plugs in non-cracked concrete, concrete strength class (C20/25 (B25) in accordance 

with ETA Approval ETA-05/023 and ETA-05/254 

Kennwerte Galvanised, steel 5.8 Stainless steel A4 

Plug, thread Dim. M10 M10 

Permissible tensile load perm. N KN 11.9 11.9 

Permissible transverse load perm. V KN 8.3 11.6 

Permissible bending moment perm. M KN 21.4 29.7 

Effective anchoring depth hef mm 90 90 

Characteristic axial spacing scr,N mm 180 180 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N mm 90 90 

Minimum axial spacing smin mm 45 45 

Minimum edge spacing cmin mm 45 45 

Minimum component thickness hmin mm 130 130 

Reduced minimum component thickness hmin,red mm 120 120 


The safety coefficient in accordance with ETAG 001 is included (γ M 

and γ F 

). 


Installation and anchor plug characteristic values Dim. M10 M10 

Drilled hole depth ho mm 90 90 

Nom. drill diameter do mm 12 12 

Bit cutting diameter dcut mm 12.5 12.5 

Torque when anchoring (tightening torque) Tinst Nm 20 20 

Spanner width SW mm 17 17 

Clearance hole in the add-on part df mm 12 12 

Mortar requirement per drilled hole ml 7.3 7.3 

Drilled holes per cartridge ml 41 41 

See the European Technical Approval for additional installation and plug characteristic values 

Plug arrangement and component dimensions. 

16/24 


07/09




APPROVED 


injection system VMU, type MKT for solid blocks 

Permissible loads for injection mortar XV in conjunction with anchor rods XV in [KN] in full block for tensile 

load, transverse load and inclined load at any angle 

Full brick 

Lime sand brick 

Anchor rod M8, M10, M12 and internal thread anchor rod M8 Mz 12 KS 12 

Permissible F impact drilling [KN] 1.7 1.7 

Permissible F outdoor use drilling [KN] 1.7 1.7 

Maximum loads per individual brick ≤ 3 DF 4 to 10 DF ≥ 10 DF 

Without superimposed load max. F [KN] 1.0 1.4 2.0 

With superimposed load max. F [KN] 1.4 1.7 2.5 

Excerpt from the application conditions of the technical approval (Z-21.3-1803) 

Anchor load-bearing capacities, transverse force without influence of axial and edge spacing. 

Total safety coefficient taken into account in accordance with ETAG (γM and γF). 

Characteristic values Dim. M8 M10 M12-V IG M8-V 

Permissible bending moment (galvanised steel) perm. M Nm 10.7 21.4 37.4 10.7 

Permissible bending moment (stainless steel A4) perm. M Nm 12.1 24.1 42.1 12.1 

Axial and edge spacing 

Anchoring depth hef mm 80 90 93 93 

Axial spacing (plug group) 1) a ≥ mm 100 100 100 100 

Minimum axial spacing amin mm 50 50 50 50 

Minimum spacing (single plug) az mm 250 250 250 250 

Edge spacing ar mm 250 250 250 250 

Edge spacing for special conditions ar mm 60 60 60 60 

Minimum component thickness (masonry) hmin mm 110 110 110 110 

Installation data 

Drilled hole diameter d0 mm 10 12 14 14 

Drilled hole depth h0 mm 85 95 98 98 

Clearance hole in the add-on part df mm 9 12 14 9 

Torque when anchoring (tightening torque) Tinst Nm 8 2) 8 2) 8 2) 8 2) 

Mortar requirement per drilled hole ml 5.2 7.3 9.8 9.8 

Drilled holes per cartridge ml 58 41 31 31 

1) The axial spacing for plug pairs and groups of four plugs may be underranged to the minimum value if the permissible loads are 

reduced. The maximum loads per individual brick should not be exceeded. 

2) 2 Nm for non-adjacent anchoring plate on the anchoring base. 

07/09 




Permissible loads for injection mortar XV in conjunction with sieve sleeves XV and anchor rods XV in [KN] in 

ventilated brick stone for tensile load, transverse load and inclined load at any angle 

Vertically ventilated brick 

(Vvb) 

Lime-sand ventilated brick 

(Lsb) 


APPROVED 


injection system VMU, type MKT for perforated blocks 

Hollow concrete blocks (Hcb) 

and lightweight concrete (Lwc) 

Anchor rod M8, M10, M12 and 

internal thread anchor rod M8 

≥ HLz4 ≥ HLz6 ≥ HLz12 ≥ KSL4 ≥ KSL6 ≥ KSL12 ≥ Hbl2 ≥ Hbl4 ≥ Hbn4 

Perm. F impact drilling [KN] 0.3 0.4 0.8 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.3 0.6 0.6 

Perm. F drilling mode [KN] 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.6* ) 0.8*) 1.4* ) 0.5 0.8 0.8 

* ) Outer stays ≥ 30mm 

Maximum loads per individual brick ≤ 3 DF 4 to 10 DF ≥ 10 DF 

Without superimposed load max. F [KN] 1.0 1.4 2.0 

With superimposed load max. F [KN] 1.4 1.7 2.5 

Excerpt from the application conditions of the technical approval (Z-21.3-1803) 

Anchor load-bearing capacities, transverse force without influence of axial and edge spacing. 

Total safety coefficient taken into account in accordance with ETAG (γM and γF). 

Characteristic values Dim. M8 M10 M12-L IG M8-L 

Sieve sleeve mm 14 x 100 16 x 100 16 x 100 16 x100 

Permissible bending moment (galvanised steel) perm. M Nm 10.7 21.4 37.4 10.7 

Permissible bending moment (stainless steel A4) perm. M Nm 12.1 24.1 42.1 12.1 

Axial and edge spacing 

Anchoring depth hef mm 80 90 93 93 

Axial spacing (plug group) 1 ) a ≥ mm 100 (200) 2) 100 (200) 2) 100 (200) 2) 100 (200) 2) 

Minimum axial spacing amin mm 50 3) 50 3) 50 3) 50 3) 

Minimum spacing (single plug) az mm 250 250 250 250 

Edge spacing ar mm 200 200 200 200 

Edge spacing for special conditions ar mm 50 50 50 50 

Minimum component thickness (masonry) hmin mm 110 110 110 110 

Installation data 

Drilled hole diameter for the sieve sleeve d0 mm 14 16 16 16 

Drilled hole depth with sieve sleeve h0 mm 105 105 105 105 

Clearance hole in the add-on part df mm 9 12 14 9 

Torque when anchoring (tightening torque) Tinst Nm 8 4) 8 4) 8 4) 8 4) 

Mortar requirement per drilled hole with sieve sleeve ml 15.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 

Drilled holes per cartridge with sieve sleeve ml 20 14 14 14 

1) The axial spacing for plug pairs and groups of four plugs may be underranged to the minimum value if the permissible loads are 

reduced. This does not apply for Lwc and Hcb masonry. The maximum loads per individual brick should not be exceeded. 

2) Clamp value for Lwc and Hcb masonry. 

3) 

amin does not apply for Lwc and Hcb masonry. 

4) 2 Nm for non-adjacent anchor plate on the anchoring base. 

16/26 


07/09


Plug characteristic values for steel plugs, stainless steel 


C20/25 B25 in accordance with ETA Approval 

Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 1) M8 1) M10 M12 M16 

Permissible loads per plug at tensile force perm. N [kN] 3.3 3.3 6.1 2.0 12.6 

Permissible loads per anchor at transverse 

force 2) perm. V [kN] 3.2 4.6 6.0 15.8 19.2 

Permissible bending moment 2) perm. M [Nm] 5.0 11.9 23.8 42.1 106.7 

Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 30 30 40 50 65 

Characteristic axial spacing scr,N [mm] 90 90 120 150 195 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 45 45 60 75 97.5 

Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 55 60 100 120 150 

Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 95 95 135 165 200 

Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 130 140 160 

1) 

Only for application of statically indetermined systems. 

Loads for single plugs without the effects of axial and edge spacing. 

The safety coefficient according to ETAG is included. 

All the specifications in the European Technical Approval (ETA) must be complied with when dimensioning. 


Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 

Drilled hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 30 30 40 50 65 

Nom. drill diameter d0 = [mm] 8 10 12 15 20 

Bit cutting diameter dcut ≤ [mm] 8.45 10.45 12.5 15.5 20.55 

Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 4 8 15 35 60 

Clearance hole in the component that will be 

connected 

df ≤ [mm] 7 9 12 14 18 



07/09 



Plug characteristic values for steel plugs, stainless steel 



Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 M8 M10 M12 

Permissible loads per plug at tensile force perm. F [kN] 1.2 1.7 2.0 2.4 

Permissible bending moment (A4-70) perm. M [Nm] 5.0 11.9 23.8 42.1 

Characteristic edge spacing hef [mm] 30 30 40 50 

Characteristic edge spacing scr,N [mm] 130 180 170 170 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 65 90 85 85 

Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 50 60 100 120 

Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 80 95 135 165 

Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 120 130 

Use as multiple fastening of non-bearing systems in cracked and non-cracked concrete. The total safety coefficient 

(yM and yF) in accordance with ETAG is included. 




Drilled hole depth h0 [mm] 30 30 40 50 

Nom. drill diameter d0 = [mm] 8 10 12 15 

Bit cutting diameter dcut ≤ [mm] 8.45 10.45 12.50 16.50 

Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 4 8 15 34 


connected 

df ≤ [mm] 7 9 12 12 



16/28 


07/09


Anchor characteristic values for 

through anchors, galvanised 





Permissible loads per plug at transverse perm. V [kN] 2.9 6.3 8.0 14.3 23.6 

force 

Permissible bending moment perm. M [Nm] 5.1 13.1 25.7 44.6 99.9 



Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 60 66 72 98 123 







Permissible loads at reduced setting depth available on request. 



Drilled hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 55 65 70 90 110 

Setting depth hnom [mm] 48 55 60 80 100 





connected 

dr ≤ [mm] 7 9 12 14 18 



Beton 

07/09 



Anchor characteristic values 

for through anchors, galvanised 


certified 


APPROVED 


Permissible loads, plug characteristic values and component dimensions for anchoring 

lightweight ceiling cladding and false ceilings in accordance with DIN 18168 in concrete, 

strength class ≥ C20/25 (B25) and ≤ C50/60 (B55) (DIBt approval) 

Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 M8 M10 

Permissible load Fr [kN] 0.8 0.8 0.8 

Setting depth hs ≥ [mm] 48 55 60 

Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 160 200 200 

Edge spacing aR ≥ [mm] 80 100 100 

Minimum component thickness d ≥ [mm] 100 150 200 

Nom. drill diameter d0 = [mm] 6 8 10 

Bit cutting diameter dcut ≤ [mm] 6.40 8.45 10.45 

Drilled hole depth t ≥ [mm] 53 65 70 

Torque for mounting and checking the anchoring Md [mm] 8 15 30 

Permissible bending moments [Nm] 100 9.8 19.6 

See the DIBt general technical approval for additional installation and plug characteristic values. 



class C20/25 to C50/60, in the intermediate ceiling area of light ceiling cladding and 

false ceilings 

Plug (size) Dim. M6 M8 M10 


R 30 Permissible load Fperm [kN] 0.30 0.50 0.80 




Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 100 150 200 

R 30 to 120 

Minimum axial spacing smin ≥ [mm] 160 200 200 

Minimum edge spacing cmin ≥ [mm] 80 100 100 



16/30 


07/09



for through anchors, stainless steel 




Permissible loads per plug at tensile force perm. N [kN] 5.7 7.6 11.9 17.2 

Permissible loads per plug at transverse force perm. V [kN] 6.9 8.0 15.4 28.6 

Permissible bending moment perm. M [Nm] 13.7 28.0 48.6 113.7 

Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 44 48 65 82 

Characteristic axial spacing scr,N [mm] 132 144 195 240 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 66 72 97.5 120 


for c ≥ [mm] 65 70 100 120 


for s ≥ [mm] 110 80 100 140 





Permissible loads at reduced setting depth available on request. 



Drilled hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 65 70 90 110 

Setting depth hnom [mm] 55 60 80 98 





connected 

dr ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18 



Concrete 

07/09 




for through anchors, stainless steel 


certified 


APPROVED 


Permissible loads, plug characteristic values and component dimensions for anchoring 

lightweight ceiling cladding and false ceilings in accordance with DIN 18168 in concrete, 

strength class DIN 18168 ≥ C20/25 (B25) and ≤ C50/60 (B55) (DIBt approval) 

Plug, (thread) Dim. M8 M10 

Permissible load Fr [kN] 0.8 0.8 

Setting depth hs ≥ [mm] 55 60 

Axial spacing a ≥ [mm] 200 200 

Edge spacing aR ≥ [mm] 100 100 

Minimum component thickness d ≥ [mm] 150 200 

Nominal bit diameter d0 = [mm] 8 10 

Bit cutting diameter dcut ≤ [mm] 8.45 10.45 

Drilled hole depth t ≥ [mm] 65 70 

Torque for mounting and checking the anchoring Md [mm] 15 30 

Permissible bending moments [Nm] 9.4 18.7 

See the DIBt general technical approval for additional installation and plug characteristic values. 



class C20/25 to C50/60, in the intermediate ceiling area of lightweight ceiling claddings 

and false ceilings 

Plug (size) Dim. M6 M8 M10 






Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 100 150 200 

R 30 to 120 

Minimum axial spacing smin ≥ [mm] 160 200 200 

Minimum edge spacing cmin ≥ [mm] 80 100 100 



16/32 


07/09


Plug characteristic values 

for heavy-duty anchors BZ, galvanised 





Permissible loads per plug at transverse force perm. V [kN] 8.6 12.6 18.9 34.3 



Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 69 90 97.5 127.5 

minimum axial spacing for S ≥ 1) smin [mm] 40 45 60 65 

c [mm] 70 70 120 120 

Minimum edge spacing for c ≥ 2) cmin [mm] 40 50 75 80 

s [mm] 80 100 150 150 





1) 

In order to anchor the minimum spacing s an edge spacing of e must be maintained, reduce permissible loads! 

2) 

In order to anchor the minimum spacing e an axial spacing of s must be maintained, reduce permissible loads! 

Permissible loads of single plugs in cracked concrete, concrete strength class C20/25 

(B25) in accordance with ETA approval 



Permissible loads per plug at transverse perm. V [kN] 8.6 12.6 18.0 26.9 

force 



Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 69 90 97.5 127.5 

Minimum axial spacing for c ≥ 1) smin [mm] 40 45 60 60 

c [mm] 60 70 100 100 

Minimum edge spacing for c ≥ 2) cmin [mm] 40 45 60 60 

s [mm] 70 90 140 180 





1) 


2) 


07/09 




for heavy-duty anchors BZ, galvanised 


certified 


APPROVED 




Drilled hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 60 75 90 110 

Effective anchoring depth hef ≥ [mm] 52 67 80 100 





connected 

df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 18 



Permissible loads under fire stress in accordance with DIN 4102-2 in cracked and noncracked 

concrete, strength class C20/25 to C50/60 

Plug (size) Dim. M6 M8 M10 M16 


R 30 Permissible load FRK,fi 1) [kN] 1.2 2.2 3.0 6.0 




Characteristic axial spacing scr,N,fi [mm] 184 240 260 340 

R 30 to 120 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N,fi [mm] 92 120 130 170 



For fire stress from more than one side the edge spacing must be ≥ 300 mm. 

1) 

If there are no applicable national regulations, the partial safety coefficient for the load capacity under fire stress 

yM,fi = 1.0 is recommended. 


See European Technical Approval ETA-05/0159 for additional installation and anchor characteristic values. 

16/34 


07/09


Plug characteristic values for V4A heavy-duty anchor BZ 




Permissible loads per plug at tensile force perm. N [kN] 5.7 7.6 9.5 

Permissible loads per plug at transverse force perm. V [kN] 7.4 11.4 17.1 

Permissible bending moment perm. M [Nm] 14.9 29.7 52.6 

Characteristic axial spacing scr,N [mm] 138 180 195 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 69 90 97.5 

Minimum axial spacing for c ≥ 1) smin [mm] 40 50 60 

c [mm] 70 75 120 

Minimum edge spacing for c ≥ 2) cmin [mm] 40 60 75 

s [mm] 80 120 150 

Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 130 




1) 


2) 


Permissible loads of single plugs in cracked concrete, concrete strength class C20/25 

(B25) in accordance with ETA approval 


Permissible loads per plug at tensile force perm. N [kN] 2.4 4.3 5.7 

Permissible loads per plug at transverse force perm. V [kN] 7.4 11.4 17.1 

Permissible bending moment perm. M [Nm] 14.9 29.7 52.6 

Characteristic axial spacing scr,N [mm] 138 180 195 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 69 90 97.5 

Minimum axial spacing for c ≥ 1) smin [mm] 40 45 60 

c [mm] 60 75 100 

Minimum edge spacing for c ≥ 2) cmin [mm] 40 55 60 

s [mm] 70 90 140 

Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 130 




1) 


2) 


07/09 




for heavy-duty anchors BZ, stainless steel 


certified 



Drilled hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 60 75 90 

Effective anchoring depth hef = [mm] 46 60 65 

Nom. drill diameter d0 = [mm] 8 10 12 

Bit cutting diameter dcut ≤ [mm] 8.45 10.45 12.50 

Torque for anchoring tinst = [Nm] 15 35 50 

Clearance hole in the component that will be connected 

df ≤ [mm] 9 12 14 



Permissible loads under fire stress in accordance with DIN 4102-2 in cracked and noncracked 

concrete, strength class C20/25 to C50/60 

Plug (size) Dim. M6 M8 M10 M16 






Characteristic axial spacing scr,N,fi [mm] 184 240 260 340 

R 30 to 120 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N,fi [mm] 92 120 130 170 



For fire stress from more than one side the edge spacing must be ≥ 300 mm. 

1) 

If there are no applicable national regulations, the partial safety coefficient for the load capacity under fire stress 

yM,fi = 1.0 is recommended. 


See European Technical Approval ETA-05/0158 for additional installation and anchor characteristic values. 

16/36 


07/09


Plug characteristic values for gas concrete under cut anchor 

as specified in the general technical approval 

Cracked aerated concrete 

Permissible load (perm. F) of plug 1) for central load, transverse load and inclined load at any angle 

Plug types 

single 

plug 

plug pairs 

perm. F = [kN] 

GBH A M8/20 

and GBH I M8 

GBH A M10 

GBH I M10 and M12 

GB 3.3 0.6 0.8 

GB 4.4 0.8 1.2 

Axial spacing a ≥ [cm] 10.0 10.0 

perm. F per anchor pair 

[kN] 

GB 3.3 0.6 0.8 

GB 4.4 0.8 1.2 



[kN] 

GB 3.3 0.8 1.1 

GB 4.4 1.1 1.7 

1) 

The shear stress in the roof and ceiling panels determined by the plug load should not exceed the value 0.4 x perm. 

t as specified in accordance with DIN 4223, see approval. 


Axis of symmetry 

of the plates 

Permissible transfer range for 

plugs of roof and ceiling plates 

as specified by DIN 4223 

Plate width 

Plug types . GBH A 

und GBH I 

Edge spacing to the edge of the component and to butt joints ar ≥ [cm] 15 

Edge spacing to bed joints arL ≥ [mm] 5 

Minimum intermediate spacing between plug groups az ≥ [mm] 60 

Axial spacing within plug pairs 2) a ≥ [Nm] 10/20 

Minimum component thickness d = [mm] 17.5 

Plug type/threaded bolt M8 M10 M12 

Torque when fastening 

MD 

[Nm] 

2) 

See the table above for associated load values. 

5 8 8 

07/09 



Plug characteristic values for gas concrete under cut anchor 

as specified in the general technical approval 

Non-cracked aerated concrete 

Permissible load (perm. F) of plug 1) for central load transverse load and inclined load at any angle 

Plug types 

GBH A M8/20 

and GBH I M8 

GBH A M10 

GBH I M10 and M12 

single 

plug 

plug pairs 

0.4 0.6 

G 2 

perm. F = [kN] 2) 

≥ G 4 0.8 1.2 

Wall panels GB 3.3 0.6 0.8 

GB 4.4 0.8 1.2 



[kN] 

G 2 

0.4 0.6 

≥ G 4 0.8 1.2 


GB 4.4 0.8 1.2 



[kN] 

G 2 

0.6 0.8 

≥ G 4 1.1 1.7 


GB 4.4 1.1 1.7 

1) 

Anchoring of the plugs is only permissible in non-plastered and non-coated masonry walls. 

2) 

For masonry consisting of small-format aerated concrete blocks and lightweight masonry mortar, for single plugs 

and plug pairs the permissible load (perm. F) must be reduced using the factor 0.6 if there is tensile stress. 


Plug types . GBH A 

and GBH I 

Edge spacing to the edge of the component and to butt joints ar ≥ [cm] 15 

Edge spacing to bed joints arL ≥ [mm] 5 

Minimum intermediate spacing between plug groups az ≥ [mm] 60 

Axial spacing within plug pairs 3) a ≥ [Nm] 10/20 

Minimum component thickness d = [mm] 17.5 

Plug type/threaded bolt M8 M10 M12 

Torque when fastening 

MD 

[Nm] 

3) 

See the table above for associated load values. 

5 8 8 

16/38 


07/09



for gas concrete under cut anchor 


certified 


APPROVED 


Permissible loads under fire stress in accordance with DIN 4102-2 in aerated concrete, 

strength class ≥ P 3.3 in the intermediate area of lightweight ceiling cladding and false 

ceilings in accordance with DIN 18168 

Plug (size) Dim. M8 M10 M8 M10 M12 

Fire resistance class For all load directions GBH A GBH A GBH I GBH I GBH I 

R 30 Permissible load Fperm [kN] 0.45 0.80 0.45 0.80 0.80 




Minimum component thickness hmin ≥ [mm] 175 175 175 175 175 

R 30 to 120 

Minimum intermediate spacing amin [mm] 600 200 600 600 600 

Minimum axial spacing smin ≥ [mm] 100 100 100 100 100 

Minimum edge spacing cmin ≥ [mm] 150 150 150 150 150 



07/09 




for Zykon steel hammerset anchor FZEA 


APPROVED 


Permissible loads, plug characteristic values and component dimensions of a plug for 

central load, transverse load, and inclined load at any angle in concrete, strength class 

> 20/25 (B25) as specified by DIBt - approval 

Plug Dim. FZEA 10x40 M8 FZEA 12x40 M10 FZEA 14x40 M12 

Approved load1) KN F perm 

1.5 1.5 1.5 

Permissible bending moment (screw steel 5.6) Nm M b 

8.0 16 28.1 

Permissible bending moment (screw steel 8.8) Nm M b 

17.1 29.6 24.1 

Permissible bending moment (screw A4-70) Nm M b 

12.1 24.1 42.1 

Anchoring depth mm h v 

= 40 40 40 

Axial spacing 2) mm a > 160 160 160 

Edge spacing 2) mm a r 

> 100 100 100 

Intermediate spacing (min) mm a z 

240 240 240 

Component width 2) mm B > 200 200 200 

Minimum component thickness mm h min 

= 100 100 100 

1) 

Values apply for cracked and non-cracked concrete for single plugs; for plug groups the verifications in Appendix 6, 

Table 7 of the approval document must be complied with 

2) 

The spacing specified above s or se and the component width w can be underranged to a minimum value of min 

s = 50 mm or min se = 50mm and min w = se, if the permissible loads as specified in Appendix 7 of the approval 

document are reduced. Loads for single plugs without influence of axial spacing and edge spacing. 


Plug Dim. FZEA 10x40 M8 FZEA 12x40 

M10 

FZEA 14x40 

M12 

Clearance hole in the component that 

mm d < 9 11 13.5 

will be connected 

Connection thread M M8 M10 M12 

Screw-in depth (min) mm e min 

11 13 15 

Screw-in depth (max) mm e max 

17 19 21 

Drilled hole depth mm t < 43 43 43 

Torque for mounting and checking the anchoring Nm T inst 

8.5 15 30 

See the European Technical Approval DIBt for additional installation and plug characteristic values. 


approx. 1 mm 




16/40 


07/09



APPROVED 



certified F90 

Plug characteristic values for screws for concrete 

type Multi-Monti® MMS for fastenings in concrete 

Permissible loads of single plugs in non-cracked concrete and for anchoring light ceiling 

cladding and false ceilings of concrete strength class C20/25 (B25) in accordance 

with DIBt approval Z-21.1-1503 

Characteristic values Dim Screw for concrete 

with hexagonal 

head 

Screw for concrete with stud 

Screw for concrete with 

internal thread anchor 

Size 7.5 7.5 10.0 7.5 7.5 

Length L mm 50 70 80 50 50 

Connection thread - M8 M10 - - 

Head diameter d k mm - - - 14 17.0 

Permissible load for central load, 

transverse load and inclined load 

in non-cracked concrete F perm kN 2.0 2.0 - 2 2 

Permissible bending moment M perm Nm 5.4 5.4 - 5.4 5.4 

Minimum axial spacing s min mm 160 160 - 160 160 

Minimum edge spacing c min mm 80 80 - 80 80 

Component width b mm 160 160 - 160 160 

Reduction factor of the perm. load, 

if a reinforcement with axle spacing 

of less than 150mm is available 

in the area of the anchoring 0.7 0.7 - 0.7 0.7 

Permissible load for single plug 

to fasten light ceiling cladding 

and false ceilings in accordance 

with DIN 18168 

F perm kN 

0.5 0.5 0.8 0.5 0.5 

Minimum axial spacing s min mm 200 200 200 200 200 

Minimum edge spacing c min mm 100 100 100 100 100 

Component width b mm 200 200 200 200 200 


Size 7.5 7.5 10.0 7.5 7.5 

Drilled hole depth h 1 >_ mm 55 55 65 55 55 

Nom. drill diameter d o = mm 6 6 8 6 6 

Bit cutting diameter d cut _ mm 45 45 55 45 45 

Minimum component thickness h min =mm 105 105 115 105 105 

Recommended torque for anchoring 

T inst = Nm 20 20 50 20 20 

(Tightening torque) 

Spanner width SW mm 13 10 13 T-30 T-30 

Clearance hole in the add-on part d f mm 8 - - 8 8 



different fastening thicknesses 

are permitted 


are permitted 

07/09 

min 




certified F90 

Plug characteristic values for screws for concrete 

Permissible loads of single anchor plugs in cracked concrete and non-cracked concrete, 

strength class C20/25 (B25) in accordance with approval ETA 05/0010 

Characteristic values Dim Screw for concrete with hexagonal head Screw for concrete with stud Screw 

for concrete 

with 

panhead 

Screw for 

concrete with 

internal tread 

anchor 

Size 7.5 10.0 7.5 10.0 7.5 7.5 10.0 

Length L mm 60 80 100 70 100 120 80 100 100 120 60 80 110 

Connection thread - - - - - - M8 M8 M10 M10 - M8 M10 

Permissible tensile load of 

cracked concrete N perm kN 2 2 2 3.7 3.7 3.7 2 2 3.7 3.7 2 2.0 3.7 

Permissible tensile load of 

non-cracked concrete N perm kN 3.1 3.1 3.1 4.9 4.9 4.9 3.1 3.1 4.9 4.9 3.1 3.1 4.9 

Permissible transverse 

load of cracked concrete V perm kN 3.4 3.4 3.4 7.9 7.9 7.9 3.4 3.4 7.9 7.9 3.4 3.4 7.9 

Permissible transverse 

load of non-cracked V perm kN 3.4 3.4 3.4 7.9 7.9 7.9 3.4 3.4 7.9 7.9 3.4 3.4 7.9 

concrete 

Permissible bending 

moment M perm kN 9.4 9.4 9.4 18.7 18.7 18.7 9.4 9.4 18.7 18.7 9.4 9.4 18.7 

Total anchoring depth h nom mm 55 55 55 65 65 65 55 55 65 65 55 55 65 

Effective anchoring depth 

(mathematical) h ef mm 40 40 40 47.5 47.5 47.5 40 40 47.5 47.5 40 40 47.5 

Minimum axial spacing 

s min mm 40 40 40 50 50 50 40 40 50 50 40 40 50 

Minimum edge spacing c min mm 40 40 40 50 50 50 40 40 50 50 40 40 50 

Minimum component 

thickness 

h min mm 100 100 100 115 115 115 100 100 115 115 100 100 115 


type Multi-Monti® MMS for fastenings in concrete 

Size 7.5 10.0 7.5 10.0 7.5 7.5 10.0 

Drilled hole depth h o mm 65 65 65 75 75 75 65 65 75 75 65 65 75 

Nom. drill diameter d o mm 6 6 6 8 8 8 6 6 8 8 6 6 8 

Recommended torque 

for anchoring T inst Nm 20 20 20 40 40 40 20 20 40 40 20 20 40 

Spanner width SW mm 13 13 13 16 16 16 10 10 13 13 T-30 13 13 

Clearance hole in the 

add-on part d f mm 9 9 9 12 12 12 - - - - 9 - - 



Partial safety coefficient γ = 1.35 


are permitted 


are permitted 


are permitted 

16/42 


07/09


Plug characteristic values for steel anchor, galvanised 


C20/25 B25 in accordance with ETA approval 

Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 1) M8 1) M8x40 M10 M12 M16 

Permissible loads per plug at tensile force perm. N [kN] 3.3 2.8 3.6 5.1 7.1 10.5 

Permissible loads per plug at transverse load 2) perm. V [kN] 2.1 3.9 3.9 4.1 9.0 16.8 

Permissible bending moment 2) perm. M [Nm] 2.7 8.1 8.1 15.8 27.8 71.0 

Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 30 30 40 40 50 65 

Characteristic axial spacing scr,N [mm] 90 90 120 120 150 195 

Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 45 45 60 60 75 97.5 

Minimum axial spacing smin [mm] 55 60 80 100 120 150 

Minimum edge spacing cmin [mm] 95 95 95 135 165 200 

Minimum component thickness hmin [mm] 100 100 100 120 130 160 

1) 

Only for application of statically indetermined systems. 

2) 

With screw, strength class 5.6 





Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 M8 M8x40 M10 M12 M16 

Drilled hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 30 30 40 40 50 65 

Nom. drill diameter d0 = [mm] 8 10 10 12 15 20 

Bit cutting diameter dcut ≤ [mm] 8.45 10.45 10.45 12.5 15.5 20.55 

Torque for anchoring Tinst = [Nm] 4 8 8 15 35 60 


connected 

df ≤ [mm] 7 9 9 12 14 18 



07/09 



Plug characteristic values for steel anchor, galvanised 

Permissible loads for the use of multiple fastening of non-load bearing systems in concrete, 

strength class C20/25 (B25) in accordance with ETA approval 

Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 M8 M8x40 M10 M12 


Permissible bending moment steel 5.6 perm. M [kN] 3.3 8.1 8.1 15.8 27.8 



Characteristic edge spacing ccr,N [mm] 65 90 105 85 85 




Use as multiple fastening of non-load bearing systems in cracked and non-cracked concrete. 

The total safety coefficient (yM and yF) in accordance with ETAG is included. 



Plug, (thread) Dim. M6 M8 M8x40 M10 M12 

Drilled hole depth h0 = [mm] 30 30 40 40 50 





connected 

df ≤ [mm] 7 9 9 12 14 



16/44 


07/09


Units and conversion factors 

SI units 

As specified in the German law concerning legal units of measurement of 07/02/1969 and the implementing ordinance 

of 06/26/1970 in official as well as commercial transactions, only the SI units should be used. The basic units, derived 

units and the definition of the international basic units are specified in DIN 1301 Part 1 (February 1978). 

SI basic unit 

SI basic unit 

Basic value 

Symbol Name 

Length l Metre m 

Mass m Kilogram kg 

Time t Second s 

Electric current strength l Ampere A 

Thermodynamic temperature T Kelvin K 

Overview of the most important legal units 

Legal units 

Size 

Symbol Unit name 

Symbol 

Conversion 

SI Other 

Area A Square metre m 2 

Cross section Ar a 1 a = 100 m 2 

Hectare ha 1 ha = 10000 m 2 

Volume V Cubic metre m 3 1 m 3 = 1000 l 

Nominal volume Vn Litre l 1 l = 0.001 m 3 = 1 dm 3 

Density ρ Kilogram kg/m 3 

Standard density ρn Divided by cubic metre 

Force F Newton N 

1 

1 N = 9.81 kp = 0.102 kp, 

1 kp = 9.81 N = 9.81 kg 

s m 2 

Velocity v Metres divided by seconds m/s 

Frequency f Hertz Hz 1 Hz = 1 /s 

Volume flow V· Cubic metres divided by m 3 /s 

seconds 

Standard volume flow V· n Litres divided by seconds l/s 1 l/s = 1 dm 3 /s = 0.001 m 3 /s 

Setting value V· E Litres divided by minutes l/min 1 l/s = 60 l/min 

Connected load V· A Cubic metres divided by hour m 3 /h 1 l/s = 3.6 m 3 /h 

Pressure p Newton divided by square N/m 2 , 1 Pa = 1 N/m 2 

metres 

Absolute pressure pabs Pascal Pa 

= 1 kgm 1 = 1 kgm2 

s 2 m 2 s 2 m 

Atmospheric pressure patm Bar bar 1 bar = 100 000 Pa = N/cm 2 

Excess pressure pü Millibar mbar 1 bar = 1000 mbar 

Underpressure 

pu 

Pressure differential ∆p 

Nominal pressure 

pn 

Energy, work W Joule J 1 J = 1 Nm = 1 Ws 

Heat quantity 

Q 

= 1 kgm2 m = 1 kgm2 

s 2 s 2 

Kilojoule kJ 1 kJ = 1000 J 

Megajoule MJ 1 MJ = 10 6 J 

Watt second 

Ws 

Kilowatt hour kWh 1 kWh = 3.6 MJ 

07/09 




Legal units 

Size 

Symbol Unit name 

Symbol 

Conversion 

SI Other 

Power P Watt W 1 W 1 J/s = 1 Nm/s 

kg m 1 

= 1 m 

s 2 s 

Energy flux Q· , Φ Kilowatt kW 1 kW = 1,000 W 

Heat flux Q· B, ΦΒ Megawatt MW 1 MW = 10 6 W 

Heat load 

Q· NB, ΦNΒ 

Nominal heat load 

Q· L, ΦL 

Heat output 

Q· NL, ΦNL 

Nominal heat output 

Efficiency 

η 

Calorific value 

Joule 

(Nominal calorific value) Ho,n Divided by cubic metre J/m 3 1 J/m 3 = 1 Ws/m 3 

Thermal value Hu, HuB Megajoule 1 MJ/m 3 = 106 J/m 3 

Net heating value Divided by cubic metre MJ/m 2 1kcal/m 3 = 4.1868 . 10 -3 MJ/m 3 

Temperature T Kelvin K 1 K = 1 °C 

t, ϑ Degrees Celsius °C T = t + 273.15 K 

Nominal temperature Tn, tn, ϑn 

Temperature differential ∆ T Kelvin K 

δ t Degrees Celsius °C 

= 1 

kg m 2 

s 3 

Decimal multiples and decimal parts of units 

Greater or smaller units can be formed through prefixes. 

Multiple 

Prefix Symbol Factor 

Deca da 10 = 10 1 

Hecto h 100 = 10 2 

Kilo k 1,000 = 10 3 

Mega M 1,000,000 = 10 6 

Giga G 1,000,000,000 = 10 9 

Tera T 1,000,000,000,000 = 10 12 

Parts 

Prefix Symbol Factor 

Deci d 0.1 = 10 -1 

Centi c 0.01 = 10 -2 

Milli m 0.001 = 10 -3 

Micro µ 0.000 001 = 10 -6 

Nano n 0.000 000 001 = 10 -9 

Pico p 0.000 000 000 001 = 10 -12 

Femto f = 10 -15 

Atto a = 10 -18 

16/46 


07/09



Dimensions and conversion factors for lengths areas, volumes and weights 

Lengths 

Unit m dm cm mm 

1 metre [m] 1 10 100 1,000 

1 decimetre [dm] 0.1 1 10 100 

1 centimetre [cm] 0.01 0.1 1 10 

1 millimetre [mm] 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 

Areas 

Unit m 2 dm 2 cm 2 mm 2 

1 square metre [m 2 ] 1 100 10,000 1,000,000 

1 square decimetre 2 ] 0.01 1 100 10,000 

1 square centimetre [cm 2 ] 0.000 1 0.01 1 100 

1 square millimetre [mm 2 ] 0.000 001 0.000 1 0.01 1 

1 km 2 = 100 ha = 10,000 a = 1,000,000 m 2 

1 ha = 100 a = 10.000 m 2 ; 1 a = 100 m 2 

Volume 

Unit m 2 dm 2 cm 2 mm 2 

1 square metre [m 3 ] 1 1,000 1,000,000 10 9 

1 cubic decimetre [dm 3 ] 0.001 1 1,000 1,000,000 

1 cubic centimetre [cm 3 ] 0.000 001 0.001 1 1,000 

1 cubic millimetre [mm 3 ] 10 -9 0.000 001 0.001 1 

m 3 hl l dl 

1 square metre [m 3 ] 1 10 1,000 10,000 

1 hectolitre [hl] 0.1 1 100 1,000 

1 litre [l] 0.001 0.01 1 10 

1 decilitre [dl] 0.000 1 0.001 0.1 1 

Mass (weight) 

Unit m kg g mg 

1 ton [t] 1 1,000 1,000,000 10 9 

1 kilogramme [kg] 0.001 1 1,000 1,000,000 

1 gram [g] 0.000 001 0.001 1 1,000 

1 milligramme [mg] 10 -9 0.000 001 0.001 1 

Volume flow 

Unit l/s l/min l/h 

m 3 /s 1,000 60,000 3.6 ·10 6 

m 3 /min 16.67 1,000 60,000 

m 3 /h 0.278 16.67 1,000 

07/09 




Pressure 

Pressure N/m 2 = Pa bar mbar = hPa mm WS kp/cm 2 = at Torr atm 

1 N/m 2 10 

1 

10 -2 1.02 x 10 

0.102 

7.5 x 10 -3 9.87 x 10 -4 

= 1 Pa = 0.000 01 0.01 0.000 010 2 0.007 5 0.000 009 87 

10 

1 bar = 

10 

1 

1.02 x 10 -4 7.5 x 10 

1.020 

100,000 1,000 10,200 750 

0.987 

1 mbar 10 2 10 3 1.02 x 10 

1 10.20 

9.87 x 10 

0.750 

= 1 hPa = 100 0.001 0.001 02 0.000 987 

1 mm WS = 9.81 

9.81 x 10 -5 9.81 x 10 -2 10 

1 

7.355 x 10 -2 9.68 x 10 -5 

0.000 098 1 0.098 1 0.000 1 0.073 55 0.000 096 8 

1 kp/cm 2 9.81 x 10 4 9.81 x 10 

0.981 

10 4 7.355 x 10 

1 

= 1 at = 98.100 981 10,000 735.5 

0.986 

1 torr = 

1.333 x 10 2 1.333 x 10 -3 1.36 x 10 

1.333 13.6 

1.32 x 10 

1 

133.3 0.001 333 0.001 36 0.001 32 

1 atm = 

1.013 x 10 5 1.013 

1.013 x 10 3 1.033 x 10 4 7.6 x 10 

1.033 

2 1 

1,013 10,330 760 

The following can be calculated with sufficient precision: 1 mbar = 10 mm WS. 

Thermal output (power, energy flux, heat flux) 

Heat quantity kWh MJ J = Ws cal kcal Mcal 

1 KW = 1 3.6 

3.6 x 10 6 8.6 x 10 5 8.6 x 10 2 0.860 

3,600,000 860,000 860 

10 

1 MJ = 0.277 8 1 

2.388 x 10 5 2.388 x 10 2 

1,000,000 238,800 238.8 

0.238 8 

1 J 2.778 x 10 -7 10 -6 2.388 x 10 

1 0.2388 

2.388 x 10 -7 

= 1 Ws = 0.000 000 277 8 0.000 001 0.000 238 8 0.000 000 238 8 

1 cal = 

1.163 x 10 -4 4.186 8 x 10 -3 10 

4.186 8 1 

10 -5 

0.000 001 163 0.004 186 8 0.001 0.000 001 

1 kcal = 

1.163 x 10 -3 4.186 8 x 10 -6 4.186 8 x 10 3 10 3 10 

1 

0.001 163 0.000 004 186 8 4186.8 1,000 0.001 

1 Mcal = 1.163 4.186 8 

4.1868 x 10 6 10 6 10 3 1 

4,186,800 1,000,000 1,000 

Thermal output (power, energy flux, heat flux) 

Heat quantity kW J/s = W MJ/h kcal/min kcal/h 

10 

1 KW = 1 

3 8.6 x 10 

3.6 14.33 

2 

1,000 860 

1 J/s 10 -3 3.6 x 10 

1 

-3 1.433 x 10 -2 0.860 

= 1 Ws = 0.001 0.003 6 0.0143 3 

2.778 x 10 

1 MJ/h = 0.277 8 

2 2.388 x 10 

1 3.98 

2 

277.8 238.8 

1 kcal/min = 6.976 8 x 10 -2 69.768 0.251 2 1 60 

0.069 768 

1 kcal/h = 1.163 x 10 -3 4.186 8 x 10 

1.163 

-3 1.667 x 10 -2 1 

0.001 163 0.004 186 8 0.016 67 

16/48 


07/09

List of references 

Australia 

Victorian Railway, Melbourne 

Launceton Hospital, Launceton 

Government Building, Perth 

Curtin University, Perth 

Austria 

Federal Railways, Head-Office Vienna 

UNO-City, Vienna 

Reconstruction of University, Salzbourg 

Technical University, Vienna 

University, Innsbruck 

University of Economy, Vienna 

Multistoried building Neue Donau, 

Vienna 

IZD-Tower, Vienna 

Gasometer, Vienna 

Office building McHenry, Vienna 

Europlaza, Vienna 

Campus 21, Brunn am Gebirge 

Airport Vienna-Schwechat 

Thermenhotel, Loipersdorf 

Thermenhotel, Bad Tatzmannsdorf 

Bahrain 

Salmania Medical Center, Manama 

Airport, Al Muharraq 

Ministry Buildings, Manama 

Bank of Bahrain and Kuwait, Manama 

Museum Jiddah Island 

Bahrain Specialist Hospital 

Belgium 

Palais de Congres, Bruxelles 

University, Leuven 

Cyprus 

Elma House, Nicosia 

Popular Bank Building, Nicosia 

Hotel Marathon, Limassol 

Czech Republik 

Matoni Drink Water Plant, Karlovy Vary 

Skoda Auto, Mladá Boleslav 

Airport, Prague - Ruzyne 

Kaufland Centralstore, Pague-Modletice 

Philips Hranice na Morave 

Infineon, Trutnov 

Siemens, Frenštát pod Radhoštem 

Schowa-Aluminium, Kladno 

Valeo, Žebrák 

Tesco, Havírov 

Schwarze Wiese, Ostrava 

Denmark 

T.V. Station, Odense 

IBM Headquarters, Kopenhagen 

University, Aalborg 

Egypt 

Nasser Institute, Cairo 

Metro, Cairo 

Finnland 

Airport, Helsinki 

Metro, Helsinki 

Concert Hall, Kuopio 

Shopping Centre, Tampere 

France 

Eiffel Tower, Paris 

Louvre, Paris 

Centre Culturel Pompidou, Paris 

Euro-Disneyland, Marne la Vallee 

Bastille Opera, Paris 

University Hospitals, Strasbourg 

Technology Centre Renault, 

Guyancourt 

Japanese Embassy, Paris 

Museum La Villette, Paris 

Banque de France, Paris 

Europaen Parliament, Strasbourg 

European Hospital G. Pompidou 

Cité de L‘Europe, Calais 

Alcatel Câbles de Lyon, Lens 

Railway Station TGV Nord, Saint Denis 

Parfums Christian Dior, Orléans 

Moët et Chandon, Epernay 

Cuverie Piper Heidsieck Reims 

Piscine Sea Club, Monaco 

Hotel Le Méridien, Paris Montparnasse 

Prison d‘Elsau, Strasbourg 

Citroën Car Factory, Rennes 

Musée de la Mer, Biarritz 

Rhône Poulenc, Aubervilliers 

L‘Oréal, Aulnay/Bois 

CERN Nuclear Power Plant, Genève 

Hôpital Bouillante, Guadeloupe 

Coca-Cola, Dunkerque 

Germany 

Radio Tower, Frankfurt 

Dresdner Bank AG, Frankfurt 

Bank für Gemeinwirtschaft AG, Frankfurt 

Alte Oper (reconstruction), Frankfurt 

Staatstheater Wiesbaden, Wiesbaden 

Cargo Plant Airport, Frankfurt 

Deutsche Börse, Frankfurt 

Deutsche Bundesbank, Frankfurt 

Hessischer Rundfunk Radiostation, 

Frankfurt 

European Patent Office, Munich 

Bayrische Hypo-Bank AG, H.-O. Munich 

Congress-Centrum, Berlin 

IKEA, Düsseldorf 

Hotel Kempinski Frankfurt, Gravenbruch 

Hotel Maritim, Gelsenkirchen, Kiel, 

Lübeck 

Hospital Münster 

Hospital Augsburg 

Lufthansa AG, Head-Office, Cologne 

Maintanance Hall, Flughafen, Cologne- 

Wahn 

Administration Office, Airport Tegel, 

Berlin 

Broadcasting Corporation Hessen, 

Kassel 

Sheraton-Hotel, Frankfurt 

Radio Tower „Colonius“, Cologne 

Reconstruction Land Parliament, Düsseldorf 

Steigenberger-Hotel, Berlin 

Interconti-Hotel, Berlin 

Hospital Neukölln, Berlin 

Humboldt-Hospital, Berlin 

Schering AG, Berlin 

Adlon-Hotel, Berlin 

RTL Television Studio, Cologne 

Test-Centre Ford-plant, Cologne 

Daimler-Benz Administration Office, 

Stuttgart 

Daimler-Benz Development Centre, 

Sindelfingen 

Sevage Works (reconstruction), 

Heilbronn 

Volkswagen Plant, Mosel 

VW factory, Mosel 

Opera Building, Chemnitz 

Heating Power Station University, 

Konstanz 

Great Britain 

BBC, London 

Lloyds, London 

The Cascades, London 

Tennis Court No.1, Wimbledon 

Moorfields Eye Hospital, London 

Marks and Spencers Supermarkets, 

several locations in GB 

Greece 

Metro, Athens 

Music Hall, Athens 

University Hospital and Research 

Centre, Heraklion 

Hellenic Refinery, Aspropygros 

Hospitals of Jannina, Heraklion, 

Athens, Xanthi 

Dairy Plants Delta, Ebga, Fage 

Hungary 

US-Embassy, Budapest 

Penta Hotel, Budapest 

Ministry of Finance, Budapest 

Szabadság Hotel, Budapest 

Opel construction plant, Szentgotthárd 

Korona Hotel, Budapest 

Tesco Supermarket, Szekszárd, 

Budapest, Siofok, 

Flextronics, Zalaegerszeg 

OBI Center, Miskolc 

OBI Center, Eger 

Industrial hall, Kunszentmárton 

Montragon industrial hall, Budapest 

Iceland 

Hotel Saga, Reykjavik 

Airport, KevlavikHospital, Reykjavik 

Kringlan Centre, Reykjavik 

Ireland 

Coca Cola Factory, Droghenda 

Wheatfield Prison, Clondalkin 

Newport Chemicals, Baldoyle 

Trinity University, Dublin 

Wyeths Medical, Newbridge 

Intel Corporation, Leixlip 

Italy 

Ministery of Post and Telegraph, Rome 

IBM Italia, Milan 

Linate Airport, Milan 

Boehringer Chemicals, Monza 

Jordan 

Royal Hospital, Amman 

Television Studios, Amman 

Lebanon 

Airport, Beirut 

Chronic Care Center, Hazmieh 

Faqra Project, Beirut 

Gardenia Building, Beirut 

Meridien Hotel, Beirut 

University, Beirut 

St. Joseph Hospital Beirut, Lebanon 

Government University Hospital, Beirut 

Beirut Municipality Stadium, Beirut 

Hotel Dieu de France, Beirut 

Cap Sur Ville, Beirut 

Casino du Liban, Beirut 

Arabien Gulf Oil, Head-Office Tripoli 

Hospitals, Tripoli 

06/09 


List of references 

Luxembourg 

Hotel Intercontinental, Luxembourg 

European Parliament, Luxembourg 

European Court of Justice, 

Luxembourg 

Good Year S.A., Colmar-Berg 

Centre de Congres, Luxembourg 

Spa Rooms and Casino Mondorf, 

Luxembourg 

Hôpital Kirchberg, 

Luxembourg-Kirchberg 

Hôptial St. Louis, Ettelbrück 

State Street Bank, Kirchberg 

Chambre de Commerce, Kirchberg 

Codic Bank, Kirchberg 

Netherlands 

Stopera, Amsterdam 

University Maastricht 

KLM, Amsterdam 

Arena Stadion Amsterdam 

Parkstad Stadion, Kerkrade 

Philips High Tech Campus, Eindhoven 

Luchthaven Schiphol, Amsterdam 

Ziekenhuis Gelderse Vallei, Ede 

Academisch Medisch Centrum, 

Amsterdam 

Global Switch Amsterdam 

Parkstad Stadion, Kerkrade 

Villa Arena Amsterdam 

ASLM Veldhoven 

De Zilveren Toren, Den Haag 

Rijnstate Ziekenhuis Arnhem 

Interpolis Tilburg 

Feyenoord Stadion Rotterdam 

Mondriaan Toren, Amsterdam 

Ovale Toren Amsterdam 

Technische Universität, Delft 

World Trade Center Rotterdam, 

Amsterdam 

Gelredome Arnhem 

Cisco Amsterdam 

Norway 

Storting (Houses of Parliament), Oslo 

National Bank, Oslo 

Central Hospital, Kristiansand 

Mineral Oil Authorities, Stavanger 

Oman 

Sultan Qaboos Mosque, Muscat 

Hospital, Nizwa 

Oman Aviation Catering Center, Muscat 

New Guest Palace, Barkah 

Health Centre, Dibba 

Oman Medical Collage Building, Muscat 

Youth Centres, Ibri, Sur 

Qalhat Housing Complex, Sur 

New Dining Hall, Sultan Qaboos 

University, Muscat 

Hotel Development, Ghubra 

Khoula Hospital, Muscat 

Poland 

Hochland dairy, Katy Wroclawskie 

Proctor & Gamble, Warsaw 

Brewery Lech, Poznan 

Opel production plant, Gliwice 

Volkswagen, Polkowice 

Volkswagen, Poznan 

Metropolitan Centre, Warsaw 

Portugal 

US-Embassy, Lisbon 

Auto-Europa (Ford/Volkswagen), 

Palmela 

Hospitals, Lisbon 

Portugal Bank, Carregado 

Republic of KoreaMariott Hotel, Seoul 

Samsung Dokok Tower Palace, Seoul 

Inchon International Airport 

Romania 

Eurocenter, Bucharest 

Hotel National, Bucharest 

Bank Ion Tiriac, Bucharest 

Commercial Romanian Bank, Bucharest 

Astra Company Head-Off., Bucharest 

Toma Caragiu Theatre, Bucharest 

Romanian Chamber of Commerce, 

Bucharest 

Holiday Inn, Otopeni 

Romanian Peasant Museum, Bucharest 

Romtelecom Headquarter, Bucharest 

Romanian Data Soft Co., Bucharest 

Russia 

Petrowski-Passage, Moscow 

Hospitals, Moscow 

Duma Parliament Building, Moscow 

Borisow Housing Program, Borisow 

Krasnodar Housing Program, Krasnodar 

Hotel Cosmos, Moscow 

Gazprom Administrative Centre, 

Moscow 

Michelin Warehouse, Davidovo 

Mayor Office, Moscow 

Philip Morris Cigarettes Plant, 

St. Petersburg 

METRO Hypermarkets, 

several locations in Moscow 

City Star Shopping & Entertainment 

Complex, Moscow 

Oncological Hospital, Moscow 

Business & Trading Centre 

Rublyovskoye sh., Moscow 

Bottle Factory, Gorokhovets 

Pokrovsky Hills Villas, Moscow 

Crédit Lyonnais, St Petersburg 

Conversbank, Moscow 

South Africa 

Prisons, Kokstad (Natal), Pietermaritzburg 

(Natal), Umtata (Eastern Cape), 

Louis Trichard (North West), Diepkloof 

(Gauteng), Leeukop (Gauteng) 

Ceasars Casino (Gauteng) 

Gloden Horse Shoe Casino, 

Pietermaritzburg 

Flamingo Casino, Kimberly 

La-Lucia Mall, Natal 

Durban International Airport 

Acedemic Hospital, Cato Manor (Natal) 

Umtata Hospital, UmtataUnitas 

Hospital (Gauteng) 

Bedford Hospital (Eastern Cape) 

St Barnabas Hospital (Eastern Cape) 

Unileaver Head Office, Umhlanga 

Rocks (Natal) 

Japanees Embasy 

Werkmas Office Block (Gauteng) 

Herretige Site (Gauteng) 

MTN Office, Cape Town 

Cape Technicon, Cape Town 

Health & Raquet, Bloemfontein 

Standard Bank, Bloemfontein 

Saudi Arabia 

University, Riyadh 

King Khaled Airport, Riyadh 

Al Ali Hospital, Riyadh 

Slovenia 

Remats Recycling Plant, Ljubljana 

Lek pharmaceutic industry, Ljubljana 

Intercity shopping, Maribor 

Renault-Revoz motorcar factory, 

Novo mesto 

LECLERC Supermarket, Ljubljana 

Gorenje production plant, Velenje 

Nuclear power plant, Krško 

OBI Centres, Maribor, Ljubljana 

Merkator, Ljubljana, Maribor, Koper 

Super Nova, Koper 

Merkur, Kranj, Celje, Ljubljana, Maribor 

Hotel Sion, Ljubljana 

Electric Power Plant, Šoštanj 

Interspar, Celje 

Electric Power Plant, Brestanica 

Unitech Ljubljana 

BSH, Nazarje 

Brewery Union,Brewery Laško 

Krka, Novo Mesto 

Spain 

Insalud Hospital, Madrid 

Banco de España, Gran Canaria 

Hospital, Gran Canaria 

Hotel Europa, Tenerife 

Iberotel, Lanzarote 

Mercamadrid, Madrid 

Fabrica Tafime, Madrid 

Fabrica Rockwool, Pamplona 

Centro Comercial Diagonal Mar, 

Barcelona 

Hipercor Supermarkets, Barcelona, 

Las Palmas, Tenerife, Alcalá, 

CádizHotel AC, Madrid 

Fabrica Ford, Valencia 

Fabrica Seat, Barcelona 

Fabrica Mercedes, Vitoria 

Corte Ingles Hypermarket, Barcelona 

Sweden 

Vasa-Terminals, Stockholm 

Volvo Head-Office, Göteborg 

Globen, Stockholm 

Switzerland 

Television Studios, Zurich 

University Hospital, Zurich 

Swiss Technical University, Zurich 

United Arab Emirates 

International Airports, Dubai, Abu Dhabi 

Shaikh Ahmed Bin Maktoum Palace, 

Dubai 

Park Plaza Hotel and Towers, Dubai 

Grand Hyatt Hotel, Dubai 

Royal Mirage Beach Resort Phase II, 

Dubai 

Al Raha Beach Resort, Dubai 

Madinat Jumeirah Port Al Salaam, 

Dubai 

Sheraton Plaza Hotel & Towers, Dubai 

Ministry of Education, Dubai 

Dubai MarinaPort of Entry Hotels & 

Towers, Dubai 


06/09

Notes 

07/09 


Notes 


07/09

Pipe clamps - Ghanaibandtech.com

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?